• Abrasives • Bench Accessories • Brushes • Buffs • Burs ...

IKOHE a trusted name in Jewelry Crafting Techniques offers you aninnovative line of Tools, Supplies and Equipment to transform yourvisions into contemporary or traditional art forms. We are delighted topresent our comprehensive catalog with dedicated sections that feature aconcise listing of pictorially illustrated products. With years of experience,we have become a primary supplier to the needs of metalsmiths in theindustry. To meet the challenges of modern day techniques our range ofselected professional tools covers all aspects of jewelry making, waxcarving, casting, raising, forming, sculpting, setting, finishing andmore.....Over the years, we’ve built a reputation for on-time delivery, competitivepricing and quality tested products to satisfy the demanding needs ofdistributors and professional jewelers.Today, we’re better prepared than ever to meet the growing needs ofglobal markets that have changed over the years. Whenyou think of quality with value - Think IKOHE.

• Abrasives• Bench Accessories• Brushes• Buffs• Burs• Casting• Cleaners• Dapping• Diamond Tools & Supplies• Drawplates & Rolling Mills• Drills• Engraving

Polishing

• Files• Flexshafts• Gauges• Gravers• Hammers• Lamps & Loupes• Plating• Pliers & Shears• Polishing• Ring Tools• Safety• Saw Frames & Blades

Finishing &More.....

• Scales• Screwdrivers• Setting Tools• Soldering• Stamping• Surface Finishing• Tags• Testing• Torches• Tweezers• Vises• Watch Tools• Waxes• Books

Ikohe Inc. • 19 Industiral Ave • Mahwah• NJ • 07430

Safety InstructionsPage 40

ABRASIVES

2

1. India Combination StoneMade from aluminum oxide, these stones provide a keen cutting edge on gravers and other tools.Lubrication with a light oil is essential. Available as a combination-one side coarse and the other fine.Color-Orange/Brown.

2. ® India Oil StoneMade from superior grade aluminum oxide. Enhances cutting edges on knives, chisels, gravers andother precision tools. Lubrication with a light oil smear eliminates swarf build up during use.

3. Ruby Bench StoneMade of pure synthetic ruby crystals, these stones have outstanding wear resistance and aretherefore specially suited for sharpening carbide gravers and tools. Use with or without light oil lubrication.

™

4. 33MM ® Diamond WhetstoneA superb flat surface coated with graded diamond particles. Achieve a mirror like finish on carbidegravers for free cutting. Lubricate lightly with water.

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-027 4” X 1” X 1/2” FINEAT-028 6” X 2” X 1” FINEAT-029 8” X 2” X 1” FINEAT-033 WOOD BOX FOR -AT-028/AT-031

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-030 4” X 1” X 1/2” MEDIUMAT-031 6” X 2” X 1” MEDIUMAT-032 8” X 2” X 1” MEDIUM

CODE SIZE MICRON GRITAT-022 4” X 1” 125 120AT-023 4” X 1” 74 200AT-024 4” X 1” 40 400AT-025 4” X 1” 20 800

CODE SIZE MICRON GRITAT-025-01 6” X 2” 125 120AT-025-02 6” X 2” 74 200AT-025-03 6” X 2” 40 400AT-025-04 6” X 2” 20 800

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-026 6” X 2” X 1” COARSE/FINEAT-034 8” X 2” X 1” COARSE/FINE

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-053 4” X 1” X 3/8” FINE TWO SIDESAT-054 4” X 1” X 3/8” MED.TWO SIDESAT-055 4” X 1” X 3/8” FINE ONE SIDEAT-056 4” X 1” X 3/8” MED. ONE SIDE

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-057 43/4” X 2” X 3/8” FINE ONE SIDEAT-058 43/4” X 2” X 3/8” MED. ONE SIDE

5. Graver Sharpening StoneDiamond sharpening stones are designed to fine finish the edges of gravers, screwdrivers and tools.A sharper stronger tool edge allows you to achieve cleaner lines and brighter cuts. Lubricate withwater. Size 6” X 2” X 1/4”.

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-025-06 600 FINEAT-025-07 1200 X-FINE


ABRASIVES

3

8. 33MM ® Sanding Bands-Silicon Carbide(Sic) & Aluminum Oxide(Alo)

Ideal for deburring, smoothing, and finishing flat or contoured surfaces. These bands are ready to use,slip-on type and easily mounted on drum arbors. Available in silicon carbide or aluminum oxide in grits fromcoarse to fine. Suitable for pre-polish of gold, silver and alloys. Speed- max 30,000 rpm.For arbors- page 9.

9. 33MM ® Ceramic BandsNew ceramic wear resistant abrasive lasts three to four times longer than normal aluminum oxide.Provides a fast cutting rate that will increase productivity and lower band cost. Lubricate with water. Speed -15,000- max 25,000 rpm. Use with expandable drum arbors- page 9.

10. 33MM ® Flex Diamond BandsCoated with graded diamond abrasive in micron sizes, these bands are unsurpassed for inside ring mirrorfinishing. Interspaced diamond nodes effectively smooth all surfaces withstanding any debris buildup.Speed- 15,000- max 20,000 rpm. Use with expanding drum arbors- page 9.

™

SiC ALo DIA. X L GRITAT-147 AT-147-10 1/4” X 1/2” 80AT-147-01 AT-147-11 1/4” X 1/2” 120AT-147-02 AT-147-12 1/4” X 1/2” 180AT-147-03 AT-147-13 1/4” X 1/2” 240

SiC ALo DIA. X L GRITAT-147-05 AT-147-15 1/2” X 1/2” 80AT-147-06 AT-147-16 1/2” X 1/2” 120AT-147-07 AT-147-17 1/2” X 1/2” 180AT-147-08 AT-147-18 1/2” X 1/2” 240

CODE DIA. X L GRITAT-482 1/2” X 1” 60AT-481 1/2” X 1” 80

CODE DIA. X L GRITAT-480 1/2” X 1” 120AT-479 1/2” X 1” 150

CODE DIA. X L MICRONAT-467 1/2” X 1/2” 250AT-468 1/2” X 1/2” 125AT-469 1/2” X 1/2” 74AT-470 1/2” X 1/2” 40AT-471 1/2” X 1/2” 20

CODE DIA. X L MICRONAT-472 1/2” X 1” 250AT-473 1/2” X 1” 125AT-474 1/2” X 1” 74AT-475 1/2” X 1” 40AT-476 1/2” X 1” 20

6. Original Arkansas StonesNatural Arkansas stones are excellent for sharpening and final honing of gravers. Available in hard and ultrahard grades. Hard grades are dense-grained and ideal for pre-sharpening. Ultra hard are close-grained forfinal honing. Lubricate with a light oil for rapid cutting.

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-004 4” X 2” X 1/2” HARDAT-006 6” X 2” X 1/2” HARDAT-008 8” X 2” X 1/2” HARD

Imported ArkansasCODE SIZE GRADEAT-020 100 X 40 X 12mm HARDAT-021 100 X 50 X 12mm HARDAT-021-01 125 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-02 150 X 40 X 18mm HARD

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-014 4” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARDAT-016 6” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARDAT-018 8” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARD

7. ® OilSpecially formulated for use as a lubricant on sharpening stones. Avoids swarf build up and speeds up thesharpening process.

CODE CONTENTSAT-036 41/2 ozAT-037 8 oz

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-021-03 150 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-04 175 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-05 200 X 50 X 18mm HARD


12. 33MM ® Tri-mite Wet or Dry Coated Abrasive SheetsThese silicon carbide paper sheets may be used wet or dry to achieve a fine uniform surface finish.Available in 9” x 11” sheets.

13. 33MM ® Imperial Micro-Finishing Film SheetsMicron graded aluminum oxide, bonded to a flexible backing, gives predictable surface finishes on allmaterials. Film sheet backing is durable. Moisten with water as a lubricant. Satin-like finishes are possible.Color coded for identification. Available in 81/2” x 11” sheets.

14. 33MM ® Wet or Dry™ Polishing PaperA more pliable, non-woven, lint free backing allows overall finishing of interiors, exteriors, and contours.Soft particles of micron sized abrasive eliminate mars on the work surface. Color coded for easyidentification. May be used moist or dry. Available in 81/2” x 11” sheets.

™

CODE GRITAT-275 180AT-276 220AT-277 320AT-278 400AT-279 600AT-280 800

CODE GRITAT-281 1000AT-282 1200AT-283 1500AT-284 2000AT-285 2500

CODE MICRON GRIT COLORAT-296 80 180 BROWNAT-297 60 220 BLACKAT-298 40 280 BLUEAT-299 30 400 GREEN

CODE MICRON GRIT COLORAT-300 20 500 REDAT-301 15 600 ORANGEAT-302 9 1200 LT. BLUE

CODE MICRON GRIT COLORAT-290 30 400 GREENAT-291 15 600 GRAYAT-292 9 1200 BLUE

CODE MICRON GRIT COLORAT-293 3 4000 PINKAT-294 2 6000 MINTAT-295 1 8000 GREEN

ABRASIVES11. 33MM ® Trizact Sanding BandsSanding bands of coated aluminum oxide with cutting points evenly spaced over the entire area.Abrasion is gentle and smooth, reducing buffing or tumbling time. Bands may be used in lapidary andmetal work. Speed- max 10,000 rpm. Use with expanding drum arbors - page 9.

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-450 1/2” X 1/2” 200 A100AT-451 1/2” X 1/2” 220 A80AT-452 1/2” X 1/2” 280 A65AT-453 1/2” X 1/2” 400 A45AT-454 1/2” X 1/2” 600 A30AT-455 1/2” X 1/2” 1200 A16AT-456 1/2” X 1/2” 2500 A6

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-457 1/2” X 1” 200 A100AT-458 1/2” X 1” 220 A80AT-459 1/2” X 1” 280 A65AT-460 1/2” X 1” 400 A45AT-461 1/2” X 1” 600 A30AT-462 1/2” X 1” 1200 A16AT-463 1/2” X 1” 2500 A6

15. 33MM ® Platinum Fre-Cut Abrasive SheetTri-m-ite, Fre-cut is silicon carbide abrasive paper for pre-surfacing platinum. This new abrasive is well suited for use on platinum. Use dry only. Sheet size 9” x 11”.

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-250 360 COARSEAT-251 400 MEDIUMAT-252 500 FINE

Safety InstructionsPage 40 5

19. 33MM ® PSA-Flex Diamond StripsPressure sensitive adhesive backed flexible diamond strips are for custom tooling. These may be attachedto hand files or sanding sticks to sand, smooth and file any material. Available as strips of 1” width X 8” longwith uniform diamond surfaces in different grits.

20. 33MM ® Cartridge Rolls-Full RegularA practical method for finishing insides and blind holes. A distinctive feature of the rolls is that no soonerthan the upper layer wears away, the layer beneath gets exposed, to continue the smoothing process.Speed 15,000 -max 20,000 rpm. Use with cartridge mandrels - page 16

21. 33MM ® Cartridge Rolls-Full Tapered

18. 33MM ® Micro-Finishing PSA DiscsSuperior graded aluminum oxide. Pressure sensitive discs have applications in jewelry and lapidary work.Consistent results are ensured by graded microns. May be used wet or dry. Speed- max 3,000 rpm.Discs are all 6” diameter.

CODE MICRON GRADEAT-254 60 180AT-254-01 30 400

CODE MICRON GRADEAT-254-02 15 600AT-254-03 9 1200

CODE MICRON GRITAT-254-05 74 200AT-254-06 40 400AT-254-07 20 800AT-254-08 10 1800

CODE DIA. X L SHANK GRITAT-487 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 60AT-488 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 80AT-489 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 100AT-490 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 120AT-491 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 180AT-492 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 240AT-493 1/2” X 3/4” 1/8” 320

CODE DIA. X L SHANK GRITAT-494 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 60AT-495 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 80AT-496 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 100AT-497 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 120AT-498 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 180AT-499 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 240AT-500 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 320

CODE DIA. X L SHANK GRITAT-501 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 60AT-502 1/2” X 1” 1/8” 120AT-503 1/2” X 11/2” 1/8” 60

CODE DIA. X L SHANK GRITAT-504 1/2” X 11/2” 1/8” 80AT-505 1/2” X 11/2” 1/8” 120AT-506 1/2” X 11/2” 1/8” 180

16. 33MM ® PSA Diamond Lapping DiscsConsistently graded diamond particles on a pressure sensitive disc, yields superior surface quality on preciousmetals and platinum. Always use discs with water toreduce heat build up and increase cutting capability.Discs are all 6” in diameter. Use with a flat flange of 6”diameter. Speed- max 3,000 rpm.

17. 33MM ® PSA Sanding DiscsPressure sensitive backed, these silicon carbide discs are suitable for pre-finishing lapidary and metal.Use wet or dry. Must be used with a flat flange of 6” diameter. Speed- max 3,000 rpm.

CODE MICRON GRITAT-254-14 9 1200AT-254-15 6 3000AT-254-16 1 8000

CODE DIA. GRITAT-253 6” 240AT-253-01 6” 400AT-253-02 6” 600

ABRASIVES™


ABRASIVES

6

™

22. Small Rubber Bonded WheelsAll CRATEX products are made with the highest grades of raw materials. The perfect blend of soft butdurable chemical rubber and silicon carbide abrasive grains contribute to the assurance of receivingreliable high quality products, time after time. Each Cratex product is color coded for easy selection.

Coarse(Green), Medium(Brown), Fine(Red) and Ex-Fine(Gray/Green). Depending on which colorgrit used, Cratex can debur, smooth, clean, blend or polish without chance of gouging the work surface(Precious Metals, Glass, Stone and plastic). All wheels have a 1/16” center and can be used with either a3/32” or 1/8” shank. Maximum speed 25,000 rpm. Use with 1/16” mandrel- page 16.

SHAPE DIA. X THICK STYLE COARSE MEDIUM FINE EX-FINEWHEEL 5/8” X 3/32” 53 AC-001 AC-002 AC-003 AC-004WHEEL 5/8” X 1/8” 54 AC-005 AC-006 AC-007 AC-008WHEEL 7/8” X 1/8” 74 AC-009 AC-010 AC-011 AC-012WHEEL 1” X 1/8” 80 AC-013 AC-014 AC-015 AC-016K/EDGE 5/8” X 3/32” 2 AC-017 AC-018 AC-019 AC-020K/EDGE 1” X 1/8” 5 AC-021 AC-022 AC-023 AC-024

SHAPE DIA. X T X H STYLE COARSE MEDIUM FINE EX-FINEWHEEL 4” X 1/2” X 1/2” 408 AC-033 AC-034 AC-035 AC-036

23. Cylinders & PointsFor use with light pressure. Maximum safe speed 25,000 rpm. Use with 1/16” mandrel- page 16.

SHAPE DIA. X THICK STYLE COARSE MEDIUM FINE EX-FINECYLINDER 7/8” X 1/4” 6 AC-025 AC-026 AC-027 AC-028BULLET 1” X 9/32” 8 AC-029 AC-030 AC-031 AC-032

STYLE #777Assortment contains 80 small wheels and points inpopular sizes and grits. Comes with four mandrelsand 5/8” to 1” sizes of wheels and points in cleardivided box.

STYLE #778Assortment contains 64 points and cylinders, 2 each of all eight shapes in each of the 4 grits and4 each 1/8” shank mandrel.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAC-037 80 PCS ASSORTMENT-#777AC-038 64 PCS ASSORTMENT-#778

24. Large WheelFor best performance operate below the maximum 5,250 rpm. Sold individually.

#53

#54

#74

#80

#2

#5

25. Assortment Kits


30. ® Emery Cloth SheetsCommercial emery, glue bonded to durable cloth backing in threegrades. Tougher than paper, these cloths are used for pre-finishing anytype of material. Sheet size 9” x 11”.

31. ® Emery Discs-PSASoft, adhesive backed emery discs, directly affix on felt wheel faces.Economical to use either wet or dry.

26. 33MM ® Shop RollsA premium quality abrasive glue bonded to cloth and available in two widths and different grades.Useful for in-house fabrication of flap wheels, sanding sticks and other shapes. Generates a smooth,clean surface on all materials.

CODE SIZE GRITAT-342 1” X 50yds 80AT-343 1” X 50yds 120AT-344 1” X 50yds 180AT-348 1” X 50yds 320

CODE SIZE GRITAT-360 11/2” X 50yds 80AT-362 11/2” X 50yds 120AT-363 11/2” X 50yds 180AT-367 11/2” X 50yds 320

CODE SIZE GRITAT-255 6” 80AT-256 6” 100AT-257 6” 120

CODE GRADEAT-266 FINEAT-267 MEDIUMAT-268 COARSE

29. ® Shop RollsAluminum oxide, glue bonded to a cloth backing. Available in rolls of convenient widths. This makes it suitable for use in numerous applications: making flaps, regular or tapered cones and split mandrels. May beused for pre-finishing all materials.

CODE SIZE GRITAT-180-01 11/2” X 50yds 60AT-180 11/2” X 50yds 80AT-179 11/2” X 50yds 100AT-178 11/2” X 50yds 120AT-177 11/2” X 50yds 150AT-176 11/2” X 50yds 180AT-175 11/2” X 50yds 220AT-174 11/2” X 50yds 240

CODE SIZE GRITAT-203 2” X 50yds 80AT-204 2” X 50yds 120AT-205 2” X 50yds 150AT-206 2” X 50yds 180AT-208 2” X 50yds 240

28. 33MM ® Silicon Carbide Stikit Rolls-PlatinumTri-M-ite Fre-cut, 414N paper open coat. Provides exceptional finishes and excellent conformability for con-tour sanding.

CODE SIZE GRITAT-180-04 11/2” X 50yds 120AT-180-05 11/2” X 50yds 150

27. 33MM® Blue Grit Shop RollsTough aluminum oxide bonded to cloth with 3M's Resinite. This technique extends the life four to five timesof conventional shop rolls. May be used for flap wheels or sanding sticks.

CODE SIZE GRITAT-350 1” X 50yds 80AT-351 1” X 50yds 120AT-352 1” X 50yds 180AT-353 1” X 50yds 240

CODE SIZE GRITAT-370 11/2” X 50yds 80AT-371 11/2” X 50yds 120AT-372 11/2” X 50yds 180AT-373 11/2” X 50yds 240

CODE SIZE GRITAT-180-02 11/2” X 50yds 80AT-180-03 11/2” X 50yds 100

ABRASIVES™


ABRASIVES

8

™

34. No-Lap BandsSpiral construction avoids shadow marks and provides smooth, fast cutting action on all hard metals.Achieve close tolerances when finishing curved, contoured and hard-to-reach areas.For arbors page 9.

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-148 3/8” X 1/2” 120 FINEAT-148-01 3/8” X 1/2” 80 MEDIUMAT-148-02 3/8” X 1/2” 60 COARSE

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-148-03 1/2” X 1/2” 120 FINEAT-148-04 1/2” X 1/2” 80 MEDIUMAT-148-05 1/2” X 1/2” 60 COARSE

37. Ring Shell MandrelsMade of seasoned wood, these mandrels provide a snug fit for emery ringshells, either paper or cloth. A pre-drilled center enables direct fitment tothe arbor of the bench polisher.

CODE LENGTHAT-182 7”AT-190 6”

38. Emery Ring ShellsRing shells of emery, on paper or cloth backing fit closely on woodenmandrels. These tapered cones are a great way to polish the inside of ringsof all sizes. Available in a set of grades from coarse to fine.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAT-270 PAPER SHELLS PKG. OF 12AT-271 PAPER SHELLS PKG. OF 6 & MANDRELAT-272 CLOTH SHELLS PKG. OF 12 AT-273 CLOTH SHELLS PKG. OF 6 & MANDREL

32. ® Emery Polishing PaperCorundum grains are glue bonded to a paper back. Finely graded, these papers smooth surfaces to ahigh degree of finish. Efficient for dry, satin smooth polishing. Sheet size 81/2” X 14”.

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-167 4/0 FINEAT-168 3/0 FINEAT-169 2/0 FINE

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-170 0 MEDIUMAT-171 #1 MEDIUMAT-172 #2 COARSEAT-173 #3 COARSE

35. Cartridge RollsMost effective for flash removal, polishing or removing machine tool marks and edge breaking.Reaches into corners where larger diameter tools cannot work. Available in Aluminum Oxide resinbond. Use with cartridge roll mandrels- page 16

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-150 1/2” X 1” 180 FINEAT-151 1/2” X 1” 120 MEDIUMAT-152 1/2” X 1” 80 COARSE

CODE DIA. X L GRIT GRADEAT-154 1/2” X 11/2” 180 FINEAT-155 1/2” X 11/2” 120 MEDIUMAT-156 1/2” X 11/2” 80 COARSE

33. ® No Fil Durite PaperSharp silicon carbide abrasive bonded onto light weight paper backing. These papers are flexible yetdurable. Excellent for finishing hard materials like platinum. Sheet size 9” X 11”.

CODE GRITAT-269 80AT-269-01 120AT-269-02 150

CODE GRITAT-269-03 180AT-269-04 220

36. Flap WheelsUse on flex shafts for blending flat or contoured surfaces. Maximum speed 15,000 rpm. Shank size 3/32”.

CODE SIZE GRITAT-149-04 20 X 5mm 100AT-149-05 20 X 5mm 150AT-149-06 20 X 5mm 240AT-149-07 20 X 5mm 320

CODE SIZE GRITAT-149 20 X 10mm 100AT-149-01 20 X 10mm 150AT-149-02 20 X 10mm 240AT-149-03 20 X 10mm 320


39. Emery SticksVarious grades of emery paper, glued to flat wood handles 3/4” X 9”, provide a solution for sanding andpolishing all materials during manual finishing. Select from various grades.

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-260 4/0 FINEAT-261 3/0 FINEAT-262 2/0 FINE

CODE GRIT GRADEAT-263 #1 MEDIUMAT-264 #2 COARSEAT-265 #3 COARSE

40. Cone-Loc Drum Sander for Shop RollsPrecision machined aluminum rubber lined drum used for metal finishing applications, such as contoursanding and sprue removal. Unique split drum accepts a length of abrasive cloth strip, which whenworn away is easily replaceable. May be used on bench polishers with 1/2” arbor.

CODE DIA. X TDC-030 6” X 11/2”DC-031 6” X 2”

41. Aluminum Back Plate for Split LapAluminum flat back plate similar to a split lap, easy to use with various grades of 6” and 8” PSAabrasive discs. These plates are used on split lap machine.

CODE DIA. X HOLEAT-258 6” X 5/8”AT-259 8” X 5/8”

43. High Speed Cut-off WheelsRegular thickness aluminum oxide wheels in a rubber bond. Useful for free hand cutting or carving.Arbor hole is 1/16”. Speed-max 20,000 rpm. Use with a mandrel.-page 16.

CODE DIA. X TAT-186 11/2” X 0.025”AT-187 11/2” X 0.040”

42. Expandable Drum ArborsSteel arbors with a solid synthetic rubber drum expand evenly when tightened with a screw.Secures sanding bands firmly and provides a cushioned support for uniform finishing.

CODE SHANK SIZE DIA. X LAT-145-02 1/8” 1/4” X 1/2”AT-145-03 1/8” 1/2” X 1/2”AT-145-05 1/8” 1/2” X 1”

CODE SHANK SIZE DIA. X LAT-145 3/32” 1/4” X 1/2”AT-145-01 3/32” 1/2” X 1/2”AT-145-04 3/32” 1/2” X 1”

44. Separating DiscsSmall discs of silicon carbide and aluminum oxide in a flexible bond for cutting and grooving. These discsare cut on both sides and easily part sprues in any material. Speed max 20,000 rpm.Use with 1/16” mandrel.-page16

CODE DIA. X T TYPEAT-189 7/8” X 0.006” SUPER FLEXAT-188 7/8” X 0.009” SUPER THINAT-191 7/8” X 0.015” EXTRA THIN

CODE DIA. X T TYPEAT-192 7/8” X 0.025” REGULARAT-193 15/16” X 0.025” HIGH SPEED

AT-193AT-191

0.025” 0.040”

0.006” 0.009” 0.015” 0.025”

ABRASIVES™

Dia

L


ABRASIVES

10

46. Adalox Pin Hole Sanding DiscsThese are thin paper backed discs with aluminum oxide glue bonded on one side. Specially for use insanding and smoothing gold jewelry. Speed max- 30,000 rpm. Use with screw mandrels.- page 16.Packed 100 per box.

™

These paper and plastic backed flexible discs come with a square arbor hole for use with a snap-on/offmandrel. Moore’s discs are available in Adalox, Emery, Waterproof and Plastic.Fine- Polishing smoothest surface. Medium- Less reduction, smoother finishCoarse- Gross reduction and shaping. Speed max.-30,000 rpm. Use brass center with snap-on mandrel and pin hole with screw type mandrel.- page 16Brass Center: Packed 50 pcs per box. Pin Hole: Packed 100 pcs per box.

CODE DIA. GRADEAT-209 11/2” 80AT-210 11/2” 100AT-211 11/2” 120AT-212 11/2” 220AT-213 11/2” 320

45. Zirconia Pin Hole Sanding DiscsZirconia sanding discs are superior to other conventional abrasives. Aggressively cuts and grindsmetals with uniform file-like finish. Prolong life by using water as a lubricant.Speed max- 30,000 rpm. Packed 100 per box. Use with 1/16” mandrel- page 16.

CODE DIA. GRADEAT-530 3/4” COARSEAT-531 3/4” MEDIUMAT-532 3/4” FINE

CODE DIA. GRADEAT-533 7/8” COARSEAT-534 7/8” MEDIUMAT-535 7/8” FINE

Emery Paper: Silicon Carbide fast cutting, premium quality is glue bonded to a paper backing.

47. Snap-on Discs- Brass Center & Pinhole

Adalox Paper: Aluminum oxide of premium quality is glue bonded to a paper backing.

Waterproof: Silicon carbide of premium quality is glue bonded to a paper backing.

TYPE DIA. FINE MEDIUM COARSE

ADALOX7/8” BRASS AT-225 AT-226 AT-227

PAPERPIN HOLE AT-221 AT-222 AT-223

3/4” BRASS AT-228 AT-229 AT-230PIN HOLE AT-215 AT-216 AT-217


EMERY7/8” BRASS AT-231 AT-232 AT-233

PAPERPIN HOLE AT-218 AT-219 AT-220

3/4” BRASS AT-657 AT-658 AT-659PIN HOLE AT-666 AT-667 AT-668


WATERPROOF7/8” BRASS AT-675 AT-676 AT-677

PIN HOLE AT-669 AT-670 AT-6713/4” BRASS AT-678 AT-679 AT-680

PIN HOLE AT-672 AT-673 AT-674


MAGNUM7/8” BRASS AT-235 AT-236 AT-237

PIN HOLE - - -3/4” BRASS AT-238 AT-239 AT-240

PIN HOLE - - -

SANDPLASTIC7/8” BRASS AT-681 AT-682 AT-683

PIN HOLE AT-687 AT-688 AT-6893/4” BRASS AT-684 AT-685 AT-686

PIN HOLE AT-690 AT-691 AT-692

Magnum & SandPlastic: Aluminum oxide electrostatically bonded to a reinforced plastic backingincreases cutting performance.


49. Silicone Polishers for Precious AlloysSilicone polishing wheels and points are flexible, work fast and efficient. Specially suited for blending and contouring precious alloys. Impregnated withmicrogrit polishing compounds for direct applications. Lubricate with water. Speed 5,000- 12,000 rpm.Black-Soft and flexible. White- Universal polisher. Pink- Super high luster. Blue- High luster finish. Dark Blue- High luster. Use screw mandrels- page 16.

48. Silicone Mounted PointsFlexible open pore polishers, in a rubber bond, specially suited for extra fine mirror finishing.Impregnated with microgrit polishing compounds for direct application.Lubricate with water. Speed-5,000 max 10,000 rpm.

50. Silicone Unmounted PolishersThese polishing wheels are wider and are used to blend exterior surfaces.Lubricate with water. Speed 5,000- max 10,000 rpm.Use screw mandrels- page 16.

51. Silicone Inside Ring PolishersRing polishers fit and polish the inside of rings to a high degree of shine.Lubricate with water. Cylinder Shape. Speed 1,000- max 8,000 rpm.Use screw mandrels- page 16.

COLOR SQ/EDGE K/EDGE CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER PT. CYL SQ/EDGE K/EDGEØ 22 X 3mm Ø 22 X 4mm Ø 7 X 20mm Ø 9 X 20mm Ø 12 X 20mm Ø 6 X 24mm Ø 17 X 2.5mm Ø 18 X 3.5mmAT-101 AT-102 AT-103 AT-063-02 AT-060 AT-104 AT-105 AT-106AT-107 AT-108 AT-111 AT-063-03 AT-061 AT-112 AT-109 AT-110AT-114 AT-115 AT-116 AT-063-05 AT-063 AT-117 AT-118 AT-119AT-121 AT-122 AT-125 AT-063-04 AT-062 AT-126 AT-123 AT-124AT-132 AT-133 AT-136 AT-063-01 AT-059 AT-137 AT-134 AT-135

WHITEBLACK

BLUEPINK

DK-BLUE

COLOR K/EDGE POINT SQ/EDGE CYLINDERØ 11 X 2.5mm Ø 5.5 X 15mm Ø 11 X 2.5mm Ø 14 X 12mmAT-080 AT-084 AT-088 AT-092AT-081 AT-085 AT-089 AT-093AT-082 AT-086 AT-090 AT-094AT-083 AT-087 AT-091 AT-095

52. Synthetic Rubber Polishing PinsThese small diameter polishing pins are useful in hard to reach areas. Lubricate with water.Speed max. 15,000 rpm. Polishing pins must be held in pin chuck mandrels- page 16

COLOR Ø 14 X 25 X 5mmAT-075-99AT-077AT-078AT-076AT-079

COLOR BLUE D.BROWN GREY RED-BROWN GREEN DIA. X LGRADE COARSE MEDIUM MEDIUM FINE X-FINE

AT-131-07 AT-131-04 AT-131-09 AT-131-05 AT-131-06 2 X 20mmAT-131-01 AT-129 AT-131-02 AT-130 AT-131 3 X 23mm

COLOR Ø 17 X 6 Tmm Ø 22 X 6 TmmAT-064-99 AT-071AT-065 AT-072AT-066 AT-073AT-067 AT-074AT-068 AT-075

T

Ø

14mm

25mm

5mm

ABRASIVES

WHITEBLACK

BLUE

PINK

DK-BLUE

BLACKWHITEBLUE

PINK

DK-BLUE

BLACKWHITE

BLUE

PINK

Shank

Shank

Mandrel

™


ABRASIVES

12

53. Dedeco Rubberized Mounted PointsMicrofine silicon and aluminum oxide, bonded with rubber in shapes to suit different profiles. Imparts excellent surface finish in the most difficult work areas, ingold, silver and alloys. Impregnated abrasive eliminates the need for use of polishing compounds. Lubricate with water. Shank size 3/32”. Speed max. 20,000.

57. Silicone Polishing- Large WheelsThese are abrasive impregnated wheels for polishing precious alloys, without additional polishing compounds. Lubricate with water.Speed max 3,000 rpm. Dia 100 X Width 15 X Hole 12.7mm.Safety Tip: Polishing wheels must always beflanged.

56. Airflex Polishing -Large WheelsThese polishing wheels have a distinct advantagein that they have fine air pockets for cooling duringthe polishing of platinum and precious alloys.Speed max 3,000 rpm. Dia.100 X Width 15 X Hole 12.7mm.Safety Tip: Polishing wheels must always beflanged.

™

COLOR GRADE POINT BULLET WHEEL K/EDGE CYLINDERMEDIUM AT-305 AT-306 AT-307 AT-308 AT-309

FINE AT-303 AT-304 AT-304-01 AT-304-02 AT-304-03X-FINE AT-310 AT-311 AT-312 AT-313 AT-314

COLOR GRADE SQ/EDGE K/EDGE K/EDGE CLASPØ 7/8” X 1/8” Ø 7/8” Ø 5/8” Ø 1/4” X 15/16”

FINE AT-316 AT-317 AT-318 AT-319COARSE AT-320 AT-321 AT-322 AT-323FLEXIES AT-333 AT-334 AT-335 AT-336

54. Dedeco Rubber Flexie PolishersHigh purity abrasives in a flexible bond, that need to be run at high speeds for contour polishing of gold and silver. Lubricate with water. Speed max 20,000 rpm. Use with screw mandrels.- page 16

CODE COLOR / GRADEAT-526 WHITE / COARSEAT-527 BLACK / MEDIUMAT-528 LT. BLUE / FINEAT-529 PINK / X-FINE

CODE COLOR / GRADEAT-070 BLUE / COARSEAT-070-01 GRAY / MEDIUMAT-070-02 BROWN / FINE

DIA. X THICKNESS LT. BLUE / COARSE GREEN / MEDIUM LT. BROWN / FINE22 X 3mm AT-070-04 AT-070-05 AT-070-0617 X 4mm AT-070-07 AT-070-08 AT-070-09

55. Airflex Polishing WheelsThese wheels have an advantage in that they havefine air pockets for cooling during the polishing of platinum and precious alloys.Speed max 10,000 rpm. Lubricate with water. Use with screw mandrels- page 16

WHITEBLUE

GREEN

WHITEGREEN

RED


60. Diamond Polishers for PlatinumSpecial shapes for reducing, profiling, and contouring platinum for a super highluster. Lubricate with water. Shank size 3/32”.Speed max 10,000 rpm.

58. Brightboy® Abrasives

61. Ceraton- Ceramic Glass Fiber PolishersA unique, superb polishing innovation. It combines ceramic and glass fibers in a thermosetting resin. Availablein rods, color-coded for identification of grits from coarse to micro-fine. Use for platinum, gold, silver, copper,and aluminum alloys. May be used on gems. Size Dia. X L (2.35 X 50mm).Speed 10,000- max 20,000 rpm. Use pin chuck mandrels- Page 16.

CODE COLOR GRITAS-150 RED 1200AS-151 PINK 1000AS-152 YELLOW 700AS-153 GREEN 500AS-154 LT. BLUE 400

CODE COLOR GRITAS-155 DK. BLUE 360AS-156 BLACK 280AS-157 ORANGE 250AS-158 BROWN 180AS-160 9 PCS. SET-ONE EACH

SQ/EDGE WHITE FLEX WHEELSAluminum Oxide grain impregnated into our soft and flexible rubber binder. Idealfor super finishing on gold. Arbor hole 1/16”. Use screw mandrels- page 16.

CODE DIA. X T GRIT STYLEAC-039 5/8” X 1/16” EX-FINE -A #721AC-040 7/8” X 1/8” EX-FINE -A #722

SQ/EDGE WHEELS 7/8” X 1/8”- Arbor hole 1/16”. Use screw mandrels- page 16.CODE COLOR GRIT STYLEAC-041 RED FLEX FINE -S #723AC-042 GREEN MEDIUM -S #724AC-043 BLACK COARSE -S #725AC-044 BLUE FINE S #726

K/EDGE WHEELSFlexible and durable fine polishing on precious metals. Arbor hole 1/16”.

CODE DIA. X T COLOR GRIT STYLEAC-045 5/8” X 3/32” RED FLEX FINE -S #732AC-046 7/8” X 1/8” GREEN MEDIUM -S #752

MOUNTED BULLET POINTS- Shank size 3/32”CODE COLOR GRIT STYLEAC-047 WHITE FINE -A #761AC-048 RED EX-FINE -A #762AC-049 BLUE FINE -S #763AC-050 GREEN MEDIUM -S #764AC-051 BLACK COARSE -S #765

CODE DESCRIPTIONAS-110 SET OF 9 PCS.

59. Brightboy® Pumice WheelsBrightboy® Pumice wheels are specially designed for fine finishing and polishing on all precious metals. Very popular for prong polishing after stonesetting. The white color designates fine grit pumice and blue color extra fine gritpumice. Arbor hole 1/16”. Use screw mandrels- page 16.

CODE STYLE SHAPE DIA. X TAC-052 WR822-BLUE SQ/EDGE 5/8” X 5/32”AC-053 WR888-BLUE SQ/EDGE 7/8” X 1/8”AC-054 WR999-WHITE K/EDGE 5/8” X 5/32”AC-055 WR999-BLUE K/EDGE 7/8” X 1/8”

COARSE: Suggested for scratch removal on harder metal surfaces. MEDIUM: Perfect for fast removal and polishing of hard surfaces. FINE: Excellent forsuper finishing of precious metals. EX-FINE: Ultimate finishing and polishing on precious metals. FLEX: Denotes extra flexible bond perfect for delicate work.ABRASIVE TYPE: A-Aluminum Oxide S-Silicon Carbide

ABRASIVES™


™

ABRASIVES

14

62. Shofu® Mounted StonesThese mounted stones are of high purity aluminum oxide free from carbon contamination. White stones are designed for finishing semi-precious stones.Coral stones will finish chrome cobalt and nickel alloys. Pink stones are for pre-polishing of precious metals. Green stones are for super polishing gold,silver and alloys. Speed- max 10,000 rpm. Mounted points have 3/32” shanks and unmounted wheel needs 1/16” screw mandrels- page 16.

63. Shofu® Polishing Points & WheelsHigh quality polishing abrasive in a silicone bond. Excellent to use for brilliant finishes in precious metals, gold, silver and alloys. Available in three grades,brownie for pre-polish, greenie for polish and super greenie for super polish. Speed- max 20,000 rpm. Mounted points have 3/32” shanks and unmountedwheels and cylinders need 1/16” screw mandrels- page 16

64. Shofu® Gold Polishing KitUltra fine abrasive in a rubber bond will give a high quality surface in super finishing.Brownie-will generate a satin smoothness. Greenie- will impart a mirror bright finish.Super greenie- will finish to a high luster. Items are also sold individually. Shank size 3/32”.

COLOR TAPERED WHEEL BARREL CONE WHEEL UNMTD.AT-040 AT-041 AT-042 AT-043 AT-044AT-045 AT-045-01 AT-045-02 AT-045-03 -AT-047 AT-048 AT-049 AT-050 AT-051AT-052 AT-052-01 AT-052-02 AT-052-03 -

WHITE

CORAL

GREEN

COLOR BULLET K/EDGE SQ/EDGE FLOPPY WHEEL UNMTD. CYL. UNMTD.AS-125 AS-126 AS-127 AS-128 AS-129 AS-121AS-130 AS-131 AS-132 AS-133 AS-134 AS-122AS-136 AS-137 AS-138 AS-139 AS-140 AS-123

BROWNIEGREENIE

SUP-GREENIE

COLOR SQ/EDGE K/EDGE BULLETAS-127 AS-126 AS-125AS-132 AS-131 AS-130AS-138 AS-137 AS-136

CODE DESCRIPTIONAT-069 POLISHING KIT (12PCS.- BROWNIE-2 EA, GREENIE 1 EA. SUPER GREENIE 1 EA.)

65. Pumice WheelsThese special wheels combine pumice fines in a silicone binder that will generate a mirror finish onbezels and other set stones. Lubricate with water. Speed 5,000- max 10,000 rpm.Use with screw mandrels- page 16

SHAPE K/EDGE SQ/EDGE SQ/EDGE K/EDGESIZE Ø 22 X 3.5mm Ø 22 X 3mm Ø 22 X 3.5mm Ø 22 X 3.5mmCOLOR LT.GREY LT.GREY YEL.GREEN YEL.GREENGRADE FINE FINE MEDIUM MEDIUMCODE AT-097 AT-098 AT-099 AT-100

PINK

66. Mizzy Heatless WheelsSilicon carbide resin bonded hard, coarse wheelscan be shaped with a file or dresser. Achieves cutting without heat generation. Lubricate withwater. Speed max 20,000 rpm. Use with screwmandrels- page 16. Packed 50 per box.

CODE DIA. X T HOLEAT-162 3/4” X 3/16” 1/16”AT-163 3/4” X 1/8” 1/16”AT-164 7/8” X 3/16” 1/16”AT-165 7/8” X 1/8” 1/16”AT-161 7/8” X 3/32” 1/16”

BROWNIE

GREENIESUP-GREENIE


67. TopStarBrown: for pre-polishing of gold, composite and semi-precious alloys. Speed 20,000 rpm.Green: for high-gloss polishing of all precious and semi-precious alloys as well as composite.Speed 10,000 rpm. Shank size 3/32”.

COLOR Ø 5 X 16mm Ø 15 X 2.5mm Ø 14.5 X 2mm Ø 5.5 X 15.5mm Ø 22 X 3mm64 AT-064 AT-064-01 AT-064-02 AT-064-03 AT-064-04

AT-064-06 AT-064-07 AT-064-08 AT-064-09 AT-064-10

70. Unmounted IKFlex PolishersPremium quality polishers in a flexible bond that is better than siliconerubber. Recommended for enhancing the surface quality of gold, silverand platinum to a very high shine. Available in different shapes to suit allapplications. Speed 5,000- max 12,000 rpm. Arbor hole is 1/16”.Use with screw mandrels-page 16.

COLOR GRIT WHEEL K/EDGE CYLINDERØ 22 X 3mm Ø 22 X 4mm Ø 7 X 20mm

COARSE AT-138 AT-139 AT-140MEDIUM AT-138-01 AT-139-01 AT-140-01FINE AT-138-02 AT-139-02 AT-140-02X-FINE AT-138-03 AT-139-03 AT-140-03

BROWNGREEN

BLUE

COLOR GRIT POINT K/EDGE FLOPPY CYLINDERØ 5 X 16mm Ø 15 X 2mm Ø 19 X 1mm Ø 14 X 12mm

COARSE AT-141 AT-142 AT-143 AT-144MEDIUM AT-141-01 AT-142-01 AT-143-01 AT-144-01FINE AT-141-02 AT-142-02 AT-143-02 AT-144-02X-FINE AT-141-03 AT-142-03 AT-143-03 AT-144-03

BLACK

68. GoldinoThe ultimate polisher for all precious alloys in a 3-step system.Green: for finishing. Speed 20,000 rpm.Yellow: for pre-polish. Speed 15,000 rpm.Pink: for high-gloss polish. Speed 10,000 rpm.Arbor hole is 1/16”. Screw mandrels-page 16.

71. Mounted IKFlex PolishersUnique flexible bonded polishing points that are advantageous formirror finishing complex designs on all precious metal. Points aremounted on 3/32” shanks. Speed 5,000- max 10,000 rpm.

ABRASIVES

COLOR Ø 22 X 3mm Ø 6 X 22mm Ø 22 X 3mm Ø 5.5 X 15.5mmAT-064-12 AT-064-13 AT-064-14 AT-064-15AT-064-16 AT-064-18 AT-064-19 AT-064-20AT-064-21 AT-064-22 AT-064-24 AT-064-25

GREEN

YELLOWPINK

69. OceanBlue line universal silicone rubberpolishers are for initial polishing ofsemi-precious alloys, crome coboltand titanium. Speed 20,000 rpm.Arbor hole is 1/16”.Screw mandrels-page 16.

COLOR Ø 22 X 3mm Ø 17 X 3mm Ø 22 X 3mm Ø 17 X 3mm Ø 5.5 X 16.3mm Ø 5 X 16mm Ø15 X 2.5mmAT-064-26 AT-064-27 AT-064-28 AT-064-30 AT-064-31 AT-064-32 AT-064-33

BROWNGREEN

BLUE

BROWNGREEN

BLUE

BLACK

™


MANDRELS

16

™

72. Mandrels-ScrewThese mandrels are for holding felt wheels, bristle brushes, cutting discs and items having a maxi-mum thickness of 3/16”. Thread ends are right handed. For use in hand pieces and grinders.

73. Mandrels-SplitThe slot in the mandrel is to grip abrasive paper strips in order to build up a suitable diameter forinside finishing.

77. Mandrel-Snap onOne piece construction with a snap-on end, has a square drive that is positive and avoids slippage.

75. Mandrels-Pin ChuckChuck mandrel suitable for holding outer diameter of silicone pins. Pins can be held at various pro-trusions depending on the type of work. Thread ends are right handed.

76. Mandrels-Thread with NutUse only when there are through holes; mostly for wheels and cylinders. Thread ends are righthanded.

CODE SHANK HOLE TYPEAT-199 3/32” 1/16” REINFORCEDAT-200 3/32” 1/16” FLANGEDAT-200-01 1/8” 1/8” FLANGEDAT-200-02 1/8” 1/4” FLANGEDAT-200-05 3/32” 1/16” STRAIGHT

CODE SHANK DIA. TYPEAT-184-01 3/32” 9/64” STRAIGHTAT-184 3/32” 11/64” STRAIGHTAT-185 3/32” 3/16”-3/32” TAPERED

CODE SHANK TYPEAT-201 3/32” SQ/DRIVE

CODE SHANK HOLEAT-159 3/32” 2mmAT-160 3/32” 3mm

74. Mandrels-Screw TaperFor felt buffs, wheels, cylinders and points that are resilient enough to allow the tapered screw toform its threads into the material. Available in right hand threads only.

CODE SHANK TAPERAT-197 3/32” 1/16”-3/16”AT-197-01 1/8” 1/16”-3/16”AT-197-02 3/32” 1/16”-3/8”AT-198 1/8” 1/16”-3/8”

CODE SHANK THD.AT-196 3/32” 3/32”AT-196-01 1/8” 3/32”

78. Mandrels-Cartridge RollHardened steel mandrels for abrasive cartridge rolls. Pilot guides roll for absolute true running.

CODE SHANK PILOT/D X LAT-157 3/32” 1/8” X 3/4”AT-158 1/8” 1/8” X 1”

9/64”

11/64”

REINFORCED

FLANGED

STRAIGHT


BENCH ACCESSORIES

18

1. Utility AnvilsEngineered especially for the professional. Quick change over from steel tonylon face for all bench tasks. Simply press out from base and reverse.Hard neoprene non-slip base provides secure positioning and absorbs lightto heavy hammer action. Available in two sizes.

CODE SIZEAN-390 2”AN-392 31/2”

™

2. Steel Bench BlockFlat back up steel base, for marking and lay out of designs.Case hardened, ground and polished. Includes a hole for riveting.

CODE SIZEAN-401 4” X 6” X 1” (NO GROOVE)

AN-402 21/4” X 21/4” X 1”AN-404 4” X 4” X 1”

3. Bench Horn Anvil-StandardOne piece solid steel. Includes both round and flat horns, with a hole on topfor riveting. Useful for flattening, shaping and forming. Size 41/2” L X 15/8” Ht.

5. Combination Bench Pin with AnvilEasily clamps to the workbench. Has a flat polished anvil for layout work,together with a replaceable hardwood bench pin for various other jobs.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-405 BENCH PIN WITH ANVILAN-415 REPLACEMENT PIN

6. Bench Pin with Metal HolderFix with screws to a workbench. This convenient hardwood bench pinsupports work securely while sawing, filing and polishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-409 COMPLETEAN-412 51/4” X 21/4” (BENCH PIN ONLY)

4. Bench Horn AnvilMade in steel, with round and flat horns. Working surfaces are polishfinished. One horn includes a hole for riveting.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-407 BENCH HORN ANVIL

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-406 BENCH HORN ANVIL

7. Wood Bench PinsAssorted sizes made from quality, seasoned hardwood. Smooth finished allover. The tongue fits all standard metal holders.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-412 51/4” X 21/4”- SMALLAN-413 61/4” X 21/2” - MEDIUMAN-414 7” X 23/4” - LARGEAN-416 BENCH PIN -RIGHTAN-418 BENCH PIN -LEFT

AN-416

AN-418


BENCH ACCESSORIES

19

™

9. Ring ClampsSeasoned hardwood with leather lined jaws, adjustable to fit most rings. This usefultool enables a positive grip on rings during filing, polishing and general work.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-101 WOOD-RUSSIAN TYPERI-102 HARDWOOD DELUXERI-103 PLASTIC RING CLAMP

10. Inside Ring HolderHolds large and small rings on the inside, with a strong grip. Enables free working onthe outside of the rings without leaving any scratch marks.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-108 RING HOLDER WITH WING NUT

11. Setter’s Ring ClampThis ring clamp has an extended lip of a unique design that provides extra support ona workbench. Ideal for polishing and other detail work.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-104 PLASTIC DELUXE- USA

12. Ring GripperThumb screw clamp gives a firm grip on large or small rings. May be used while buffing and polishing the outside of the rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-160 RING GRIPPER

13. Outside Ring HolderHolds large and small rings on the outside, in either of the two grooves. Enables easyand free working on the inside of rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-165 OUTSIDE RING HOLDER

8. Kirkland Ring ClampsPrecision aluminum construction with quick acting thumb screw grip. This hand fixtureis very practical for working on rings. Indispensable for stone setting and polishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-106 COMBINATION CLAMPRI-107 RING CLAMP-EXTERNAL

RI-101

RI-102

RI-103


BENCH ACCESSORIES

20

15. Tools for Filing -HingesA high quality steel holder with an adjustable grip for various sizes of hinges. Itsunique design eliminates wobble while filing.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-021 HOLDER FOR HINGE

20. Bracelet MandrelsThese mandrels are adaptable for shaping, stretching, and forming bracelets.Exterior surface is smoothly polished. Available in round and oval shapes.

CODE SHAPEMD-025 OVALMD-030 ROUNDMD-031 ROUND WOODEN

16. Burnisher-Tungsten CarbideMicro-grained, super hard tungsten carbide will smooth and finish all metalsincluding platinum. Silver or gold will not adhere to this burnisher. Excellent forclosing and smoothing.

17. Double-Ended Steel TracerAn economical steel scribe, with precise sharpened points at both ends. Highlyaccurate for marking layout work when designing.

18. Agate BurnishersMade of natural stone, straight or knife edged, this super polished surfacesmoothes all marks or other imperfections on jewelry.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBS-405 7/8” TIP

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-001 7/8” TIP

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-725 STRAIGHTBR-726 KNIFE EDGE

14. V-Slot Bench Pin with ClampA portable bench pin for a quick set up. It clamps to almost all workbenches.Ideal for sawing, filing and finishing.

CODE SIZEAN-408 71/4” X 21/4”

19. Third Hand Round BaseHeavy base with double joint positioning, makes forhands free working while soldering. Includes straightcross locking tweezers to hold the component.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-010 THIRD HAND W/TWEEZERSHO-011 BASE ONLYTW-477 TWEEZERS

15”

13/8” X 17/8” 3” X 31/2”

13/4” 31/2”

15”


BENCH ACCESSORIES

21

25. Pearl Holding ViseCenter drill pearls accurately without any mar on the surface.Quick clamp and release system. Thirteen cavities accommodatepearls or beads size #2-10mm

26. Centerline Pearl Drill HolderA quality engineered drill jig, combines precision with accuracy formaking fine holes in pearls. Cushioned support eliminates anymisalignment.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-007 DRILLING VISE

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-006 DRILL HOLDER

CODE SIZEHO-005 2” X 21/2” X 3/8”

21. Jump Ringer System- Round/OvalMake jump rings fast, using this hand winder. Complete setincludes mandrel, blade with arbor, and holder to cut rings.Needs the use of Foredom #30 handpiece (not provided) forcutting. Oval system has special mandrels and a two sided oval coilholder. A complete set includes five oval mandrels with a coilholder. Mandrels are 3” long.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-410 JUMP RING COMPLETEHO-411 BLADE ONLYHO-412 MANDREL SET- 16 PCS. (0.06”-0.46”)

27. Peg Clamp HolderHand held holder with moveable pins to hold any odd shaped parts.Remove handle to fit in a vise. Useful when engraving and setting.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-008 PEG CLAMP

22. Bracelet HolderAll metal clamp, secures bracelet easily, eliminating the use ofshellac. A relief on the diameter provides a space to nest the clasp.

CODE DIAMETERHO-302 31/2”

24. Swiss Victorinox KnifeThe one and only all purpose stainless steel knife that finds use inalmost all applications. Select from two models that have differentfeatures which include cutting blades, scissors, file, tweezers etc.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-742 SWISS ARMY KNIFESH-743 SWISS ARMY KNIFE WITH 17 BLADES

23. Miter Cutter Jig- FranceAlloy tool steel, hardened for wear resistance and long life.Viseholds thin sheet, round, square bar and tubing securely, for anglecuts at 45° or 90°. Additional adjustable stop for precise cuts tolength. May be hand held or fixed in a bench vise.


BENCH ACCESSORIES

22

28. Screwplates with TapsThree different ranges to form internal or external fine pitchthreads for nuts or screws. May also be used to rectify andrepair damaged threads.

29. Wood Handle ScribersEconomical steel scriber, has a sharpened point for layout work. Triangularshaped hollow or solid form permits removal of burrs or other detail work.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONSP-071 0.6-2.0mm-SwissSP-072 0.7-2.0mm-GermanSP-073 0.5-1.5mm-JapanSP-074 0.85-1.5mm-Deluxe

CODE DESCRIPTIONBS-401 HOLLOWBS-402 SOLID

31. Margin RollersIndividually sized burnishing tool that effectively removesporosity, pits or scratch marks on the inside of rings andbracelets.

CODE DIAMETERDI-110-99 12mmDI-111 10mmDI-112 8mm

32. Magnetic Tool HolderAn efficient organizer that instantly holds, yet releases quickly, allyour small tools and implements. Mounts conveniently near yourwork bench.

CODE LENGTHHO-040 12”HO-041 18”

33. PanaviseThe universal vise is a perfect unit where all movements arecontrolled by a single knob. Convenient positioning in all threeplanes make it perfect for filing, sawing, carving and setting.Jaws are of nylon, 21/2” wide and will not mar or scratch delicatesurfaces. A vacuum base model of the vise operates by suctionsystem and has additional adaptability to be mounted on anysmooth surface. Replacement jaws are available.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPV-416 STANDARD VISEPV-417 VACUUM BASE VISEPV-418 REPLACEABLE JAW

30. Hand DrillSmooth operating drill with adjustable chuck capacity 1/32”-1/4”. Sturdy tool forgeneral purpose use.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPV-400 HAND DRILL

SP-071

SP-072

SP-073SP-074


BENCH ACCESSORIES

23

™

35. Millgrain Wheels-IndividualPrecision concave, equally shaped cavities may be formed with a hardenedwheel. Create decorative settings and edge beading on jewelry.Use tools with a Millgrain wheel holder.

36. Millgrain HolderA hand tool having a hardwood palm grip, with a metal screw chuck tosecure the shank of Millgrain wheels.

CODE SIZEMG-401 #1MG-402 #2MG-403 #3MG-404 #4MG-405 #5MG-406 #6MG-407 #7MG-408 #8

CODE SIZEMG-409 #9MG-410 #10MG-411 #11MG-412 #12MG-413 #13MG-414 #14MG-415 #15

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-202 MUSHROOM HANDLE

34. GRS® BenchMateA versatile work holding system, loaded with featuresthat instill confidence while stone setting and doing allkinds of jewelry repair. All steel construction withsmooth teflon bearings contribute to a sturdy, rugged,rotating device that quick locks in any required posi-tion. Select from two kits.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBE-019 BENCH MATE- DELUXEBE-020 BENCH MATE -BASIC

CODE DESCRIPTIONBE-021 EXTRA MOUNTING PLATEBE-022 BENCH PIN KITBE-023 OPTIONAL MOUNTING PLATEBE-024 FIXED MOUNTING PLATEBE-025 ADJUSTABLE HT. BRACKETBE-026 NARROW SOLDER FINGERBE-027 WIDE SOLDER FINGERBE-028 SHELLAC PAD

CODE DESCRIPTIONBE-029 PITCH CUPBE-030 INSULATED SOLDER CLAMPBE-031 EXTRA PLASTIC JAWSBE-032 THIRD HAND ATTACHMENTBE-033 ENGRAVING VISE SHELFBE-034 SOLDER STATION- 4”BE-035 SAWING PLATE RIGHT HANDBE-036 SAWING PLATE LEFT HAND

BE-028BE-026BE-027

37. Millgrain Tool SetTwo select sizes of Millgrain tools with a threaded chuck. Supplied in a pol-ished wooden box.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMG-426 SET OF 6 (#10-15)MG-428 SET OF 12 (#1-12)MG-427 BOX ONLY

BenchMate Basic Kit: Includes basic BenchMateholder, shellac pad, fixed mounting plate andhardware.

BenchMate Deluxe Kit: Includes basic BenchMateholder, shellac pad, narrow and wide solder fingers,third hand attachment, bench pin kit, fixed mountingplate and hardware.

Special Attachments: Convert your BenchMate to do various otherjobs like prong tipping, shank repair, ring sizing, soldering and jewelryfabrication. Attachments need only a few seconds to change withoutany extra tools.

....................... 1

..................... 2

................... 3

................. 4

................ 5

............... 6

.............. 7

............. 8

............. 9

............ 10

............ 11

............ 12

........... 13

........... 14

.......... 15

Note : Patterns shown are not the actual size of the wheel structure.

BE-029

BE-032

BE-030

BE-031

BE-022

BE-035BE-036BE-020

BE-023

BE-024

BE-025

BE-034

BE-033(Vise not included)

MG-426

MG-428

WORKBENCHES

24

™

BE-010 MC-OLYMPICHardwood constructed workbench, with a recessed metalplate. Three storage drawers and two aluminum catch trays.Includes a slide out work platter. Predrilled for mounting man-drels and a slot for bench pin.361/2” W X 241/4” D X 38” Ht.

BE-005 WMA top quality work bench of seasoned hardwood with fullskirted sides and rear. Ample storage space with 15 spaciousdrawers and a catch tray.381/2” W X 20” D X 38” Ht.

BE-002 PN-100Well crafted bench built to last. Seven side drawers, two topdrawers and two sliding trays. Comfortable foot rest. Rightand left arm rest with slot for bench pin. One layout shelf.48” W X 22” D X 38” Ht.

BE-012 Single BN-60BE-013 Double BN--60LSturdy woodbenches in a steel frame con-struction. Features include two pull-outdrawers. Lower drawer has a metal pan forbench sweeps. Available in single or double styles.Single- 321/2” W X 161/4” D X 36” Ht.Double- 65” W X 161/4” D X 36” Ht.

BE-016 MO-60Standard work bench of seasoned hard-wood with skirted legs. Three drawers forstorage of tools, one bottom drawer withmetal pan and a pull-out tray for mandrels.Left and right arm supports, with a replace-able bench pin slot.371/2” W X 181/2” D X 36” Ht.

BE-004 PWSturdy hardwood workbench with arecessed metal anvil and railing on threesides. Three storage drawers and two largeslide out catch trays. Predrilled holes formandrels. Left and right arm supports, witha replaceable bench pin slot.351/2” W X 211/2” D X 36” Ht.

BE-003 BN-260Hardwood work bench full skirted for rigidity. Consists of three drawers and apull out utility tray with two shelves.Predrilled holes for mandrels. Left andright arm supports, with a replaceablebench pin slot.391/4” W X 191/2” D X 38” Ht.

For More Work Benches

Page 80

Note: For work benches some assembly is required.All Benches will be shipped via Master Craft.


8. Mounted Bristle BrushesThese brushes are end mounted on 3/32” mandrels,to fit hand pieces. Four textures for differentfinishes are available.

BRUSHES

26

1. Bench Duster BrushVery handy for cleaning your work area.Soft bristles, convenient wooden handle. Easy to usein everyday work as a general purpose brush.

2. Washout BrushesDurable nylon bristles, set in rows, mounted in woodor bone, for common cleansing of work parts.

3. Scratch BrushesFirmly anchored bristles of either brass or steel. Useful when cleaning work with or without solutions.

4. End Knot Bristle BrushesA small diameter brush, with hard bristles. For usewith tapered spindles. Frequently used to clean andpolish with polishing compounds.

5. Crimped Brass Wire BrushesSoft brass bristles, different row types, all with hardwood hubs that can be suitably mounted on taperedspindles. Very gentle for scouring of metal. Leaves a matt finish. Wire size 0.10mm.

7. Unmounted Wheel Bristle BrushesThese have different grades of bristle hardness.Select according to individual application.All with arbor hole 1/8”.

™

CODE LENGTHBU-033 9”

CODE DESCRIPTIONBU-031 BONE HANDLEBU-032 WOODEN HANDLE

CODE DESCRIPTIONBU-029 STEEL 4 ROWSBU-030 BRASS 4 ROWS

CODE DESCRIPTIONBU-034 5 KNOTBU-035 7 KNOTBU-038 10 KNOT

CODE DIA. ROWSBU-008 3” 4BU-008-01 3” 3BU-008-02 3” 2


6. Crimped Steel Wire BrushesStiff steel bristles, all with hardwood hubs, provide firm scouring action on hard to clean areas in allmaterials. Vigorous cleaning that leaves a slightly coarse finish. For use with tapered spindles.Wire size 0.10mm.


CODE DIA. ROWSBU-006-03 4” 4BU-006-04 4” 3BU-006-05 4” 2

DIA. 3/4” DIA. 1” GRADEBU-115 BU-111 EX-SOFTBU-114 BU-117 SOFTBU-113 BU-118 MEDIUMBU-112 BU-116 STIFF

DIA. 3/4” DIA.1” GRADEBU-110 BU-125 EX-SOFTBU-120 BU-123 SOFTBU-121 BU-124 MEDIUMBU-119 BU-122 STIFF

1”

3/4”

BU-031

BU-032

BU-029

BU-030


BRUSHES

27

9. Unmounted Wire BrushesSmall wire brushes for working fine detail areas in jewelry. Choice of two materials, steel or brass.Wheels may be used for gentle or vigorous working.Both types with arbor hole 1/8”.

10. Unmounted Plastic BrushesSmall tightly packed bristle brush, has a plasticcenter for extra support. A feature that contributesto considerable stiffness for consistent finishes onall surfaces.

11. End Bristle BrushesUse these brushes to clean grooves, curves and inbetween cleaves. End mounted on 3/32” shanks,makes it easy to quick change on hand pieces.Apply only light pressure at high speeds.

12. End Wire Mounted BrushesIdeal for use to clean confined work areas. Made of soft brass or hard steel and mounted on 3/32” shanks. Size 3/16” X 1/4”

13. Bristle Cup BrushesAn inverted cone type brush for working over largeareas. Mounted on 3/32” shanks.

™

STEELTYPE DIA. 1” DIA. 3/4”STRAIGHT BU-130 BU-131CRIMPED BU-130-01 BU-131-01

BRASSTYPE DIA. 1” DIA. 3/4”CRIMPED BU-128 BU-129STRAIGHT BU-128-01 BU-129-01

CODE DIA. X TRIM. L GRADEBU-001 2” X 5/8” STIFFBU-002 2” X 5/8” MEDIUMBU-003 2” X 5/8” SOFTBU-004 2” X 5/8” BRASSBU-005 2” X 5/8” STEEL

CODE DIA. X TRIM. L GRADEBU-140 3/16” X 1/4” SOFTBU-141 3/16” X 1/4” STIFFBU-142 3/16” X 3/8” SOFTBU-143 3/16” X 3/8” STIFF

CODE DESCRIPTION TYPEBU-144 STRAIGHT BRASSBU-144-01 CRIMPED BRASSBU-144-02 STRAIGHT STEELBU-144-03 CRIMPED STEEL

CODE DIA. GRADEBU-100 1/2” STIFFBU-101 1/2” SOFT

14. Metal Cup Brushes on MandrelInverted cone type, choice of brass or steel straightwire bristles, provides delicate or firm scouring onwork pieces. Mounted on 3/32” shanks.

CODE DIA. TYPEBU-107 1/2” BRASSBU-109 1/2” STEEL

15. Mounted Brass BrushesSmall diameter soft brass brushes, swaged andevenly distributed on the periphery. Ideal for that softfeel on external curves and shallow valleys. Mounted on 3/32” shanks.

CODE DIA. TYPEBU-132 1” CRIMPEDBU-133 3/4” CRIMPEDBU-133-01 3/4” STRAIGHTBU-133-02 1” STRAIGHT16. Mounted Steel Brushes

Small diameter firm steel brushes fixed in a steelhub. Suitable for tough scouring. Works efficiently forinitial removal of high spots and blending surfaces.Mounted on 3/32” shanks.

CODE DIA. TYPEBU-134 1” CRIMPEDBU-135 3/4” CRIMPEDBU-136 3/4” STRAIGHTBU-137 1” STRAIGHT


BRUSHES

28

17. Unmounted Texturing BrushesCalibrated wire diameters of these brushesimpart satin, matt or cross cut finish, dependingon the ingenuity of the craftsman.Use on tapered spindles. Size 100 X 25mm.

™

CODE THREAD Ø GRADEAS-725 0.20mm EX-FINEAS-726 0.30mm FINEAS-727 0.45mm MEDIUMAS-728 0.60mm COARSE

18. Minimat Texturing BrushesAchieve a finish like sand blasting with different diameter. These brushes have the con-venience of being used with standard flex shafthandpieces. Steel wires of different diameters areattached on a plastic hub. All are mounted on 3/32”shanks. Maximum speed 8,000 rpm.

CODE THREAD Ø COLORAS-733 0.20mm BLUEAS-734 0.30mm REDAS-735 0.45mm YELLOWAS-736 0.60mm GREEN

CODE THREAD Ø TYPEAS-730 0.30mm MOUNTEDAS-731 0.45mm MOUNTEDAS-732 0.60mm MOUNTED

19. 33MM ® Deburring WheelsThe #1 choice of jewelers, these wheels give excellent performance for blending sprues, removal of oxidation and fire scale from castings.

CODE 3MCODE D X T X H GRADEBF-038 2SFIN 6” X 1” X 1” X-FINEBF-039 7SFIN 6” X 1” X 1” FINEBF-040 9SFIN 6” X 1” X 1” MEDIUMBF-041 8AMED 6” X 1” X 1” COARSE

20. 33MM ® Cut & Polish WheelsA subsequent operation wheel, improves the blending and polishing after the initial deburring.Imparts a relative fineness to the smoothing, has a less aggressive action and does not clog.

CODE 3MCODE D X T X H GRADEBF-050 5AFIN 1” X 1” X 3/16” MEDIUMBF-051 5AFIN 3” X 3/4” X 1/4” MEDIUMBF-052 5AFIN 6” X 1” X 1” MEDIUM

21. 33MM ® General Purpose WheelsAn all purpose wheel, economical to use for light deburring, blending and smoothing operations.

CODE 3MCODE D X T X H GRADEBF-060 5AFIN 6” X 1” X 1” MEDIUMBF-061 5AFIN 3” X 3/4” X 1/4” MEDIUMBF-064 7AVFIN 4” X 1/4” X 1/8” FINEBF-067 7AVFIN 4” X 1/2” X 1/8” FINEBF-068 3AVFIN 3/4” X 1/4” X 1/16” V-FINEBF-069 7AFIN 3/4” X 1/4” X 1/16” MEDIUM

MiniMat -Mounted

MiniMat Pro -Unmounted


BRUSHES

29

22. 33MM ® Radial Bristle BrushesA new concept for pre-polishing, texturing, and fine finishing with the added feature of complete flexibility. Numerous vanes of independent impeller like discs,glide through fine detail grooves to give a consistent finish. Disc can be used individually or in multiples. Embedded fine abrasive eliminates the use of messy compounds. Lubricate with water. Speed 10,000-max 15,000 rpm.

24. 33MM ® Unitized WheelsA special type of unitized wheel for deburring and polishing titanium, special alloys,composites and plastics. Wheels feature an open web construction which allows sufficientflexibility during use and resist loading.

™

BF-110 3/4” X 1/16” 80 YELLOWBF-111 3/4” X 1/16” 220 REDBF-112 3/4” X 1/16” 400 BLUEBF-113 3/4” X 1/16” PUMICE PINK

3MCODE 3” X 1/2” X 1/4” 2” X 1/2” X 1/4” 11/2” X 1/4” X 1/8” 1” X 1/4” X 1/8” GRADE2SFIN BF-010 BF-015 BF-019 BF-025 X-FINE4SFIN BF-011 BF-016 BF-020 BF-026 FINE6AMED BF-012 BF-017 BF-021 BF-027 MEDIUM8ACRS BF-013 BF-018 BF-022 BF-028 COARSE

BF-123 1” X 1/8” 36 BROWNBF-124 1” X 1/8” 50 GREENBF-125 1” X 1/8” 80 YELLOWBF-126 1” X 1/8” 120 WHITE

BF-140 3” X 3/8” 80 YELLOWBF-141 3” X 3/8” 120 WHITEBF-142 3” X 3/8” 220 REDBF-143 3” X 3/8” 400 BLUEBF-144 3” X 3/8” PUMICE PINKBF-145 3” X 3/8” 6 MICRON PEACHBF-146 3” X 3/8” 1 MICRON LT. GREEN

23. Adapter MountsBristle brushes up to 1” diameter are to be used with mandrels designed for 1/16” or 1/8”. Bristle brushes of 2” & 3” diameters are to be used with an adapter mount.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBF-148 ADAPTER MOUNT-PLASTICBF-149 ADAPTER MOUNT-ALUMINUM

3MCODE 3/4” X 1/8” X 1/16” 1/2” X 1/4” X 1/16” 1/2” X 1/2” X 1/16” 11/2” X 1/2” X 1/4” GRADE2SFIN BF-032 BF-030 BF-031 BF-023 X-FINE4SFIN - BF-030-01 BF-031-01 - FINE6AMED BF-032-02 BF-030-02 BF-031-02 - MEDIUM8ACRS BF-032-03 BF-030-03 BF-031-03 - COARSE

CODE DIA./HOLE GRIT COLORBF-115 9/16” X 1/16” 120 WHITEBF-116 9/16” X 1/16” 220 REDBF-117 9/16” X 1/16” 400 BLUEBF-118 9/16” X 1/16” PUMICE PINKBF-119 9/16” X 1/16” POLISH1 LT. GREENBF-120 9/16” X 1/16” POLISH11 PEACH

BF-130 2” X 3/8” 80 YELLOWBF-131 2” X 3/8” 120 WHITEBF-132 2” X 3/8” 220 REDBF-133 2” X 3/8” 400 BLUEBF-134 2” X 3/8” PUMICE PINKBF-135 2” X 3/8” 6 MICRON PEACHBF-136 2” X 3/8” 1 MICRON LT. GREEN


BRUSHES

30

™

26. Red Sable BrushesChoicest sable hair bristles, crimped in ferrules, mounted on convenient sized pencil grips. Extremely finepoints, in assorted sizes for art and design work. Size 3/0 is smallest and #7 is the largest.

28. Tapered Chuck for BrushesUnmounted brushes with 1/8” hole can be directly fitted to shaft ends of bench polishers. Right and lefthanded screw ends are offered to suit double end bench polishers.

CODE STYLE HUB(a) TRIM(b) ROWSBU-011 1A 17/8” 5/8” 1UBU-012 1B 17/8” 1/2” 1UBU-013 1C 17/8” 3/8” 1UBU-014 2A 17/8” 5/8” 2CBU-015 2B 17/8” 1/2” 2CBU-016 2C 17/8” 3/8” 2C

CODE STYLE HUB(a) TRIM(b) ROWSBU-017 4A 17/8” 5/8” 4CBU-018 4B 17/8” 1/2” 4CBU-019 4C 17/8” 3/8” 4CBU-023 6A 11/4” 5/8” 2CBU-024 6C 11/4” 3/8” 2CBU-026 11A 11/2” 5/8” 3CBU-027 11C 11/2” 3/8” 3C

CODE SIZEBU-155 3BU-156 4BU-157 5BU-158 6BU-159 7

CODE SIZEBU-150 3/0BU-151 2/0BU-152 0BU-153 1BU-154 2

27. Norton® Beartex Satin WheelsMade of nylon fiber, impregnated with fine abrasives, these wheels find extensive use for impartingbackground finishes of satin matt on work pieces. Coarse grades are used for removal of fire scale.

CODE DIA. X T X H GRADEBF-390 3” X 3/4” X 1/4” FINEBF-391 3” X 3/4” X 1/4” MEDIUMBF-392 3” X 3/4” X 1/4” COARSEBF-393 6” X 1” X 1/2” FINEBF-394 6” X 1” X 1/2” MEDIUMBF-395 6” X 1” X 1/2” COARSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONMA-100 WOODEN-RIGHT HANDMA-102 PLASTIC-RIGHT HANDMA-103 PLASTIC-LEFT HAND

29. Wheel FlangesThese are for fitment of wheels with larger holes to standard arbors. Select flanges according to wheelhole and respective arbor diameter.

CODE H ARBOR ØBF-100 2” 1/2”BF-101 2” 5/8”BF-102 2” 3/4”BF-103 2” 1”BF-105 1” 1/2”BF-106 1” 5/8”BF-107 1” 3/4”

25. Bristle Brushes in HardwoodSuperior bristles set in seasoned hardwood hubs. Available in various rows for numerous applications.Two types U-upright C-converging. All with arbor hole 1/4”.

a

b

ØH


BUFFS

32

1. Midget Felt WheelsMiniature sizes of select quality compressed wool for general purpose polishing. Easy to shape fordifferent curvatures and profiles. All with pin hole centers.

2. Square Edge Felt WheelsPure felt. Designed for finishing a variety of materials including metal and glass. Guaranteed uniform density.Use with tapered spindle polishers. All with pin hole centers.

3. Knife Edge Felt WheelsKnife edge felt wheels, perfectly formed and trued, for polishing joints and grooves. All with pin hole.Use sizes up to 1” with screw taper mandrels, and sizes up to 6” on tapered spindle polishers.

™

CODE DIA. X T GRADEBF-150 1/2” X 1/8” SOFTBF-150-01 1/2” X 1/8” HARDBF-151 3/4” X 1/8” SOFTBF-151-01 3/4” X 1/8” HARDBF-152 1” X 1/4” SOFTBF-152-01 1” X 1/4” HARDBF-153 1” X 1/8” SOFTBF-153-01 1” X 1/8” HARD

MEDIUM HARD DIA. X TBF-155 BF-155-01 11/2” X 1/2”BF-156 BF-156-01 2” X 1/2”BF-157 BF-157-01 21/2” X 1/2”BF-158 BF-158-01 3” X 1/2”BF-159 BF-159-01 4” X 1/4”BF-160 BF-160-01 4” X 1/2”BF-161 BF-161-01 6” X 1/2”

MEDIUM ROCK FLINT DIAMONDHARD HARD HARD HARD DIA.BF-163 BF-163-01 BF-163-02 BF-163-03 1/2”BF-164 BF-164-01 BF-164-02 BF-164-03 5/8”BF-165 BF-165-01 BF-165-02 BF-165-03 3/4”BF-166 BF-166-01 BF-166-02 BF-166-03 1”BF-167 BF-167-01 - - 11/4”BF-168 BF-168-01 BF-168-02 BF-168-03 11/2”BF-169 BF-169-01 - - 13/4”BF-170 BF-170-01 BF-170-02 BF-170-03 2”BF-172 BF-172-01 BF-172-02 BF-172-03 3”BF-173 BF-173-01 BF-173-02 BF-173-03 4”BF-174 BF-174-01 BF-174-02 BF-174-03 6”

4. Satin Finish WheelsSatin finish wheels produce different textures on all types of precious metals. These wheels are denseand may be used to blend casting lines and sprue nibs.

CODE GRADE DIA. X TBF-216 X-FINE 4” X 1”BF-217 FINE 4” X 1”BF-218 MEDIUM 4” X 1”


BUFFS

33

6. Paramount® Muslin Buffs-Regular 60/60The perfect companion to Paramount felt buffs, these state of the art buffs provide hours of excellentperformance. Available in leather or shellac centers and all popular styles.

7. Paramount® Finest Muslin Buffs 80/80These buffs have a denser weave that eliminates stringing. Far superior than the regular type, thesebuffs give a more delicate sheen to the surface. A wide choice of styles, in leather or shellac centers.

™

5. Paramount® Yellow Treated Muslin Buffs 86/80Specially treated to enable fast cutting, these buffs have an inherent stiffness to withstand rugged use.Additional stitching gives the added advantage of maintaining trueness. Available in leather or shellaccenters. Screws directly on taper of spindle polishers.

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCHBF-175 BF-175-01 4” 30 3 ROWSBF-176 BF-176-01 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-177 BF-177-01 4” 50 3 ROWSBF-178 BF-178-01 5” 40 3 ROWSBF-179 BF-179-01 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-180 BF-180-01 6” 40 4 ROWSBF-181 BF-181-01 6” 50 4 ROWSBF-182 BF-182-01 6” 60 4 ROWS

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCHBF-200 BF-200-01 4” 30 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-201 BF-201-01 4” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-202 BF-202-01 4” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-203 BF-203-01 4” 30 3 ROWSBF-204 BF-204-01 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-205 BF-205-01 4” 50 3 ROWSBF-206 BF-206-01 5” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-207 BF-207-01 5” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-208 BF-208-01 5” 40 3 ROWSBF-209 BF-209-01 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-210 BF-210-01 6” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-211 BF-211-01 6” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-212 BF-212-01 6” 60 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-213 BF-213-01 6” 40 4 ROWSBF-214 BF-214-01 6” 50 4 ROWSBF-215 BF-215-01 6” 60 4 ROWS

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCHBF-183 BF-183-01 4” 30 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-184 BF-184-01 4” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-185 BF-185-01 4” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-186 BF-186-01 4” 30 3 ROWSBF-187 BF-187-01 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-188 BF-188-01 4” 50 3 ROWSBF-189 BF-189-01 5” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-190 BF-190-01 5” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-191 BF-191-01 5” 40 3 ROWSBF-192 BF-192-01 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-193 BF-193-01 6” 40 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-194 BF-194-01 6” 50 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-195 BF-195-01 6” 60 1 ROW (LOOSE)BF-196 BF-196-01 6” 40 4 ROWSBF-197 BF-197-01 6” 50 4 ROWSBF-198 BF-198-01 6” 60 4 ROWS


BUFFS

34

8. Paramount®-Split & Beveled Felt LapsMade of high quality felt, four slots provide clear visibility while polishing almost all items. Accuratelybalanced and provided with pin hole centers.

9. Paramount Felt Ply BuffsPrecision quality control guarantees the durability and superior polishing of these buffs.Steamed and hammered to compactness, there is absolutely no porosity. Experience the brilliancewhen polishing platinum, gold and other precious metals.

10. Satin Finish BuffsGraded abrasive finely dispersed into the fiber webs, these buffs generate a satin finish of differentintensities depending on individual choice of textures. Reinforced leather centers allow directmounting on tapered spindles.

11. Loose Buffs- Lead CenterUnsewn fine weave muslin buffs with combed edges are a suitable way for finishing with rouge.These buffs have lead centers that screw on to the threads of tapered spindle polishers.

™

CODE DIA. X T GRADEBF-361 6” X 1/2” MEDIUMBF-362 6” X 1/2” HARDBF-363 6” X 1/2” ROCK HARDBF-364 6” X 1/2” FLINT HARDBF-366 7” X 1/2” MEDIUMBF-367 7” X 1/2” HARDBF-368 7” X 1/2” ROCK HARDBF-369 7” X 1/2” FLINT HARDBF-381 8” X 1/2” MEDIUMBF-382 8” X 1/2” HARDBF-383 8” X 1/2” ROCK HARDBF-384 8” X 1/2” FLINT HARD

CODE DIA. PLY STITCH GRADEBF-385 4” 4 3 ROWS SOFTBF-385-01 4” 4 3 ROWS MEDBF-385-02 4” 4 3 ROWS HARDBF-386 5” 5 3 ROWS SOFTBF-386-01 5” 5 3 ROWS MEDBF-386-02 5” 5 3 ROWS HARDBF-387 6” 6 1 ROW (LOOSE) SOFTBF-387-01 6” 6 1 ROW (LOOSE) MEDBF-387-02 6” 6 4 ROWS SOFTBF-387-03 6” 6 4 ROWS MEDBF-387-04 6” 6 4 ROWS HARD

CODE DIA. PLY GRADE COLORAS-721 4” 2 FINE PLUMAS-721-01 4” 3 FINE PLUMAS-722 4” 2 MEDIUM BROWNAS-722-01 4” 3 MEDIUM BROWNAS-723 4” 2 COARSE TANAS-723-01 4” 3 COARSE TAN

CODE DIA. PLYBF-421 3” 36BF-422 3” 54BF-423 4” 54BF-424 5” 54BF-425 6” 54BF-426 6” 63


BUFFS

35

12. Finex Muslin Buffs-Loose & CombedFinest muslin loose buffs are soft with combed faces. They may be used with all polishing compounds forfinishing metals. Leather centers supplied to fit on tapered spindle polishers.

14. Finex Muslin Buffs-Stitched & CombedMade of the finest material available to the jewelry industry. Stitched buffs are firm with combed faces andare used with compounds such as Tripoli, 4 x White Diamond, Grey Star, etc. Available in leather or shellaccenters. Fit on tapered spindles.

15. Red Treated Muslin Buffs for PlatinumAn IKOHE product made in a fine weave of specially treated muslin. Ideal for finishing all materials.Very effective with rouge and most other polishing compounds. Available in leather or shellac centers.Mount on tapered spindle polishers.

13. Finex Muslin Knife Edge BuffsLeather centers and a firm point edge that is slightly softer, these buffs have the added advantage ofconforming to shapes that are impossible to polish with traditional buffs.

™

CODE DIA. PLYBF-417 3” 35BF-418 4” 40BF-418-01 4” 50BF-419 5” 45BF-419-01 5” 50BF-420 6” 50

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCH- BF-402 2” 30 3 ROWSBF-413 BF-403 3” 35 3 ROWSBF-414 BF-404 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-414-01 BF-404-01 4” 50 3 ROWSBF-414-02 BF-404-02 5” 45 4 ROWSBF-415 BF-405 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-415-01 BF-405-01 6” 30 3 ROWSBF-415-02 BF-405-02 6” 50 3 ROWSBF-416 BF-406 6” 50 4 ROWS- BF-407 6” 70 4 ROWSBF-416-01 BF-406-01 7” 50 4 ROWSBF-416-02 BF-406-02 7” 70 4 ROWS

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCHBF-431 BF-431-01 3” 35 3 ROWSBF-432 BF-432-01 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-433 BF-433-01 4” 50 3 ROWSBF-434 BF-434-01 5” 45 3 ROWSBF-435 BF-435-01 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-436 BF-436-01 6” 30 4 ROWSBF-437 BF-437-01 6” 50 4 ROWSBF-438 BF-438-01 6” 60 4 ROWSBF-439 BF-439-01 7” 50 4 ROWSBF-440 BF-440-01 7” 70 4 ROWS

CODE DIA. PLYBF-469 3” 12BF-470 4” 12BF-471 5” 12BF-472 6” 12


BUFFS

36

16. Yellow Treated Knife Edge BuffsDifferently shaped edges with leather centers, these buffs have been chemically treated to maintainstiffness and retain polishing compounds. The profile allows the polishing of narrow valleys andgrooves. Mount on tapered spindle polishers.

17. Yellow Treated Muslin BuffsIKOHE muslin buffs specially treated for extra stiffness. This factor reduces polishing time and produces a better surface abrasion. Use with Tripoli or other compounds. Available in leather orshellac centers. Mount on tapered spindle polishers.

18. Midget Muslin Buffs-UnmountedSmall diameter fine muslin buffs, stitched to ensure firmness at high speeds. Convenient to use onhandpieces. Use with tapered mandrels -page 16.

19. Midget Buff-MountedSmall diameter buffs in different types of materials all mounted on 3/32” mandrels. A flexible way toachieve polishing with various polishing media. High speeds are recommended for a fine finish.

™

CODE DIA. PLYBF-473 3” 12BF-474 4” 12BF-475 5” 12BF-476 6” 12

LEATHER SHELLAC DIA. PLY STITCHBF-453 BF-463 3” 35 3 ROWSBF-454 BF-464 4” 40 3 ROWSBF-455 BF-465 5” 50 3 ROWSBF-456 BF-466 6” 50 3 ROWSBF-457 - 7” 60 3 ROWS- BF-467 6” 70 4 ROWS

CODE DIA. PLY STITCH COLORBF-490-01 7/8” 16 1 ROW WHITEBF-490-02 7/8” 16 1 ROW YELLOWBF-490-03 1” 16 1 ROW WHITEBF-490-04 1” 16 1 ROW YELLOWBF-491 1” 16 2 ROWS WHITEBF-492 1” 16 2 ROWS YELLOWBF-493 11/2” 16 2 ROWS WHITEBF-494 11/4” 16 3 ROWS WHITEBF-495 11/2” 16 3 ROWS WHITE

CODE DIA. THICKNESS TYPEBF-510 1” 3/16” CHAMOISBF-511 1” 3/8” MUSLINBF-512 3/4” 3/8” COTTON STRINGAS-701 1” 1/4” SATIN FINEAS-702 1” 1/4” SATIN MEDIUM


BUFFS

37

22. Tapered Muslin BuffsSmall diameter cone shaped buffs, very adaptablefor finishing the insides of work pieces.Performs well with all polishing compounds. Will fit on tapered spindle polishers.

23. Cylinder BuffsTube shaped, in different diameters, these buffsmake the ideal method for polishing the insides ofparts. Works efficiently with all types of finishingcompounds. Will fit on tapered spindle polishers.

24. Goblet BuffsFine muslin stitched and spherically shaped, amost convenient method for polishing the insidesof goblets and other similar objects. Will fit ontapered spindle polishers.

25. Cotton String BuffsExtremely soft with individual strings, firmlycrimped to a central hub. This product provides anultra fine finish to gold and other precious metals.

26. Chamois BuffsDurable, long lasting, soft leather, these buffs arethe obvious choice for finishing and polishingplatinum. They may also be used for all othermetals. Will fit on tapered spindle polishers.

™

CODE DIA.BF-441 2”BF-441-01 3”BF-441-02 31/2”

CODE DIA. X TBF-442 2” X 2”BF-442-01 3” X 3”BF-442-02 31/2” X 31/2”

CODE DIA.BF-443 2”BF-443-01 3”BF-443-02 4”

CODE DIA. X TBF-477 4” X 2”BF-477-01 5” X 2”

CODE DIA. PLYBF-444 3” 12BF-444-01 4” 12

20. Mounted Felt BobsFelt in various styles, mounted on 3/32” shanks, are a necessity for finishing and polishing intricate designs. Easily interchangeable, they are very practical touse with handpieces or flexible shafts.

STYLE FLAME ROUND CONE BULLET CYLINDER INV.CONE K/EDGE SQ/EDGESIZE 3/8” X 3/4” 5/16” X 3/8” 1/4” X 3/4” 5/16” X 5/8” 3/8” X 5/8” 11/16” X 3/16” 3/4” 11/16” X 1/4”CODE BF-520 BF-521 BF-522 BF-523 BF-524 BF-525 BF-527 BF-529SIZE - - - - - 7/8” X 3/16” 7/8” 7/8” X 1/4”CODE - - - - - BF-526 BF-528 BF-530SIZE - - - - - - - 7/8” X 7/16”CODE - - - - - - - BF-531

21. Unmounted Felt ConesThese hard density felt cones polish the innersurfaces of work pieces and other hard to reachareas. All with pin holes, ready to mount ontapered mandrels. -page 16

CODE DIA. X TBF-483 1/4” X 3/8”BF-484 1/4” X 1/2”BF-485 1/2” X 1”BF-486 3/4” X 11/2”


BUFFS

38

27. Solid Felt Ring BuffsUnmounted high quality felt shaped to a shallow taper to use with different inside diameters of rings.One end pin drilled to screw on the end of tapered spindle polishers.

28. Inside Felt Ring BuffsA compressed layer of felt, pre-formed to a taper is fitted snugly on a hardwood core. This gives thebuff additional stiffness. Pin drilled to fit on tapered spindle polishers.

32. Rubberized Abrasive Inside Ring BuffsFine abrasives, different grades in a rubber bond, used for the initial cutting of inside of rings.The mounted type is on a wooden mandrel. Both have center pin holes for easy mounting.Size 27/8” long and diameter tapered from 3/4”-5/8”.

29. Uniflex Inside Ring-Cone BuffsA unique type of abrasive, shaped to a reduced diameter over its length, on a wooden core. Ideal for pre-finishing the inside of rings. Pin drilled to mount on tapered spindle polishers.

™

CODE TAPER LENGTH GRADEBF-501 3/4”-9/16” 3” REGULARBF-501-01 3/4”-9/16” 3” HARDBF-502 7/8”-5/8” 4” REGULARBF-502-01 7/8”-5/8” 4” HARD

REGULAR HARD TAPER LENGTHBF-502-98 BF-502-99 9/16”-5/16” 3”BF-503 BF-503-01 3/4”-9/16” 3”BF-504 BF-504-01 7/8”-5/8” 4”BF-504-04 BF-504-05 11/16”-1” 5”BF-504-07 BF-504-08 11/16”-3/4” 6”

UNMOUNTED COLOR GRADEBF-532 LT-GREEN X-FINEBF-533 RED FINEBF-534 BROWN MEDIUMBF-535 DK-GREEN COARSE

MOUNTED COLOR GRADEBF-536 LT-GREEN X-FINEBF-537 RED FINEBF-538 BROWN MEDIUMBF-539 DK-GREEN COARSE

CODE TAPER LENGTHBF-508 7/8”-5/8” 21/2”

30. Felt Combination BuffsCombined wheel and inside ring buff of felt in medium density. One piece construction. A real timesaver when polishing the outside and inside of rings. Fits directly on tapered spindle polishers.

CODE TAPER LENGTH DIA. X TBF-505 3/4”-9/16” 3” 2” X 1/2”BF-506 7/8”-5/16” 4” 2” X 9/16”

31. Artifex Inside Ring PolishersUnmatched in quality, these ring polishers outlast regular conventional polishers. Polishing can becontrolled to the finest degree. Size 65mm long and diameter tapered from 22-15mm.

CODE GRIT GRADEBF-500 150 FINEBF-500-01 250 MEDIUM


BUFFS

39

33. Felt Bangle BuffsHigh grade, pure solid felt, these medium density buffs are mounted on a hardwood core. Shaped to fitthe larger diameters of bangles and bracelets. Use on tapered spindle polishers.

34. Artifex Elastic Bond WheelsSilicon carbide abrasive bonded on a non-clogging spongy base resists snagging during finede-burring. The extra flexibility can create different decorative surface effects on precious metals.

™

CODE TAPER LENGTH GRADEBF-540 2”-17/8” 2” REGULAR

CODE DIA. X T X H GRIT GRADEBF-550 100 X 20 X 6MM 150 MEDIUMBF-551 100 X 20 X 6MM 250 FINEBF-552 100 X 20 X 6MM 80 COARSEBF-553 150 X 20 X 6MM 150 MEDIUMBF-554 150 X 20 X 6MM 250 FINE

36. 33MM ® Sanding SpongesThese sponges may be shaped or trimmed to fit any type of surface or contour. Ideal for finishing andpolishing engravings and filigree.

CODE SIZE GRADEBF-004 41/2” X 51/2” MEDIUMBF-005 41/2” X 51/2” FINEBF-006 41/2” X 51/2” X-FINEBF-007 41/2” X 51/2” ULTRA FINEBF-008 41/2” X 51/2” MICRO FINE

37. 33MM ® Scotchbrite PadsUniform fast cutting action, excellent for satin and matte finishes. Create your own flap wheels to getan even finish on rings, bracelets and other articles of jewelry. Size 6” X 9”.

CODE 3MCODE GRADEBF-001 7448 FINEBF-002 7447 MEDIUMBF-003 7440 COARSE

35. 33MM ® XK WheelsThese new 3M ® XK wheels are fast cutting and provide long life on the job. Ideal for heavy duty orlarge part de-burring and cleaning where non-woven wheels do not perform satisfactorily.

CODE DIA. X T X H GRADEBF-070 6” X 1/2” X 11/4” 1208 HABF-071 6” X 1/2” X 11/4” 2410 HABF-072 6” X 1” X 11/4” 1208 HABF-073 6” X 1” X 11/4” 2410 HA

BUFFS

40

38. Leather WheelConstructed of high quality birch plywood cores, these wheels are coveredwith rich leather. Wheels have cone shaped centers to fit both right and leftside of double ended bench polishers. Performs well for final polishing onmetal or stone. May be used wet or dry. Speed max 4,000 rpm.

™

CODE DIA. X T X HBF-300 6” X 1” X 1/4”

39. Leather StrapGenuine cowhide leather strap is used for holding jewelry and rings whilepolishing, buffing or grinding. Protects fingers from heat. Sold by footlength. Available in 50 yards rolls.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBF-301 LEATHER STRAP

Bench WorkDappingFlex ShaftEngravingDrillingGrindingBuffingCarvingFinishingMeltingCleaningSurface FinishingPolishingPlatingSolderingBrazing

THIS ICON IS INTENDED TO DRAW YOUR ATTENTION TO SPECIFIC SAFETY PRACTICESWHEN WORKING WITH TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE CATALOG.

Type of Operations Use the propergloves for the work

application.

Select the correctsafety goggles forthe type of work.

Check input voltageand wiring before

start up.

Do not exceed safeoperating speeds.

Protect yourselfagainst toxic fumes

and flames.

Avoid breathing air-borne dust particles.

For Proper use ofequipment read

instructions manual.

Polishing Compounds

Page 163-164

• To achieve a high luster on articles of jewelry, select the correct type of buff for the application.

• Buffing compounds are available in different grades it is necessary to use separate buffs with each grade.

• Always protect your finger tips with finger guards.


BURS

42

™

1. Jewelers Burs- Hardened Tool Steel- Swiss

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-262008 0.80 BR-263009 0.90 BR-264010 1.00 BR-265012 1.20 BR-266014 1.40 BR-267016 1.60 BR-268018 1.80 BR-269021 2.10 BR-269-01023 2.30 BR-269-02025 2.50 BR-269-03027 2.70 BR-269-04

CYL. TWIST

FIG-15 / 29

Burs made from the finest tool steel and hardenedto exacting standards. All burs have 3/32” shanks.Available in packs of six.

ISO MM CODE009 0.90 BR-095010 1.00 BR-096011 1.10 BR-097012 1.20 BR-098013 1.30 BR-099014 1.40 BR-100015 1.50 BR-101016 1.60 BR-102017 1.70 BR-103018 1.80 BR-104019 1.90 BR-105020 2.00 BR-106021 2.10 BR-107022 2.20 BR-108023 2.30 BR-109024 2.40 BR-110025 2.50 BR-111026 2.60 BR-125027 2.70 BR-112028 2.80 BR-124029 2.90 BR-113030 3.00 BR-114031 3.10 BR-115033 3.30 BR-116035 3.50 BR-117037 3.70 BR-118040 4.00 BR-119042 4.20 BR-120045 4.50 BR-121047 4.70 BR-122050 5.00 BR-123

HART 90°

FIG-156C / HD

ISO MM CODE005 0.50 BR-020006 0.60 BR-021007 0.70 BR-022008 0.80 BR-023009 0.90 BR-024010 1.00 BR-025011 1.10 BR-026012 1.20 BR-027013 1.30 BR-028014 1.40 BR-029015 1.50 BR-030016 1.60 BR-031017 1.70 BR-032018 1.80 BR-033019 1.90 BR-034020 2.00 BR-035021 2.10 BR-036022 2.20 BR-037023 2.30 BR-038024 2.40 BR-039025 2.50 BR-040026 2.60 BR-041027 2.70 BR-042028 2.80 BR-043029 2.90 BR-044030 3.00 BR-044-01031 3.10 BR-045033 3.30 BR-046035 3.50 BR-047037 3.70 BR-048040 4.00 BR-049042 4.20 BR-050045 4.50 BR-051047 4.70 BR-052050 5.00 BR-053055 5.50 BR-054060 6.00 BR-054-01065 6.50 BR-054-02070 7.00 BR-054-03075 7.50 BR-054-04080 8.00 BR-054-05085 8.50 BR-054-06090 9.00 BR-054-07095 9.50 BR-054-08100 10.00 BR-054-09

ROUND

FIG-1 / 23

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-160008 0.80 BR-161009 0.90 BR-162010 1.00 BR-163012 1.20 BR-164014 1.40 BR-165016 1.60 BR-166018 1.80 BR-168021 2.10 BR-169023 2.30 BR-170025 2.50 BR-171027 2.70 BR-172

CYL SQU. C.C

FIG-21 / 34

ISO MM CODE008 0.80 BR-054-99009 0.90 BR-055010 1.00 BR-056011 1.10 BR-057012 1.20 BR-058013 1.30 BR-059014 1.40 BR-061015 1.50 BR-062016 1.60 BR-063017 1.70 BR-064018 1.80 BR-071019 1.90 BR-072020 2.00 BR-073021 2.10 BR-074022 2.20 BR-092023 2.30 BR-075025 2.50 BR-076027 2.70 BR-077029 2.90 BR-078030 3.00 BR-079035 3.50 BR-080040 4.00 BR-081045 4.50 BR-082050 5.00 BR-083055 5.50 BR-084060 6.00 BR-085065 6.50 BR-086070 7.00 BR-087075 7.50 BR-088080 8.00 BR-089085 8.50 BR-090090 9.00 BR-091095 9.50 BR-093100 10.00 BR-094

CUPFIG-77B / S

90°

BURS

43

™

Jewelers Burs- Hardened Tool Steel- Swiss

ISO MM CODE006 0.60 BR-135007 0.70 BR-136008 0.80 BR-137009 0.90 BR-138010 1.00 BR-139012 1.20 BR-140014 1.40 BR-141016 1.60 BR-142018 1.80 BR-143021 2.10 BR-144023 2.30 BR-145025 2.50 BR-132027 2.70 BR-133029 2.90 BR-134

INV. CONE

FIG-3 / 24

ISO MM CODE023 2.30 BR-242029 2.90 BR-244035 3.50 BR-248040 4.00 BR-243070 7.00 BR-249080 8.00 BR-250090 9.00 BR-251100 10.00 BR-252

MTD. SAW

FIG-231S/ 45

ISO MM CODE008 0.80 BR-194009 0.90 BR-195010 1.00 BR-196011 1.10 BR-196-01012 1.20 BR-197013 1.30 BR-197-01014 1.40 BR-198015 1.50 BR-199016 1.60 BR-200017 1.70 BR-200-01018 1.80 BR-201019 1.90 BR-202020 2.00 BR-203021 2.10 BR-204022 2.20 BR-205023 2.30 BR-206025 2.50 BR-207027 2.70 BR-208029 2.90 BR-209030 3.00 BR-210031 3.10 BR-211033 3.30 BR-212035 3.50 BR-212-01037 3.70 BR-213040 4.00 BR-213-01042 4.20 BR-213-02045 4.50 BR-214047 4.70 BR-214-01050 5.00 BR-215

CONE

FIG-5 / 5NN(r)

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-365008 0.80 BR-366009 0.90 BR-367010 1.00 BR-368011 1.10 BR-368-01012 1.20 BR-369013 1.30 BR-369-01014 1.40 BR-370015 1.50 BR-370-01016 1.60 BR-371017 1.70 BR-371-01018 1.80 BR-372021 2.10 BR-373023 2.30 BR-374025 2.50 BR-375

30

ISO MM CODE010 1.00 BR-175012 1.20 BR-176

KRAUSE FIG-256 / 194

CONE SQ.

ISO MM CODE008 0.80 BR-216-01009 0.90 BR-216-02010 1.00 BR-217011 1.10 BR-217-01012 1.20 BR-218013 1.30 BR-218-01014 1.40 BR-218-02015 1.50 BR-219016 1.60 BR-220017 1.70 BR-221018 1.80 BR-221-01019 1.90 BR-221-02020 2.00 BR-222021 2.10 BR-222-01022 2.20 BR-223023 2.30 BR-223-01024 2.40 BR-223-02025 2.50 BR-224027 2.70 BR-225029 2.90 BR-225-01030 3.00 BR-226031 3.10 BR-226-01033 3.30 BR-227035 3.50 BR-228037 3.70 BR-229040 4.00 BR-230042 4.20 BR-231045 4.50 BR-232047 4.70 BR-232-01050 5.00 BR-233055 5.50 BR-234060 6.00 BR-235065 6.50 BR-236070 7.00 BR-237075 7.50 BR-238080 8.00 BR-239085 8.50 BR-240090 9.00 BR-241100 10.00 BR-216

SETTING

FIG-413 / Q(F)


CONE SQ. CC

FIG-23/38


WHEEL

FIG-2 / 25

BURS

44

™

Jewelers Burs- Hardened Tool Steel- Swiss

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-269-97008 0.80 BR-269-98009 0.90 BR-269-99010 1.00 BR-270012 1.20 BR-271014 1.40 BR-272016 1.60 BR-273018 1.80 BR-274021 2.10 BR-275023 2.30 BR-276025 2.50 BR-277027 2.70 BR-278

CONE TWIST

FIG-17 / 31

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-399-10008 0.80 BR-399-11009 0.90 BR-399-12010 1.00 BR-399-13012 1.20 BR-399-14014 1.40 BR-399-15016 1.60 BR-399-16018 1.80 BR-399-17021 2.10 BR-399-18023 2.30 BR-399-19025 2.50 BR-399-20027 2.70 BR-399-21

CYL. ROUND C.C

36

ISO MM CODE009 0.90 BR-380010 1.00 BR-381011 1.10 BR-382012 1.20 BR-382-01013 1.30 BR-383014 1.40 BR-384015 1.50 BR-326016 1.60 BR-385017 1.70 BR-386018 1.80 BR-387019 1.90 BR-388020 2.00 BR-327021 2.10 BR-389022 2.20 BR-390023 2.30 BR-391024 2.40 BR-328025 2.50 BR-330027 2.70 BR-331029 2.90 BR-325030 3.00 BR-332031 3.10 BR-333033 3.30 BR-334035 3.50 BR-335037 3.70 BR-336040 4.00 BR-337042 4.20 BR-338045 4.50 BR-339047 4.70 BR-340050 5.00 BR-341060 6.00 BR-342070 7.00 BR-343080 8.00 BR-345090 9.00 BR-346100 10.00 BR-347

K/EDGE CUTTER

FIG-234 / 161KE

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-392008 0.80 BR-393009 0.90 BR-394010 1.00 BR-395012 1.20 BR-396014 1.40 BR-397016 1.60 BR-398018 1.80 BR-399021 2.10 BR-399-01023 2.30 BR-399-02025 2.50 BR-399-03027 2.70 BR-399-04029 2.90 BR-399-05

CYL. ROUND

28

ISO MM CODE007 0.70 BR-350008 0.80 BR-351009 0.90 BR-352010 1.00 BR-353012 1.20 BR-354014 1.40 BR-355016 1.60 BR-356018 1.80 BR-357021 2.10 BR-358023 2.30 BR-359025 2.50 BR-360027 2.70 BR-361

CYL. SQUARE

26

ISO MM CODE006 0.60 BR-282007 0.70 BR-283008 0.80 BR-284009 0.90 BR-285010 1.00 BR-286012 1.20 BR-288014 1.40 BR-290015 1.50 BR-291016 1.60 BR-292018 1.80 BR-294021 2.10 BR-296023 2.30 BR-297025 2.50 BR-298027 2.70 BR-299029 2.90 BR-300031 3.10 BR-301033 3.30 BR-301-01035 3.50 BR-301-02037 3.70 BR-301-03040 4.00 BR-301-04042 4.20 BR-301-05045 4.50 BR-301-06047 4.70 BR-301-07050 5.00 BR-301-08

BUD FIG-6 / 33

ISO MM CODE009 0.90 BR-310010 1.00 BR-312011 1.10 BR-311012 1.20 BR-314013 1.30 BR-315014 1.40 BR-316015 1.50 BR-317016 1.60 BR-318017 1.70 BR-319018 1.80 BR-320019 1.90 BR-321020 2.00 BR-322021 2.10 BR-323022 2.20 BR-323-01023 2.30 BR-324025 2.50 BR-302027 2.70 BR-303029 2.90 BR-304031 3.10 BR-305033 3.30 BR-306035 3.50 BR-307037 3.70 BR-308040 3.80 BR-308-01042 4.20 BR-308-02045 4.50 BR-309047 4.70 BR-309-01050 5.00 BR-309-02

HART 70° FIG-446 / HB


BURS

45

2. Bur Kit - RoundSet of round burs. Shank size 3/32”.Organized on a plastic stand witha clear cover.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-510 ROUND- 20 PCS (2.9-9.6MM)

3. Bur Kit - BudSet of bud burs. Shank size 3/32”. Organizedon a plastic stand with a clear cover.

4. Bur Kit - WheelSet of wheel burs. Shank size 3/32”. Organizedon a plastic stand with a clear cover.

5. Bur Kit - HartSet of hart burs. Shank size 3/32”. Organized on aplastic stand with a clear cover.

6. Bur Kit AssortedSet of bur shapes: round, bud, hart, setting, cone,finishing, flame, cup, oval and cylinder.Shank size 3/32”. Organized on a plastic stand witha clear cover.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-511 BUD-20 PCS (0.7-4.7MM)

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-512 WHEEL-16 PCS (1.4-16.0MM)

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-513 HART-19 PCS (0.9-4.6MM)

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-500 ASSORTED BURS

24 PCS- (1.0-7.2MM)

™

7. Bur Set - FinishingSet of finishing burs in shapes- round, cone, oval,flame, pearl, inlay and bud. Shank size 3/32”.Organized on a plastic stand with a clear cover.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-514 FINISHING-12 PCS

8. Bur Kit - Deluxe CarvingA speciality set of shapes for carving metal, woodor wax. Shank size 1/8”. Organized on a plasticstand with a clear cover.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-515 CARVING KIT

12 PCS ASSORTED

Jumbo Bur Kits- SwissIf you're focused on a full range of burs in different shapes,make these your choice. Made from graded tool steel,manufactured to close tolerances and precisely tempered,these burs have a keen cutting edge. Experience a fastsmooth chip flow leading to superior surface finishes.


BURS

46

10. Round BurSets of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Small set consists of sizes 006, 007, 009, 012,013, 014, 015, 018, 019, 021, 022, 023.Large set consists of sizes 024, 025, 026, 027,028, 029, 030, 031, 033, 035, 037, 040.

13. Hart BurSet of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Sizes are 009, 010, 012, 013, 014, 015, 018, 021,023, 025, 030, 031.

12. Cup BurSet of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Sizes are 009, 011, 012, 013, 015, 016, 017, 018,020, 023, 027, 030.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-491 ROUND LARGE SET OF 12BR-495 ROUND SMALL SET OF 12

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-498 HART SET OF 12

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-497 CUP SET OF 12

11. Cone BurSet of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Sizes are 008, 009, 010, 012, 013, 016, 018, 019,020, 021, 022, 023. CODE DESCRIPTION

BR-496 CONE SET OF 12

14. Cone SQ/CCSet of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Sizes are 007, 008, 009, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015,016, 018, 021, 023. CODE DESCRIPTION

BR-499 CONE SQ/CC SET OF 12

Bur Sets- Alloy Tool SteelBurs with special points and styles in a range of smaller diameters. Carefully heat treated tomaximize sharpness over extended use. Multipleflutes for better cutting capability.

9. Setting BurSet of 12 burs in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.Sizes are 010, 012, 015, 016, 020, 022, 033, 035,037, 040, 045, 050.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-494 SETTING SET OF 12

™

90°


BURS

47

15. Bur LubeA carefully formulated compound that provides theoptimum balance of cooling and lubrication. Reducesfriction and heat build up thereby extending tool life.Essential to use when drilling, cutting or grinding.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-700 BUR LUBE 2 oz PUSH UP DISPENSER

BR-701 BUR LUBE LIQUID 4 ozBR-702 BUR LUBE PASTE 4 oz

16. Rotating Bur StandTiered, heavy duty plastic stand. Accommodates150 burs 3/32” shank. The revolving design makes iteasy to choose the right bur.

18. Acrylic Bur StandClear acrylic stand with 36 holes to store 3/32”shank size burs.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-715 BUR STAND- FOUR TIERS

CODE SIZEBR-717 41/2” X 3” X 3/4”

19. Wooden Bur BoxesHardwood box with hinged cover to store burs with 3/32” shank.Keeps burs neatly organized and protected.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-718 36 HOLESBR-719 72 HOLESBR-719-01 100 HOLES

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-484 016-HELIXBR-486 018-HELIXBR-485 023-HELIXBR-487 023-ROUNDBR-488 030-ROUNDBR-489 050-ROUNDBR-490 6 PCS- (2 HELIX, 4 ROUND)

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-720 88 HOLES

20. Wooden Bur BlockSlanted, hardwood block stand, with non-slip rubber grip base.Organizes drills, files, and brushes of either 3/32” or 1/8” shanks.

21. Wax BursThese are special burs for carving wax models. Widely spaced flutesprovide smooth cutting and will not clog like standard burs.Available individually or in a set of 6 shapes. Shank size 3/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-714 BUR STAND- LARGE 53/4” X 31/2”BR-716 BUR STAND- SMALL 43/4” X 3”

17. Plastic Bur StandsRectangular plastic stand to hold 3/32” shank sizeburs. Keeps burs organized and protects the cutting edges from damage.

™


BURS

48

™

22. Jewelers Burs- High Speed Steel -USAExperience the superior cutting performance of burs made from high density, tough cobalt alloy steel. Significant reduction in cost due to longlasting edge sharpness. Operate these burs at higher speeds to generate smoother surface finishes. Shank size 3/32”.Available individually or in sets.

# MM CODE1 0.90 BR-5502 1.00 BR-5513 1.30 BR-5524 1.50 BR-5535 1.70 BR-5546 1.90 BR-5557 2.10 BR-5568 2.30 BR-5579 2.50 BR-55810 2.70 BR-55911 2.90 BR-56012 3.10 BR-56113 3.30 BR-56214 3.50 BR-56315 3.80 BR-56416 4.00 BR-56517 4.30 BR-56618 4.50 BR-56719 4.70 BR-56820 5.00 BR-56922 5.20 BR-57023 5.40 BR-57124 5.60 BR-57225 5.90 BR-57326 6.30 BR-57427 6.70 BR-57528 7.20 BR-57629 7.60 BR-57730 8.00 BR-57831 8.90 BR-57932 9.60 BR-58033 10.40 BR-58134 11.10 BR-582

ROUND# MM CODE1 0.90 BR-5832 1.10 BR-5843 1.30 BR-5854 1.50 BR-5865 1.70 BR-5876 1.90 BR-5887 2.10 BR-5898 2.30 BR-5909 2.50 BR-59110 2.70 BR-59211 2.90 BR-59312 3.10 BR-59413 3.30 BR-59514 3.50 BR-59615 3.80 BR-59716 4.00 BR-59817 4.30 BR-59918 4.50 BR-60019 4.70 BR-60120 5.00 BR-60222 5.20 BR-60323 5.40 BR-60424 5.60 BR-60525 5.90 BR-60626 6.30 BR-60727 6.70 BR-60828 7.20 BR-60929 7.60 BR-61030 8.00 BR-61131 8.90 BR-61232 9.60 BR-61333 10.40 BR-61434 11.10 BR-615

BEARING 90°

SIZE MM CODE1 0.90 BR-6432 1.10 BR-6443 1.30 BR-6454 1.50 BR-6465 1.70 BR-6476 1.90 BR-6487 2.10 BR-6498 2.30 BR-6509 2.50 BR-65110 2.70 BR-65211 2.90 BR-65312 3.10 BR-65413 3.30 BR-65514 3.50 BR-65615 3.80 BR-65716 4.00 BR-65817 4.30 BR-65918 4.50 BR-66019 4.70 BR-66120 5.00 BR-66222 5.20 BR-66323 5.40 BR-66424 5.60 BR-66525 5.90 BR-66626 6.30 BR-66727 6.70 BR-66828 7.20 BR-66929 7.60 BR-67030 8.00 BR-67131 8.90 BR-67232 9.60 BR-67333 10.40 BR-67434 11.10 BR-675

SETTING

SIZE MM CODE2 1.10 BR-6163 1.30 BR-6174 1.50 BR-6185 1.70 BR-6196 1.90 BR-6207 2.10 BR-6218 2.30 BR-6229 2.50 BR-62310 2.70 BR-624

HART 45°SIZE MM CODE11 2.90 BR-62512 3.10 BR-62613 3.30 BR-62714 3.50 BR-62815 3.80 BR-62916 4.00 BR-63017 4.30 BR-63118 4.50 BR-63219 4.70 BR-63320 5.00 BR-634

HART 45°

SIZE MM CODE22 5.20 BR-63524 5.60 BR-63726 6.30 BR-63928 7.20 BR-64030 8.00 BR-64134 11.10 BR-642

HART 45°

90°

45°45°

45°


BURS

49

Bur Kit- High Speed Steel- USAKit contains the most popular sizes in specific shapes. All have3/32” shanks which will fit most flexible shaft handpieces.

CODE SIZE QTYBR-690 #1-34 EXCEPT #21 33

27. RoundSet of 33 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.

28. BudSet of 23 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.

24. Hart 45°Set of 24 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.

CODE SIZE QTYBR-692 #2-14 & EVEN SIZES #16-34 23


™

23. Hart 90°Set of 33 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.


25. SettingSet of 33 burs. Shank size 3/32”. All organized in a polished wooden box.


26. FlameSet of 14 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.

CODE SIZE QTYBR-686 EVEN SIZES #2-26, & #30 14

29. ConeSet of 23 burs. Shank size 3/32”.All organized in a polished wooden box.


45°

90°


BURS

50

™

30. Black Top Burs - GermanMade of tungsten vanadium alloy steel. These burs provide extra long life due to superior cutting toothgeometry. Manufactured to close tolerances and precise forms, they are ideal for carving and finishing.Shank size 3/32”. Available individually or in sets.

ISO MM CODE010 1.00 BR-430012 1.20 BR-431014 1.40 BR-432015 1.50 BR-433016 1.60 BR-434018 1.80 BR-435021 2.10 BR-436023 2.30 BR-437025 2.50 BR-438030 3.00 BR-439035 3.50 BR-440040 4.00 BR-441050 5.00 BR-442060 6.00 BR-443065 6.50 BR-444070 7.00 BR-445080 8.00 BR-446085 8.50 BR-447090 9.00 BR-448095 9.50 BR-449100 10.00 BR-450

ROUND

ISO MM CODE010 1.00 BR-4000125 1.25 BR-401015 1.50 BR-4020175 1.75 BR-403020 2.00 BR-4040225 2.25 BR-405025 2.50 BR-4060275 2.75 BR-407030 3.00 BR-4080325 3.25 BR-409035 3.50 BR-4100375 3.75 BR-411040 4.00 BR-4120425 4.25 BR-413045 4.50 BR-4140475 4.75 BR-415050 5.00 BR-4160525 5.25 BR-417055 5.50 BR-4180575 5.75 BR-419060 6.00 BR-4200625 6.25 BR-421065 6.50 BR-4220675 6.75 BR-423070 7.00 BR-4240725 7.25 BR-425075 7.50 BR-4260775 7.75 BR-427080 8.00 BR-428

SETTING


CUP


HART 90°

32. Carbide BursDesigned to cut with confidence, these carbide bursyield high productivity. Exceptional durability andwear resistance enables you to cut and finish at thesame time. Burs have 1/16” shank size for use onfriction grip high speed - flex shaft handpieces.

ISO MM CODE005 0.50 BR-800006 0.60 BR-801007 0.70 BR-802008 0.80 BR-803009 0.90 BR-804010 1.00 BR-805011 1.10 BR-806012 1.20 BR-807013 1.30 BR-808014 1.40 BR-809016 1.60 BR-811018 1.80 BR-813021 2.10 BR-816023 2.30 BR-818027 2.70 BR-822

ROUND / 123

31. Round for Pearl SettingAccurately calibrated sizes, specificallydesigned for cutting the seat and simultane-ously forming a peg for securing the pearl.Made in high speed steel. Shank size 3/32”.Set contains 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45,0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.90,1.00mm sizes.

DESCRIPTION CODESET OF 15 PCS BR-850

ROUND

33. Stone Setting-Carbon Steel Bur SetAn indispensable bur set for cutting precise stoneseats. Made of carbon steel. Available in differentsets, neatly organized on an acrylic stand.Shank size 3/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-492 SHOULDER LEVEL SET OF 22 PCSBR-493 STONE SETTING SET OF 30 PCS

90°

BR-492

BR-493


BURS

51

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-018 SET OF 17

34. Black Top Bur-RoundSet of 17 burs in increments of 0.5 mm,from 1 to 8 mm in a polished wooden box.Shank size 3/32”.


35. Black Top Bur-CupSet of 17 burs in increments of 0.5 mm,from 1 to 8 mm in a polished wooden box.Shank size 3/32”.


36. Black Top Bur-SettingSet of 29 burs in increments of 0.25 mm,from 1 to 8 mm in a polished wooden box.Shank size 3/32”.


37. Black Top Bur - AssortedSet of 30 burs in increments of 1 mm,from 2 to 7 mm in a polished wooden box.Shank size 3/32”. Contents- 6 each of round, setting, cone,cup and cylinder shapes.

Black Top Bur Kits - GermanMade of tungsten vanadium alloy steel. These burs provide extra long life due to superior cutting tooth geometry. Manufactured to close tolerances andprecise forms, they are ideal for carving and finishing. Shank size 3/32”.

Bur Conversion Reference Chart -Actual Size

• Select Burs according to the shapes, material and shank diameter.• Bur diameters are either in ISO No. or mm. The reference chart specifies the nominal diameters of the bur.• High Speed Steel burs last longer than tungsten vanadium steel. Carbide burs have the longest life.• Small diameter burs are generally run at higher speeds than large diameter burs.• Use of a lubricant reduces friction and extends bur life.


BURS

52

38. Carbide Florentine ToolsCarbide burs easily surpass ordinary steel tools and are the logicalchoice to produce the most brilliant finish by any rotary tool. Improvedpenetration allows quick clean cutting at high speeds. Shank size 1/8”.

CODE SHAPE HEAD Ø HEAD LGTH.BR-462 CYLINDER 1/8” 1/2”BR-463 POINTED 1/8” 1/2”BR-465 BARREL 5/32” 5/32”

40. Florentine Cylinder BursMade from high quality tungsten carbide, these tools are extremely efficient forfine chip removal. Available in different diameters and grades.

39. Carbide Inside Ring BursLong lasting and wear resistant carbide with fine teeth, designed for highspeed smoothing and finishing the inside of rings. Different finishes arepossible from coarse to extra fine.

CODE HEAD DIA. GRADEBR-470 7mm FINEBR-471 7mm COARSEBR-468 9.5mm FINEBR-469 9.5mm COARSE

™

CODE HEAD Ø HEAD LGTH. SHANK FINISHBR-476 1/4” 1/2” 3/32” X-FINEBR-477 1/4” 1/2” 3/32” FINEBR-478 1/4” 1/2” 3/32” COARSEBR-482 3/8” 3/4” 1/8” FINEBR-483 3/8” 3/4” 1/8” STDBR-479 1/2” 1” 1/8” FINEBR-480 1/4” 1” 3/32” FINEBR-481 1/4” 1” 3/32” COARSE

41. Bur Setting GaugesPrecision Swiss made, plate type gauge to check bur diameters in ISO sizes.Black easy to read numbers on a silver background.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-508 BUR GAUGES

42. Gem Setting Bur with GaugeSet stones like a master jeweler with this indispensable new inovation. Achieveprecision without the guess work. Cut channels to a perfect size to match thecorresonding gauge. Drop the stone into seat and close the prongs or bezels.Shank size 3/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-507 18 PCS. (1.0-5.0mm)

Bur Lube Makes easy!Gem lube reduces friction and heat build upthereby extending tool life. Essential to usewhen drilling, cutting or grinding.


1. Kerr® Wax InjectomaticAn innovative wax injector with a convenient swing out cover and built-in pump to manually apply pressure 0-30 PSI. Fast 20 minute warm up to 160°F/71°C. This one quartinjector produces dense, accurate wax patterns. The Injectomatic includes a thermometerand a clean drip guard nozzle. Ambient to 230°F/110°C.

CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITYCW-196 110V/ 60Hz 1 qtCW-197 220V/ 50Hz 1 qt

2. Kerr® ProjectorA large four quart capacity wax injector that is sturdily constructed and designed for usewith an external air source. Ideal for professional use, this unit features a swing out coverand an air pressure gauge 0-30 PSI with regulator to ensure consistent wax pressure. Added features include positive sealing, drip guard nozzle, and a side drain for easy cleanout. Ambient to 250°F/120°C.

CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITYCW-198 110V/ 60Hz 4 qtCW-199 220V/ 50Hz 4 qt

3. Wax Injector 23/4 Qt. / 4 Qt.Achieve higher productivity using these heavy duty wax injectors with all the essentialfeatures to guarantee consistent dense wax patterns. A swing out cover to fill wax and aside drain for clean up. Uses an external air source, but has a built-in air pressure gauge0-30 PSI, with a regulator and a safety valve. Non-drip injection nozzle is reliable and leakproof. Ambient to 250°F/120°C.

CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITYCW-200 110V/ 60Hz 23/4 qtCW-202 220V/ 50Hz 23/4 qtCW-205 110V/ 60Hz 4 qtCW-206 220V/ 50Hz 4 qtCW-209 SPARE NOZZLE

™

CASTING

55

4. Kerr® Satin Cast-20Formulated for investment casting. Provides a clean breakaway andleaves a satin smooth finish that greatly reduces finishing time.The material blends to a smooth consistency and includes wettingagents that create a composite high strength mold. Suitable to castgold, silver and other metals that melt at less than 2000°F/1093°C.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-180 SQ. DRUM

100 Lb / 45 Kg

5. Kerr® Kerrcast-2000This popular grade uses cristobolite, and is a general type of investment, mixes homogeneously and has a clean burn out.The surface finish is of good quality. Overall characteristics are a goodbond and resistance to thermal shock. Useful for custom orders thatyou need immediately.


100 Lb / 45 Kg

7. Kerr® PlatiniteHigh strength, high temperature, investment for casting platinum, stainlesssteel and alloys that melt above 2200°F. Forms a strong mold with gooddimensional accuracy and caters to the exacting needs for excellence.An exceptionally smooth surface is achieved without cracks and fissureswhich drastically reduces finishing time.


100 Lb / 45 Kg

8. Platinum Casting PowderIkohe's special formulation for investment castings of platinum, palladiumand other alloys that melt at temperatures higher then 2000°F.Molds exhibit a fine smooth surface that reduces polishing costs.Mold strength is high and castings divest easily. These drums include thebinder and platinum investment powder. The binder is a special liquid whichprovides additional strength to withstand the high temperature being used.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-186 DRUM 50 Lb / 22 Kg WITH 16 oz BINDERCW-188 SPARE BINDER- 16 oz6. Investment Mixer

A quality blending system using elliptical motion to mix generous quantities in minimum time. The mix is homogenous, does not entrapair bubbles and is of consistent density. This eliminates mold gassesand controls shrinkage. Bowl and whip are ofstainless steel.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-105 110V/ 60Hz-K45CI-106 220V/ 50Hz-K45CI-106-01 REPLACEMENT BOWL 41/2 qtCI-106-02 REPLACEMENT WHIP

9. Investment ScaleA free standing scale, with capacity up to 20 lbs. in one ounce increments.Easy to read dial. Large weighing bowl to facilitate transfer of theinvestment powder to the mixer.

CODE DIMENSIONCI-075 10” X 7” X 16” Ht.

CASTING™


10. Investment ScoopMade of heavy duty plastic, the scoop has highsupporting sides and scoops investment without spilling and waste. A full scoop holds about 3 lbs.

CODE DIMENSIONCI-075-01 81/2” X 43/4” X 3”

11. Investment SpatulaA useful instrument for mixing, forming or shapingwax or clay. Conveniently sized stainless steelrounded blade with a wooden handle.

CODE BLADE SIZECI-075-02 51/2”

12. Rubber Mixing BowlsBowls in two sizes, made in flexible long lastingrubber. Ideal to use for mixing investment powder.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-074 JUMBO- 1 gal 9” X 7”CI-074-01 MEDIUM- 11/2 quart 6” X 6”

14. Rubber Table PadA rubber mat for use in vacuum casting under thebell jar. The silicone pad (red) is of premium qualityand lasts longer. Ideal hardness effectively sealsthe jar on the investing table.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-112 11” SQUARE- RUBBERCI-113 71/2” DIA. ROUND- SILICONE

™

13. Dial ThermometerA dual scale F/C° thermometer. Use to accuratelymeasure the temperature of wax or to calibrate vulcanizers. Dial diameter 11/2”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-221 8” STEM- 50°-400°F(10°-200°C)

16. Masking TapesThis tape may be used to cover the holes on perforatedflasks during investing. Very easy to peel away afterburn out.

CODE WIDTH LENGTHCI-043 4” 60 ydsCI-044 5” 60 ydsCI-044-01 6” 60 ydsCI-045 7” 60 ydsCI-045-01 8” 60 yds

15. Non-Asbestos Paper RollsWhen flasks are lined with this sheet, investmentremoval becomes easier. The paper liner withstandshigh temperature and is useful when casting platinum.

CODE WIDTH X T LENGTHCI-045-02 71/2” X 1/16” 50 ftCI-045-03 5” X 1/16” 50 ftCI-045-04 4” X 1/16” 50 ftCI-045-05 21/2” X 1/16” 50 ft

17. Mold Release SpraysEffective, non-stick silicone base releases spraythat may be used on rubber or metal molds. Sprayhelps patterns to come off clean from the mold.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-820 CASTALDO® - 20 ozCR-821 SPRITS® - 20 oz

CASTING


18. Castaldo® Gold Label®

This is a soft, natural, pliable rubber. It has the ideal characteristicsfor difficult molds containing undercuts, filigree and settings.Rubber is 1/8” thick and vulcanizes at 310°F- 15 minutes for 1/4” moldframe thickness.

1LB 5LB 10LB 50LBROLL - CR-700 CR-701STRIPS CR-619 CR-703 CR-702READY CUT - CR-704 -QUADROTTO - - CR-615 CR-611

19. Castaldo® White Label®

Firm and flexible. A good all purpose mold rubber that is suited forthin molds. Rubber is 1/8” thick, vulcanizes at 310°F -15 minutes for1/4” mold frame thickness.

20. Castaldo® No-Shrink Pink®

Minimal shrinkage of less than 1%. High adherence for detail andexcellent memory. May be used alone or combined with Gold Label®or White Label® on the outside of the mold to save costs.

21. Castaldo® Super High Strength™Silicone/Econosil® StripsSilicone strips are extremely strong, tough and flexible. When uncured,it is easy to pack detailed areas. Works like clay or putty and producesmolds with good tear strength. Vulcanizes at 330°F - 15 minutes perlayer of rubber. Econosil strips are harder, red in color, economical to use and easy topack or cut. Low temperature metals like pewter may be cast directly inthis rubber mold.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-705 SILICONE STRIPS- 5lb PKCR-708 ECONOSIL STRIPS -27/8” X 18”

22. Castaldo® Mold Lock FormersBrass metal cones that have projections on one side to lock into thebase. Use one in each corner to locate the top half of the mold. Taperedshape prevents the mold from displacement during injection. Pkg 3 oz.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-714 MOLD LOCKS- 155 PCS. APPROX.

1LB 5LB 10LB 50LBROLL - CR-605 CR-601STRIPS CR-618 CR-603 CR-602READY CUT - CR-604 -QUADROTTO - - CR-614 CR-610

1LB 5LB 10LB 50LBSTRIPS CR-620 CR-706 CR-622 -READY CUT - CR-707 -QUADROTTO - - CR-616 CR-612

23. Castaldo® MoldMatic® Ready Made MoldsQuick, easy way to make molds. Use these ready made molds, with aMoldmatic frame, for accurate alignment. Mold locks are pre-formed.Simply remove the protective cloth at the mold center and insert yourmodel. After vulcanization, just pull the edges apart.

WHITE GOLD SHRINK SIZE L X WIDTHLABEL LEBEL PINKCR-650 CR-653 CR-656 SMALL 17/8” X 27/8”CR-651 CR-654 CR-657 MEDIUM 23/8” X 3”CR-652 CR-655 CR-658 LARGE 27/8” X 33/8”

Castaldo® Rubber

SizeStrips: 27/8” X 18”Ready Cut: 17/8” X 27/8”Quadrotto: 18” X 18”

CASTING™


24. Castaldo® MoldMatic® Mold FramesHigh precision frames for Ready Made Mold system.Three different sizes are available. Will fit any standard vulcanizer.

CODE SIZE L X W X HT.CM-500 SMALL 17/8” X 27/8” X 3/4”CM-501 MEDIUM 23/8” X 3” X 3/4”CM-502 LARGE 27/8” X 33/8” X 3/4”

25. Castaldo® Quick-Sil® RTV Molding RubberA safe, non-toxic two part silicone rubber-mix that is pliable.Cures in about 15 minutes at room temperature with heat, but withpressure. The rubber must be pressed or clamped in order to pro-vide good detail. Good tear resistance with minimal shrinkage.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-660 2 lb KIT

26. Castaldo® LiquaCast® Liquid Mold RubberA two part liquid rubber compound that vulcanizes overnight without any heat or pressure. Contains no silicone, but makes astrong durable mold for waxes and plastics.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-710 50 lb - TWO PARTCR-711 10 lb - TWO PARTCR-712 1 lb - TWO PART

27. See-Thru Mold FramesAluminum U- frame with a sprue former, available in different thicknesses.Two glass panels, one on each side, are held together with a pair of spring clips.Easy to assemble and ideal for use with LMR Rubber Set.

CODE H X W X TCM-450 3” X 2” X 5/8”CM-451 3” X 2” X 3/4”CM-452 3” X 2” X 1”CM-453 3” X 2” X 11/4”CM-454 3” X 2” X 11/2”CM-455 3” X 2” X 2”CM-457 SPARE GLASS

™

28. LMR- Liquid Mold RubberVulcanizing at room temperature, this liquid mold rubber consists of a base and awhite catalyst. Ideal for delicate items of wax, wood or plastic, that cannotwithstand heat or pressure. Molds have high tear strength with zero shrinkage.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-670 9 lb LMR KIT WITH CATALYST

29. Knife Handle & Spare BladesMade of high impact plastic, and shaped for a comfortable grip, these handleshold cutting blades securely when cutting molds open. Surgical steel hollowground blades are available as a replacement.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCM-902 BLADE #10ACM-900 BLADE #11CM-901 BLADE #12CM-903 KNIFE HANDLE #3CM-904 KNIFE HANDLE- PLASTIC

#10A

#11

#12

CM-904

CM-903

CASTING


30. Mold MateThis unit has a cutting board and two clamps to aid mold separation.Permits all around access and helps to increase production.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCM-432 3 IN 1 (17/8” X 27/8” X 7/8”)CM-433 4 IN 1 (17/8” X 27/8” X 3/4”)CM-434 4 IN 1 (17/8” X 27/8” X 1”)CM-435 4 IN 1 (17/8” X 27/8” X 11/2”)

31. Base MateHolds sprue bases for easy accessibility. Tilts up or down and rotates 360°for working at any angle. Accepts 31/2” and 4” sprue bases.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-590 BASE MATE

32. Aluminum Multiple FramesFrames of different thickness that can be assembled together to get a moldof the desired height. This method builds mold frames to suit your models.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCR-600 MOLD MATE 6” X 14”CR-600-01 MOLD MATE JUNIOR

33. Soft Grip KnifeNon-slip, soft grip handle knife has a knurled screw locking arrangementfor blades. Knife measures 5” in length without the blade. Spare blades areavailable.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCM-905 SOFT GRIP KNIFE WITH SAFETY CAPCM-906 5 PCS. SET OF REPLACEMENT BLADES

34. Sprue Rod Former/Sprue MandrelSprue tip with guide may be heated to form cone shaped entry hole for waxinjection.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCS-215 BURNING MANDRELCS-216 SPRUE FORMERS 3/16”CS-218 SPRUE FORMERS 1/8”

35. Steam DewaxerSteam dewaxers remove wax from invested casting before burn out.Electrically heated steam eliminates 95% of wax thereby reducing porosityand carbonization. Furnace life is increased because the heating element isnot exposed to harmful wax fumes. The unit is double wall stainless steeland has a front access drain.

CODE CI-118POWER 110V/ 60 HzOUTSIDE DIMENSION 241/2” X 141/2” X 17”INSIDE DIMENSION 20” X 121/2” X 101/2”WATER CAPACITY 2 gal

CR-600-01

CODE DESCRIPTIONCM-436 7 IN 1

7 in 1 Mold FrameConsists of three frames that can be assembled together. Mold size17/8” X 27/8”. Makes the following thicknesses: 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”,11/8”, 11/4”, 13/8” & 17/8”.

CR-600

CASTING™


36. Standard VulcanizerRigid box frame, cast iron construction, stainless steel heated platens and a powerful one inch pressure screw.Platen alignment is by twin guide bars of ample dimensions. The base encloses the controls, thermostat, pilot lamps and on/off switch.Temperature range 500°F/ 260°C.

CODE SPECIFICATIONCR-901 110V/ 60HzCR-900 220V/ 50HzCR-904 HEATING ELEMENTS

37. Deluxe VulcanizerHeavy duty cast iron construction has larger platens of stainless steel, twin guide rods, and a central pressurescrew with a thrust pad. Platens can accommodatemultiple molds of similar thickness. Base has built-incontrols, thermostat, pilot lamp, and on/off switch. Temperature range 500°F/ 260°C.

CODE SPECIFICATIONCR-902 110V/ 60HzCR-903 220V/ 50HzCR-905 HEATING ELEMENTS

39. Dual VulcanizerSturdy, heavy duty construction, with twin guide posts and a centrally locatedpressure screw. Large stainless steel platens, perfectly aligned and individuallyheated by two separate thermostat controls. Heat transfer is identical to bothsides of the mold to guarantee perfectly cooked molds with Castaldo No-ShrinkPink. Base houses controls, both thermostats, and on/off switch.Temperature range 500°F/ 260°C.

CODE SPECIFICATIONCR-898 110V/ 60HzCR-899 220V/ 50Hz

40. Digital VulcanizerReliable, accurate temperature regulation, and uniform pressure produces moldsthat are evenly vulcanized and have minimal shrinkage. Precise platen alignmentis assured by large diameter guides. Completely protected electronic circuitry isdesigned for consistent repeatability.

CODE SPECIFICATIONCR-895 110V/ 60HzCR-896 220V/ 50Hz

™

41. Aluminum Mold FramesOne piece aluminum with a single or double cavity. Additional side holes formescape channels for the excess rubber during vulcanization. Measurementsdenote the mold sizes.

L X W X Ht. SINGLE DOUBLE17/8” X 21/2” X 1/2” CM-059 CM-20317/8” X 27/8” X 3/4” CM-034 CM-23417/8” X 27/8” X 5/8” CM-058 CM-20217/8” X 27/8” X 1” CM-100 CM-20117/8” X 27/8” X 11/4” CM-125 CM-30117/8” X 27/8” X 11/2” CM-150 CM-30221/2” X 33/4” X 1” CM-129 -

38. Mold Frame PlatesAluminum plates in different sizes to cover top andbottom of the mold frames when vulcanizing. Smooth flatsurfaces prevent the rubber from sticking to the platens.Sold in pairs.

CODE L X WIDTHCM-440 21/2” X 31/2”CM-441 37/8” X 53/8”CM-442 4” X 6”CM-443 5” X 71/8”

CASTING


42. Perforated FlasksHeavy gauge perforated flasks, in quality stainless steel, withstand thermal shock and corrosion. Ideal for use on vacuum casting machines. Provides complete air withdrawal which results in adenser casting. Available in all the standard sizes. Gauge size is 6.

44. Flask SleevesReusable flexible rubber sleeves slide on to the outside of the perforated flasks while investing.After the investment has set, the sleeves may be removed.

45. Flask ExtenderMainly used on solid wall flasks to prevent overflow of investment while filling the flasks up to theirtop level. Ideal to avoid waste.

CODE DIA.CI-061 3”CI-062 31/2”CI-063 4”

43. Regular FlasksDurable, stainless steel flasks are corrosion resistant and withstand thermal shock during quenching. All surfaces of the flask have a smooth finish and edges are machined for optimum sealing.Gauge size is 14.

CODE DIA.CI-060 21/2”CI-057 23/4”

46. High Temp GasketsGraphite impregnated gaskets used to seal flasks while vacuuming.Sizes available to suit all standard flask sizes. All are 1/8” thick.

CODE DIA.CI-050 3”CI-051 33/8”CI-052 31/2”CI-053 4”CI-054 41/2”CI-055 5”

47. Silicone GasketsThese gaskets come in different sizes and are used to seal the casting flask tothe vacuum table. More pliable, these gaskets conform to a greater variationof uneven surfaces.

DIA. 1/8” T 1/4” T3” CI-068 CI-08833/8” CI-069 CI-08731/2” CI-070 CI-0894” CI-071 CI-09041/2” CI-0725” CI-07351/2” CI-081

HEIGHT 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 81/2” 91/2”Ø 3” CI-047 - - - - CI-082 -Ø 33/8” CI-041 - - - - - -Ø 31/2” CI-084 CI-046 CI-083 CI-039 CI-040 CI-048 CI-049Ø 4” CI-034 CI-035 CI-036 CI-037 CI-056 CI-038 CI-042Ø 5” - - - CI-107 CI-108 - -

HEIGHT 21/2” 3” 4” 5” 6”Ø 2” CI-120 - - - -Ø 21/2” CI-130 CI-131 CI-132 CI-133 -Ø 3” CI-140 CI-141 CI-142 CI-143 CI-144Ø 31/2” CI-150 CI-151 CI-152 CI-153 CI-154Ø 4” - CI-161 CI-162 CI-163 CI-164

HEIGHT 4” 6” 7” 8”Ø 33/8” CI-064 - - -Ø 4” - CI-065 CI-066 CI-067

CASTING™


49. Sprue BasesLong lasting rubber bases for spruing all types of trees.Various shapes and different diameters are available with allsizes of button holes. Flexible to fit flasks and provide a leakproof seal.

Button Style -ACODE FLASK Ø BUTTON ID.CB-251 21/2” 7/8”CB-301 3” 11/2”CB-351 31/2” 2”CB-401 4” 23/16”CB-501 5” 23/16”

62

™

Donut Style -BCODE FLASK ØCB-252 21/2”CB-302 3”CB-352 31/2”CB-402 4”Tree Style -C

CODE FLASK Ø BUTTON ID.CB-153 11/2” 3/8”CB-203 2” 3/8”CB-253 21/2” 3/8”CB-303 3” 3/8”CB-353 31/2” 5/16”CB-403 4” 3/8”CB-503 5” 3/8”CB-603 6” 3/8”

Universal Sprue BaseCODE DESCRIPTIONCB-610 UNIVERSAL SPRUE BASE

Cone Tree Center -CTCODE FLASK ØCB-615 21/2”CB-616 3”CB-617 31/2”CB-618 4”

48. Inva-Cast Vacuum MachinesBench top unit that allows investment of both standard and perforated flasksusing vacuum technology. Superior air bubble elimination for cleaner, densermolds. Easy to operate, the machine produces consistent results, whilereducing the risk of casting defects. An additional feature is the low mainte-nance aspect of filters, lines and pump. The system includes all the essen-tials for vacuum casting.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-030 INVA-CASTING 110V/ 60HzCI-032 INVA-CASTING 220V/ 50Hz

Spare parts for Inva-CastCODE DESCRIPTIONCI-028 VACUUM PUMP OILCI-068 RUBBER SEAL FOR 3” FLASKCI-069 RUBBER SEAL FOR 33/8” FLASKCI-071 RUBBER SEAL FOR 4” FLASKCI-112 RUBBER VACUUM SEAL 11” SQUARECI-113 SILICONE VACUUM SEAL-71/2” ROUNDCI-033 BELL JAR 9” X 8”

50. Sprue Base HolderVery convenient for fast tree assembly. Holds sprue basein a horizontal plane and permits rotation.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCB-611 SPRUE BASE HOLDER

CASTING


51. Platinum Casting MachineA vertical casting system for platinum specifically designed with a highstarting torque to ensure quality castings before cool down occurs.The machine is mechanically driven by a set of heavy duty springsand enclosed with a shield for safety. Crucible capacity 5 oz.

52. Ney Vulcan FurnacesThe Vulcan bench-top furnace has a high performance hybrid muffle consisting ofan outer fiber shell and inner individually replaceable ceramic heating elementplate. The benefits are a faster heat-up and cool-down with a more durable innerchamber. A vertical lift, roll back door channels heat away from operator. Theprogrammable controller has features to expand the capabilities for a 6-stageoperation.

Model #A-550- Analog

CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-210 110V/ 60HzCI-211 220V/ 50HzCI-217 HEATING ELEMENT FOR A-550 OR 3-550-110VCI-218 HEATING ELEMENT FOR A-550 OR 3-550-220VCI-228 STAND ALONE CONTROLLER 110V/ 60HzCI-229 STAND ALONE CONTROLLER 220V/ 50Hz

Model #3-550- Programmable

CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-213 110V/ 60HzCI-214 220V/ 50Hz

Model #A-1750- Analog

CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-212 220V/ 50HzCI-219 HEATING ELEMENT FOR A-1750 OR 3-1750-220V

Model #3-1750- Programmable

CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-215 220V/ 50Hz

CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-085 PLATINUM CASTING MACHINE WITH SHIELDCI-086 ARM ASSEMBLY- COMPLETECI-086-01 BACKPLATE FOR FLASKCI-086-02 CRUCIBLE CARRIAGE WESGOCI-086-03 COMPLETE ASSEMBLY CRUCIBLE CARRIAGECI-086-04 REPLACEMENT SET OF 4 SPRINGS

53. Neycraft® Fiber FurnaceThe only bench-top electric burn out furnace with a one piece molded heat-ing chamber. The outer cabinet is sturdy steel construction and the fibermuffle has an embedded heating element for even heat distribution. Faststart up time- 15 min. to reach 1000°F temperature. Features include atemperature indicator in F/C°, top port for venting wax and water vapor.Chamber accommodates a 6” flask. Outside dimensions 15” X 141/2” X 161/2”Inside dimensions 9” X 9” X 7”.

CODE CAPACITY SPECIFICATIONCI-230 525 CU. INCH 110V/ 60Hz/ 1320WCI-231 525 CU. INCH 220V/ 50Hz/ 1320WCI-232 MUFFLE FOR FIBER FURNACECI-233 REPLACEMENT ELEMENT 110V/220V

Exterior Dimensions

MODEL A B C D550 630 mm/25” 410 mm/16” 400 mm/15.8” 430 mm/17”1750 815 mm/32” 545 mm/21.5” 610 mm/24” 535 mm/21”

Internal Muffle Dimensions

MODEL E F G550 180 mm/7” 230 mm/9” 230 mm/9”1750 250 mm/10” 360 mm/14” 320 mm/12.5”

CASTING™


CODE SPECIFICATIONCI-251 MANUAL 110V/60HzCI-252 DIGITAL 110V/60HzCI-253 MANUAL 220V/50HzCI-254 DIGITAL 220V/50HzCI-255 PYROMETER -ANOLOGCI-256 PYROMETER -DIGITALCI-257 REPLACEMENT ELEMENT

110V/220VCI-258 S.S WAX TRAY 12” X 12” X 3/4”

57. Italian Saturn® MelterMetal melting without the hassle. Two crucible sizes maintain temperatureaccurately within the pre-set range 2050°F/1120°C, without overheating.Designed for hand held pouring directly from the crucible. Built-in electronicsprotect the element and provide a visual and acoustic alarm. Unit is completewith crucibles, graphite stirring rod and instructions.

CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITYCI-100 110V/ 60Hz 1 KgCI-102 220V/ 50Hz 1 KgCI-101 110V/ 60Hz 2 KgCI-103 220V/ 50Hz 2 KgCU-700 CRUCIBLES 1 KgCU-702 CRUCIBLES 2 Kg

64

™

54. Ceramic Fiber FurnacesEnergy efficient furnaces with fast heating and cooling 1000°F (538°C) in thirtyminutes. One piece firing chamber (13” L x 13” W x 9” Ht) for jewelry, ceramics andenameling. The chamber is encased in heavy gauge steel, insulated with ceramic fibershell. Front door locks with a heavy spring latch and is provided with a peep hole forviewing. Controls are reliable, powerful and located in the base. Two modes, singlesegment for simplicity, a program review, temperature in °F or °C and other features. Manual control models come with a built in thermocouple mounted at the rear of thefurnace. This allows for an easy hook up to a pyrometer.

56. Satelite FurnacesHeavy duty galvanized steel construction with double coated protection in hammertone gray. Gradual temperature control from0-500°F in 15 min. and 500-1100°F in 45 min., for quick and clean burnout. Features include heavy duty element, side opening door, top vent-ing for moisture and wax escape. Convenient front viewing of control panel. Maximum operating temp. 2000°F.

CODE INSIDE DIMENSION SPECIFICATIONCI-097 MANUAL 81/2” X 9” X 61/4” 110V/ 60HzCI-096 MANUAL 81/2” X 9” X 61/4” 220V/ 50HzCI-092 MANUAL 12” X 12” X 81/2” 110V/ 60HzCI-093 MANUAL 12” X 12” X 81/2” 220V/ 50HzCI-094 AUTOMATIC 12” X 12” X 81/2” 110V/ 60HzCI-095 AUTOMATIC 12” X 12” X 81/2” 220V/ 50HzCI-098 REPLACEMENT ELEMENT 110V/220VCI-099 OVEN THERMOCOUPLECI-099-01 MUFFLE

CASTING

55. Furnace Repair CementA high temperature cement for all types of firebrick kilns. Mix with water andrepair cracks or broken sections. May also be applied as a dust free coatingon the inner lid.

CI-259 1 Lb BAG

Furnace warranty excludes damage due to overfiringexceeding melting temperature, improper electricalinstallation and use of furnaces for purposes other

than firing glass ceramic and heat treatment.

CI-255

CI-256CI-258


58. Kerr® Electro-Melt Furnace -Digital

Recommended when sustained high temperature use is required. Digitallyelectronic controller regulates the temperature by providing full power input untila pre-selected temperature is attained.CE, UL & CUL certified

Standard ModelFeatures: Melting Capacity: Gold-930g/ 30 troy oz

Silver-775g/ 25 troy oz21 minutes to 982°C/ 1800°F

Maxi ModelFeatures: Melting Capacity: Gold-3.1 kg/100 troy oz

Silver-2.6 kg/83 troy oz31 minutes to 982°C/1800°FCE, UL & CUL certified.

CODE SPECIFICATION CRUCIBLE CAP.CI-240 110V/ 60Hz 30 troy oz (1 Kg) STANDARDCI-241 220V/ 50Hz 30 troy oz (1 Kg) STANDARDCI-242 110V/ 60Hz 100 troy oz (2 Kg) MAXICI-243 220V/ 50Hz 100 troy oz (2 Kg) MAXI

59. Heating Elements for Electro Melt Furnace

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-245 STANDARD -110VCI-246 STANDARD -220VCI-247 MAXI- 110VCI-248 MAXI- 220V

60. Crucibles for ElectromeltCODE CAPACITYCU-702-01 30 troy oz (1 Kg)CU-702-02 100 troy oz (2 Kg)

62. Neycraft® Centrifugal Casting MachineA reliable machine featuring easy wind, lock and release mechanism.Accepts all flask sizes up to 4” x 4” with a fast set counter balancesystem. Machine is complete with crucible, tongs, two flasks and twosprue bases.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-200 CASTING MACHINECI-201 MAIN SPRINGCU-712 CRUCIBLE- 9 oz

63. Centrifugal Casting Machine CruciblesThese fused silica crucibles are available in various styles and aredesigned with high side walls for extra safety when casting. Metalsmay be torch melted in these crucibles as they sustain high temperatures up to 2500°F/1370°C.

CODE TYPE CAPACITYCU-718 WESGO LARGE A 3 ozCU-719 LARGE D - SMALL ORIFICE 10 ozCU-715 LARGE D - LARGE ORIFICE 11 ozCU-712 NEY 9 oz

CODE DESCRIPTIONCU-698 71/2 oz- STRAIGHT BACKCU-699 20 oz- HIGH BACK

61. Regular Melting DishQuality made dish, in fused silica with a clay bond.Best suited for all high temperature melting of metalalloys and precious metals.

CASTING

CU-712

CU-718

CU-715

CU-719

™


64. Salamander Graphite CruciblesNatural graphite crucible with pouring spout, bonded with siliconcarbide and fire clay. Lined with mullite for long life. Thesecrucibles are resistant to high temperatures and thermal shock.

68. Crucible with HandleThis melting dish has a removable heat resistant woodenhandle. The crucible is made of fused silica for efficient meltingand will not contaminate precious metals.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCS-220 HANDLE ONLYCS-222 CRUCIBLE & HANDLECU-698 CRUCIBLE - 71/2 OZ

65. Fused Silica Melting DishesClay bonded fused silica melting dishes withstand temperaturesup to 2800°F/1538°C. They have good thermal conductivity andwill not contaminate metal alloys, chromium, gold or platinum.

66. Wesgo® Platinum Melting DishA melting crucible specifically for platinum, made by Wesgo.Designed to withstand the high temperatures that are needed forplatinum and precious alloys.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCU-716 STRAIGHT BACK / 8 troy ozCU-717 HIGH BACK / 10 troy oz

66

™

CODE STYLE# H A Ø B ØCU-721 A1 37/8” 31/8” 21/8”CU-722 A2 41/4” 33/4” 21/4”CU-723 A3 54” 41/8” 23/4”CU-724 A4 51/2” 41/2” 3”CU-725 A6 63/8” 51/8” 33/4”CU-726 A10 77/16” 61/8” 41/8”

CODE DIA. DEPTH DWT GRAMSCU-707 13/4” 5/8” 20 48CU-708 21/4” 3/4” 40 96CU-709 3” 1” 100 155CU-710 4” 13/8” 175 420

69. Hydro Air Wash GunReduce cleaning time while removing investment from castings.This wash gun uses water and compressed air at 75 -150 PSI.Set includes trigger air valve, rubber nozzles and hand grips forprotection against hot water. Connects to a sink faucet with 3/4”hose connection.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-080 COMPLETE SET

67. Investment RemoverNon corrosive, non fuming solution formulated for completecleaning in minutes. No harmful effects to personnel during use.Mix one part of solution with five parts of water. Not for use on aluminum, pearls or calcified stones.

CODE CONTENTSCW-190 1 GALLON

70. Flask TongsLight weight spring steel tongs for holding small or large flasks.Grip has extended length to provide a firm hold on flasks.

CODE LENGTHCU-604 15”

CASTING


71. Crucible TongsThese tongs are made of steel, with curved orstraight ends to hold heated crucibles whenpouring molten metal into molds.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCU-600 19” STRAIGHTCU-601 19” CURVED

73. Heat Resistant GlovesNon-asbestos, fully inside lined with soft felt,and available in different sizes. Useful whenbriefly handling hot items.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-076 18” PAIRCI-077 18” RIGHTCI-078 14” PAIRCI-079 14” RIGHT

74. Adjustable Ingot MoldsConvert metal scrap into rolling stock. Made of high quality steel, the mold cavities aresmoothly finished. Each mold may be reduced in size by adjusting the sides in a hori-zontal direction.

CODE L X W X T DWTIM-780 50 X 45 X 3.5mm 80IM-790 70 X 45 X 4.5mm 150IM-800 100 X 45 X 4.5mm 200IM-802 135 X 70 X 5.5mm 500

72. Stirring RodsHigh heat resistant graphite or quartz stirringrods to stir molten metal in crucibles or dishes.Use to skim the surface of molten metal beforepouring.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZECU-606 CARBON 12” X 3/8”CU-607 QUARTZ 12” X 3/8”

75. Reversible Ingot MoldsYou may convert metal scrap into convenient and usable shapes: round, half round orflat. Simply melt metal and pour into the heated mold. To mold flat ingots one side is tobe reversed. The mold is in two parts for ease of extraction.

76. Open Ingot MoldsUsed to make large ingots from molten scrap. One piece forged steel moldwith tapered sides for easy extraction of the ingot.

CODE L X W X T DWTIM-806 35 X 90 X 35mm 50IM-807 30 X 120 X 45mm 80IM-808 40 X 155 X 65mm 200

CODE DESCRIPTIONIM-703 CLAMP ONLYIM-704 INGOT MOLDS

Ø mm 2 3 4 5Ø X W 2 X 1 3 X 1.5 4 X 2 5 X 2.5mmT X W 4 X Adjustable from 15-45mm

L

W

T

Ø

Ø

T

T

CASTING™


™

CASTING TEMPERATURE CHART

ALLOY MELTING TEMP. METAL TO WAX FLASK CASTING TEMP.°F °C RATIO °F °C

Silver Fine 1761 961 10.5-1 800 427Silver Sterling 1640 893 10.5-1 800 427Gold 10k Y 1665 907 13-1 950 510Gold 14k Y 1615 879 14-1 900 482Gold 18k Y 1700 927 16-1 900 482Gold 10k W 1925 1052 13-1 1000 538Gold 14k W 1825 996 14-1 950 510Gold 18k W 1703 943 16-1 900 482Platinum 3224 1773 22-1 1600 871Aluminum 1200 649 2.7-1 400 204Pewter 585 307 8-1 Ambient Ambient

77. Wire Ingot MoldCast molten scrap into wire shapes that may subsequently bedrawn into profiles. Easy to hold by the handle, each mold hasthree different cavities and are available in two lengths.

78. Graphite Ingot MoldSingle or multiple cavity molds in graphite. These molds withstand high temperatures andare useful to cast smaller ingots of metal or alloys.

CODE DESCRIPTION A X B X C D X E X FIM-706 1 oz- 6 CAVITIES 6” X 5” X 3/4” 2” X 11/4” X 1/2”IM-705 5 oz 21/4” X 2” X 1” 11/4” X 1” X 1/2”IM-710 10 oz 3” X 21/4” X 1” 21/4” X 11/4” X 1/2”IM-720 20 oz 3” X 23/4” X11/4” 2” X 13/4” X 5/8”IM-725 1 Kg 33/4” X 23/4” X 11/4” 23/4” X 13/4” X 3/4”

AB

C

D

F

E

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHIM-803 REGULAR 6”IM-804 EXTRA LONG 91/2”

79. Casting AlloysHigh purity alloys when added to 24k gold will create a lower carat and color of yourchoice. Sold in troy ounzes.

CODE DESCRIPTION TEMP °FCA-001 ALLOY #111 FOR YELLOW 10, 14K 1955CA-002 ALLOY #121 FOR YELLOW 10, 14, 18K 1965CA-009 ALLOY #129 FOR WHITE 10, 14, 18K 2100CA-001

CA-002

CA-009

CASTING

• Casting temperature should be approximately 100-150°F above melting temperature.• Casting temperature will vary slightly depending upon the particular alloy used.• Flask temperature will vary depending on the size of the casting.

GOLD CONTENT 10k = 0.416714k = 0.584018k = 0.75024k = 1.000


CLEANERS

70

1. Hoffman® Steam CleanersSteam cleaners are an efficient and cost effective way to clean jew-elry and other articles prior to plating. This unit develops 70-90 PSIsteam in a short time. Constructed of a stainless steel outer cabi-net. Essential features include: a sealed heating element,adjustable thermostat, safety valve and a water level sight gauge.UL and ASME approved.

CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITYCL-020 110V/ 60Hz JEL3- 2 galCL-022 220V/ 50Hz JEL3- 2 galCL-027 110V/ 60Hz JEL16- 3/4 galCL-028 220V/ 50Hz JEL16- 3/4 gal

2. Elma Ultrasonic CleanersComplete stainless steel construction, both inside and outside, makes this cleaner both durable and long lasting. Engineered to generate ultrasonic waves at35 khz throughout the cycle, these powerful waves reach into fine recesses and hard to get areas. Includes an acid resistant tub and glass beakers.

CODE CAPACITY TANK SIZE HEATER SPECIFICATIONSUL-010 1.75L / 1/2 gal 6” X 51/3” X 4” YES 110V/ 60Hz 100WUL-011 1.75L / 1/2 gal 6” X 51/3” X 4” YES 220V/ 50Hz 100WUL-012 2.75L / 3/4 gal 91/2” X 51/3” X 4” YES 110V/ 60Hz 240WUL-013 2.75L / 3/4 gal 91/2” X 51/3” X 4” YES 220V/ 50Hz 240WUL-014 5.75L / 11/2 gal 12” X 6” X 6” YES 110V/ 60Hz 285WUL-015 5.75L / 11/2 gal 12” X 6” X 6” YES 220V/ 50Hz 285WUL-016 12.75L / 31/4 gal 12” X 91/2” X 8” YES 110V/ 60Hz 560WUL-019 12.75L / 31/4 gal 12” X 91/2” X 8” YES 220V/ 50Hz 560W

Accessories for Elma

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-001 ROUND BASKETUL-002 RECTANGULAR TRAY

3. Mini CleanerA table top model for small to medium volume ultrasonic cleaning.Ideal for retail stores or home use. Efficient solid state circuitry with athree minute auto off timer. Includes plastic basket and cover.Capacity- 600ml.

CODE VOLTS/ WATTSUL-009 110V/ 60WUL-008 220V/ 50W

™

4. Polishing Compound RemoverA specially developed alkaline liquid cleaner for removal of tripoli, rouge andother buffing compounds. Eliminates hand wiping, streak marks and discoloration on gold, silver and other metal alloys.Use 2-4 ozs per gallon of water.

CODE CONTENTSUL-080 1 galUL-081 5 gal

CLEANERS

71

6. Stainless Steel Baskets & TraysDrop and lift off baskets make handling of small articles and jewelryeasy to immerse while ultrasonic cleaning.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-023 51/4” X 43/4” X 2”- 1/2 gal.UL-024 53/8” X 5” X 33/8”- 3/4 gal.UL-025 9” X 5” X 33/8”- 11/2 gal.UL-027 MESH BASKET 2” DIA. X 2”UL-034 1/2 gal. TANK CAPACITYUL-035 3/4 gal. TANK CAPACITY

7. Modular Ultrasonic RacksHeavy duty vinyl coated racks for holding items of jewelry whilecleaning ultrasonically. These are provided with an adjustable handle to suit different tank depths. To increase capacity, add-onracks may be snap fitted to the handle. All racks are 8” L X 3” W.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-028 RACK WITH 14” HANDLEUL-029 ADD ON RACK

9. Ring Cleaning RacksWire formed and vinyl coated to protect rings from abrasion ormarring, when dipped into the tank for ultrasonic cleaning.Select from different capacities and sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-003 51/2” X 4” X 13/4”-SINGLE-16 RINGUL-003-01 51/2” X 4” X 13/4”-DOUBLE-32 RINGUL-004 10” X 4” X 21/2”-SINGLE-32 RINGUL-004-01 10” X 4” X 21/2”-DOUBLE-72 RING

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-059 4 HOOKSUL-061 8 HOOKSUL-062 10 HOOKS

8. Plating RacksHeavy duty vinyl coated racks for hanging articles of jewelry,rings and findings during plating. These racks are provided witha hook that allows it to be immersed into the plating tank.

CODE DIA. ROWS HOOKSSO-364 2” 1 8SO-365 2” 2 16SO-366 2” 3 24SO-367 3” 1 12SO-368 3” 2 24SO-369 3” 3 36SO-370 4” 1 16SO-371 4” 2 32SO-372 4” 3 48

™

5. Plastic Coated Steam TweezersCoating on tweezer tips provides a non-scratch surface for holding workpieces during steam cleaning. Made of heat resistant stainless steel.

CODE LENGTHTW-458 8”TW-460 10”TW-462 12”

11. Plastic StrainerHeavy gauge, in three different sizes. The rim is rein-forced and provided with a handle.

CODE DIA.UL-005 7”UL-006 6”UL-007 4”

10. Umbrella Ring RackStainless steel frame plastic coated rack. Hooks are adjustable andevenly spaced to hold articles of jewelry for cleaning or plating.

UL-023

UL-024

UL-025

UL-027


CLEANERS

72

™

14. Speed Brite Ionic CleanersA fast cleaning process to clean jewelry and precious stones, withoutultrasonic waves, in less than a minute. This process, called ioniccleaning, uses on electrolyte solution that imparts a brightness to jewel-ry and a sparkle to precious stones. Environmentally safe, it is a gentleway to clean emeralds, opals, pearls and other soft stones. CODE SPECIFICATION CAPACITY

UL-070 110V/ 60Hz 1 qt.-TURBOUL-071 220V/ 50Hz 1 qt.-TURBOUL-072 110V/ 60Hz 12 oz.-200SBUL-073 220V/ 50Hz 12 oz.-200SBUL-074 9V BATT. 6 oz.-MINI

CODE GEM SPARKLEUL-037 16 oz- CONCENTRATEUL-038 32 oz- CONCENTRATEUL-039 1 gal- CONCENTRATE

12. Portable Steam CleanerA bench model, made of heavy gauge stainless steel. Efficientsteam generation at 90-130 PSI. Incorporates safety featuresfor pressure and temperature limits. No need for any plumbingor boiler permit. Use only distilled or de-ionized water formaintenance free performance. UL listed.Dimensions 12” L X 9” W X10” Ht.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-046 110V/ 60Hz- 1300WUL-047 220V/ 50Hz- 1300W

17. Parts Holding BasketsBasket may be used for keeping small parts together duringsteam or ultrasonic cleaning. Quick acting spring device opensor closes the basket while loading or unloading parts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-030 SMALL BASKET 6” X 11/2”UL-031 LARGE BASKET 6” X 2”

13. Quatro Air PurifierMost finishing operations like grinding, buffing and polishing generate a large amountof airborne dust. The air purifier is essential to remove fine dust particles that are anenvironmental hazard. These units are quiet, compact and efficiently eliminate dust.Easy to install any where in the shop without the need of duct work.

CODE MODEL SPECIFICATION L X W X HDC-290 AF-500 110V/ 60Hz 16” X 22” X 37”DC-291 AF-1000 110V/ 60Hz 16” X 22” X 52”DC-292 AF-2000 110V/ 60Hz 26” X 24” X 71”

15. Speed Brite Ionic- AdapterBoost the power of your ultrasonic cleaner by the add-onionic adapter which comes complete with transformer andmetal hook for suspension. (UL approved)

CODE SPECIFICATIONUL-075 #300SB 110V/ 60HzUL-076 #300SB 220V/ 50Hz

16. Gem Sparkle- Cleaning SolutionSpecifically formulated solution to remove dirt, grime andoxidation. May be used to clean delicate stones with a softbrush.

UL-074

UL-072 / UL-073

UL-070 / UL-071

UL-075 / UL-076

GEM SPARKLE


CLEANERS

73

™

18. Selvyt® ClothsHigh quality, long lasting, lint free cloth. Treat it with a little polishing rouge then use it to shine jewelry,watches, silverware and crystal.

CODE SIZEPC-725 14” X 17”PC-730 17” X 21”PC-735 20” X 21”

CODE SIZEPC-715 5” X 5”PC-720 10” X 10”PC-724 14” X 14”

19. Rouge ClothA short nap cloth impregnated with rouge. Cloth feels like felt, but removes tarnish and fine scratch marksto leave a bright attractive finish on jewelry.

CODE SIZEPC-710 9” X 11”

20. 33MM ® Scotch Brite ClothsAn extraordinary cloth that has oil and water absorbing qualities. Lifts out liquids, greases and dirt parti-cles, without leaving any smear or residue. Very durable wipes that can be machine washed in clod waterthen air dried. (Do not bleach)

121/2” X 141/2” 6” X 71/2” COLORPC-740 PC-746 WHITEPC-741 PC-747 BLUEPC-742 PC-748 GREENPC-743 PC-749 YELLOWPC-744 PC-750 RED

21. Lint Free ClothsNon-abrasive lint free cleaning cloths, restore luster and brilliance to articlesof jewelry and precious stones. Scratch proof cleaning action is gentle andreliable. Size 9” X 11”

22. Jewelry WipesA moist cloth that removes dirt and tarnish from gold, silver and allnon-ferrous metals. Will not scratch or mar the surfaces of fine articles ofjewelry. Each dispenser contains 25 dry wipes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-757 JEWELRY WIPES

23. Inspection Cotton GlovesAn absolute necessity that needs to be worn when handling precious metaland stones. Made of special cotton fabric, it is invaluable forprotection of jewelry.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-800 COTTON GLOVE - GENTSPC-801 COTTON GLOVE -LADIES

24. Washout BrushesDurable nylon bristles, set in rows, mounted in wood or plastic, for cleans-ing of work parts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBU-031 BONE HANDLEBU-032 WOODEN HANDLE

CODE COLORPC-754 WHITE- FOR PEARLPC-755 BLUE- FOR DIAMOND

BU-031

BU-032


CLEANERS

74

™

JAX® Rust RemoverA rust remover and an effective pre-paint primer for iron and steel.

PE-035 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Rust PreventerA water based solution that protects iron and steel from rust.

PE-036 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Lacquer RemoverA water based solution that removes lacquer and paint from metalsurfaces.

PE-037 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Tarnish RemoverPrevents tarnish on clean brass, bronze, and copper.

PE-038 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Instant Silver CleanerA heavy duty cleaner that removes tarnish and oxidation from theblackest silver.

PE-033 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Instant Brass & Copper CleanerA heavy duty cleaner that removes tarnish and oxidation from theblackest copper, brass and bronze.

PE-032 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Instant Brass, Copper & Gold CleanerA light duty cleaner for delicate metals. Removes tarnish and surface contamination from fine gold finishes, bronzes, lamps, lighting fixtures,jewelry, and antiques. Contains no abrasives. Leaves no residue.

PE-031 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Instant Brass, Copper & Marble CleanerA heavy duty cleaner that removes tarnish, surface dirt, old lacquerand grease from brass, bronze, and copper. Safe for use on gold andmarble.

PE-030 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Aluminum CleanerProduces a bright clean finish on all aluminum surfaces.

PE-034 1 PINT (473ml)

28. JAX® Master Metal Cleaning SolutionsJAX® Silver Cleaner & PolishChemically cleans and polishes the blackest silver in one application.Does not strip surface to a raw, dull finish. Incorporates a specialpolish that will not harm or streak the most delicate surfaces.

PE-020 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Metal Cleaner PolishChemically cleans and polishes tarnished brass, bronze, copper,pewter, nickel and steel. Removes oxidation, surface dirt, oil andfinger prints.

PE-021 1 PINT (473ml)

25. Steam AdditiveA necessary additive for removing rust and mineral deposits in the boilerchamber of steam cleaners. Regular use extends the life of the unit by preventing calcium build up and reduces scaling.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCL-035 STEAM ADDITIVE-16 oz

27. 33MM ® Tarnish ShieldA thin film coat that protects silver, gold and other treasured articles.Ideal for silver plate, gold plate and trophies. Does not effect solderability.Helps avoid discoloration and oxidation for months.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-055 COPPER & BRASS POLISHER-10 ozPE-056 SILVER POLISHER-10 oz

26. 33MM ® Anti-Tarnish StripNon-toxic, non abrasive strips protect all precious metals from stains andoxidation. Easy to use. Simply place in the carton or box. Effectively drawsaway tarnish, keeping the articles of jewelry with original shine.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-050 2” X 7”- 8 PCS.


DAPPING

76

Dapping.......Punches and Blocks are used to form and dome sheet metal into differentcurved shapes. Smaller sizes are used for thinner metal. Larger sizes for thicker metal. Whenworking with metal forming, the usual practice is to work from a shallow curve to a larger one.Punches and blocks are matched so as to form perfect hemispheres.

3. Dapping Block-LeadThis soft base block provides the ideal surfacewhen stamping, forming or chasing. Large surfacearea is adaptable for rolling in designs.

4. Flat Dapping BlockMade of alloy steel, hardened and polished. Thesmaller has 14 hemispheres: 25, 22, 20, 19, 17, 16,14, 13, 11, 9, 7.5, 5.5, 4.5 and 3mm. The larger has27 hemispheres:1.5, 2, 2.4, 2.8, 3.2, 3.6, 4.4, 4.8,5.6, 6.4, 7.1, 7.9, 8.7, 9.5, 10.7, 11.1, 12.7, 14.3,15.5, 15.9, 17.1, 17.5, 19.1, 20.6, 22.2, 23.8 and25.4mm (1/8”-1”).

5. Shallow Dapping BlockFour large shallow depressions, two on each side,in a hardened steel block. Ideal for pre-forms orcreation of hollow articles of jewelry.

6. Dapping Block- RubberA unique dapping block made in hard rubber with sixworking sides. It is the ideal resilient surface that easily conforms to all sizes or shapes of steel orhardwood dapping punches. Useful in creating alltypes of shallow forms or channels in thin and softsheets of precious metal, without scratch marks ormars.

™

CODE SIZEDB-055 2”DB-065 23/8”

1. Dapping Block-BrassHighly polished, tempered brass, with numerousdepressions on all six sides. Useful to stretch softmetal into shallow forms or perfect hemispheres.Available in two sizes.

2. Dapping Block-SteelAlloy steel cube with eighteen polished depressionson all six sides. Useful to dome metal sheet orstrips into various forms. The 2" cube has itslargest hemisphere at 13/8” and the 21/2” cube has amaximum hemisphere at 13/4”.

CODE SIZEDB-155 2”DB-165 21/2”

CODE SIZEAN-395 31/2” X 31/2” X 3/4”

CODE SIZEDB-356 5” X 21/2” X 1”DB-357 5” X 21/2” X 2”

CODE SIZEDB-359 3” X 2” X 3/4”

CODE SIZEDB-365 4” X 4” X 1”

7. Dapping Die & Design BlockA versatile, hardened and polished steel dappingblock, having working surfaces on all six sides.The block has fourteen different hemisphericaldepressions from 1/8” to 1” and eight semi-circularforms for working pre-cut strips.Size 33/4” x 21/2” x 1”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDB-360 DELUXEDB-363 ECONOMY


DAPPING

77

8. Knuckling BlockUse all six sides of this hardened steel block. Theblock has an assortment of half-round, triangularand channel grooves for bending and shaping creative forms.

™

CODE SIZEDB-362 21/2” X 21/2”

9. Bending BlockHigh quality, hardened, polished steel block whichcan be used on both sides. Ten different forms towork large or small metal strips. CODE SIZE

DB-361 4” X 2” X 1”DB-364 6” X 3” X 1”

10. Dapping Punch SetsThree different sets of punches made of hardenedsteel with finely polished ball ends. DELUXE ECONOMY QTY SIZE

DB-218 DB-018 18 7/64”-3/4”DB-224 DB-024 24 7/64”-1”DB-236 DB-036 36 7/64”-1

11. Dapping Punches & BlockHardened steel, mirror finished punches and dieblock. Punches and die block are available individu-ally. Compete set includes: Four dapping punches,one die block and hardwood stand.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDB-197 COMPLETE SETDB-199 DAPPING PUNCH ON WOOD STANDDB-166 DAPPING BLOCK ONLYDB-336 13/8” (36mm) DAPPING PUNCHDB-340 19/16” (40mm) DAPPING PUNCHDB-345 13/4” (45mm) DAPPING PUNCHDB-350 2” (50mm) DAPPING PUNCH12. Deluxe Dapping Punch Set

Exceptional premium quality steel set of 24 pieces.Each punch is precision made and highly polished.A long support stem provides stability. All neatlyorganized on a laminated hardwood stand withclearly marked sizes(7/64”, 1/8”, 9/64”, 5/32”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”,5/16”, 3/8”, 13/32”, 7/16”, 15/32”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 19/32”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 23/32”, 3/4”,25/32”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”).

CODE DESCRIPTIONDB-200 24 PCS. SET

13. Dapping PunchesSelect the exact punch or punches for your needs. Made of hard tempered steel with smooth finished ballends. Full hemispherical head provides superior forming or chasing. May be used in dapping blocks or onany soft base.

CODE IN MMDC-110 7/64” 2.8DC-111 1/8” 3.2DC-112 9/64” 3.6DC-113 5/32” 4.0DC-114 7/32” 5.6DC-116 1/4” 6.4DC-117 9/32” 7.1DC-118 5/16” 7.9DC-122 3/8” 9.5DC-123 13/32” 10.3DC-124 7/16” 11.1DC-125 15/32” 11.9

CODE IN MMDC-126 1/2” 12.7DC-127 9/16” 15.1DC-128 19/32” 15.9DC-129 5/8” 17.5DC-130 11/16” 18.2DC-131 23/32” 19.1DC-132 3/4” 19.8DC-133 25/32” 20.6DC-133-01 13/16” 22.2DC-134 7/8” 23.0DC-135 15/16” 24.6DC-136 1” 25.4


DAPPING

78

15. Disc CuttersMade of hardened tool steel to precisiontolerances. These cutters will cut perfect rounddiscs in gold, silver or soft metal sheets. CODE SIZE

DC-271 1/8” X 1/2”- 7 PCS. 1/16” INCR.DC-272 1/2” X 1”- 5 PCS. 1/8” INCR.

16. Precision Disc CutterA larger size disc cutter, made in tool steel, hard-ened and tempered to pierce metal sheet of thickergauges. Achieve a clean cut by using a hand orhydraulic press.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDC-270 DISC CUTTER -11/4” X 11/2”

19. Wood Dapping PunchesVery carefully handcrafted wood dapping punchesare ideal for forming shapes safely and quicklywithout marring your metal. 7-20mm by 1mmincrement and 20-40 by 2mm increment.Set of 24 pcs.

CODE SIZEDB-044 7 to 40mm

14. Riveting StakeA universal riveting tool having fifty-two holes from0.29 mm to 10 mm. Made in hard polished steel.This high precision block is ideal for all rivetingapplications. CODE SIZE

AN-399 40 X 40 X 40mm

17. Deluxe Disc CuttersDesigned for cutting annealed metal sheets up to 18 gauge, these hardened punches will shear per-fect circles. Two sets are available in differentrange sizes and increments.

CODE SIZE SETDC-275 18 3 to 14mmDC-276 8 15 to 21mm

18. Wood Dapping Block & PunchesHardwood block, smoothly finished, has shallowdepressions on all six sides for repairs and removing dents. Two wooden punches with convexshaped ends to gently work thin soft metal. CODE SIZE

DB-043 21/2” X 21/2” X 21/2”

™


DAPPING

79

20. Wood Dapping Punches & Die-SetThis wood dapping block and punch set is carefully handcraftedand clearly marked with the disc size. Eight punches andmatched concave hemispheres from 10mm-19mm.

CODE SIZEDB-045 113/4” X 7” X 3”

21. Large Dapping BlockUse for forming large domed or grooved shapes. Comes withdepressions on four sides.

CODE SIZEDB-046 7” X 7” X 33/4”

23. Bezel BlocksMade of hardened polished steel, each bezel block in a different shape, all with matchedpunches. Create the bezel forms you need in a range of calibrated sizes. Indispensable forsetting stones.NOTE: Bezel blocks and punches of special shapes and sizes are available on order.

22. Necklace MandrelMade of highly polished cast iron and chrome plated.This mandrel may be used for shaping, forging, sizing and form-ing jewelry neck pieces.

CODE SIZEDB-355 8” X 73/4” X 51/2”

CODE PROFILE SHAPE RANGE PUNCH ANGLE

DB-501 EMERALD 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-502 ROUND 5 to 20mm 17°

DB-503 OCTAGON 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-504 TRIANGLE 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-505 OVAL 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-506 HALF ROUND 5 to 15mm 17°

DB-507 HEXAGON 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-508 PEAR 4 to 14mm 17°

DB-509 SQUARE 4 to 14mm 17°

17°

™

80

™

WORKBENCHES

BE-014Sturdy, swivel tubular steel chair on heavyduty casters. Adjustable cushioned seatwith padded back support that reducesfatigue and helps increase production.Seat adjusts 16”- 22” in height.

BE-011 MO-50A quality laminated top workbench with skirted legs. Threedrawers and two slide out trays. Right and left arm rests withbench pin slot.351/2” W X 211/2” D X 36” Ht.

BE-009 MO-35A well constructed hardwood workbenchwith three side railing and skirted legs.Three storage drawers and two large slideout catch trays. Left and right arm supports,with a replaceable bench pin slot.32” W X 21” D X 36” Ht.

BE-007 BN-250-100SA top quality workbench of seasoned hardwood with side rail-ings and full skirted sides and rear. Four drawers, a slide outtray with shelf, and lockable. Right and left arm supports, areplaceable bench pin slot and predrilled holes.391/4” W X 191/2” D X 38” Ht.

BE-006 BN-250A top quality workbench of seasoned hardwood with side rail-ings and full skirted legs. Four drawers and a slide out traywith shelf. Right and left arm supports, a replaceable benchpin slot and predrilled holes.391/4” W X 191/2” D X 38” Ht.

BE-008 MO-40Laminated top hardwood workbench withthree side railing and skirted legs. Threestorage drawers and two large slide outcatch trays. Predrilled holes for mandrels.Left and right arm supports, with a replace-able bench pin slot.28” W X 20” D X 36” Ht.

BE-015 MO-10BE-017 MO-20A compliment to your workbench for easyorganized storage. Free standing, may beplaced conveniently anywhere in the shop.3- drawer 111/4” W X 16 D X 221/2” Ht.7- drawer 13” W X 16 D X 361/2” Ht.

Note: For work benches some assembly is required.All Benches will be shipped via Master Craft.

For More Work Benches

Page 24


DIAMOND TOOLS & SUPPLIES

82

1. Diamond PointsPremium quality diamond particles are electroplated on stainless steel shanks. Diamond points are excellent for carving, smoothing and performing numeroustasks in stone, glass, ceramics and all non-ferrous metals. Use of a coolant, either water or a cutting oil, will maximize tool life. Recommended operatingspeed is 30,000 rpm. Shank size 3/32”.

FIG. CODE SIZE(MM)A. BR-516 1.5 X 12B. BR-517 2 X 10C. BR-518 1 X 10D. BR-519 4 X 10E. BR-520 6 X 12F. BR-521 2 X 9G. BR-522 1 X 8H. BR-523 1 X 5I. BR-524 1.5 X 5J. BR-525 3.5 X 1.5K. BR-526 1.5 X 2L. BR-527 2 X 1

2. Diamond Points in Set 20/30 pcsA complete set of electroplated diamond points on stainless steel shanks, in various shapes.Manufactured under the most stringent standards. Significantly outperforms all other tools to give a supersmooth finish on stone, glass, ceramic and all precious metals. Recommended operating speed is 30,000 rpm.Shank size 3/32”.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-504 ASST. SHAPES 20PCS.BR-505 ASST. SHAPES 30PCS.

3. Diamond Texturing Tools-PavéAchieve beautiful textures and artistic designs on gold and silver jewelry.These single point diamond tools are for use on a Badeco hammer handpiece or similar. Shanks are screw on type with tapered points toextend into working intricate areas. Useful for freehand designing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAW-030 STANDARDAW-031 DELUXE LASER POINT

Diamond Point SetsSet of 12 points in a plastic pouch. Shank size 3/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-502 SET OF 12 INCLUDES #A-LBR-503 SET OF 12 INCLUDES #M-X

4. Diamond Tip for Air ScriberDiamond tip will mark all soft or hard materials. Use with an air scriberfor writing, designing and layout work. For air scriber page 116.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-409 DIAMOND TIP

FIG. CODE SIZE(MM)M. BR-528 4 X 7N. BR-529 1.5 X 6.5O. BR-530 1.5 X 9P. BR-531 1.5 X 5Q. BR-532 5 X 8R. BR-533 1.5 X 6S. BR-534 2.5 X 7T. BR-535 1 X 1U. BR-536 1.5 X 1.5V. BR-537 2.5 X 2.5W. BR-538 3 X 3X. BR-539 3 X 0.8

ABCDEFGHIJKL

MNOPQ

RSTU

VWX

Always use water as

Lubricant on diamond tools

AW-030

AW-031



83

6. Diamond ToolsSingle point diamond cutting tools mounted in a steel shank for use in faceting machines.Different styles and novel designs may be cut with these special styled tools.

CODE STYLE SIZEAW-605 CONVEX 2mmAW-608 CONCAVE 2mmAW-609 CONVEX 1mmAW-610 CONCAVE 1mm

™

5. Diamond Fly WheelsUse these fly wheels on rotary handpieces to fashion brilliant patterns on jewelry. Tools have a naturaldiamond point and are available in two widths and different degrees. Speed min.30,000 rpm.

CODE DEGREE SHANK SIZEAW-090 90° 4mmAW-120 120° 4mmAW-130 130° 4mmAW-140 140° 4mmAW-150 150° 4mmAW-160 160° 4mmAW-180 180° 4mm

CODE DEGREE SHANK SIZEAW-319 90° 3mmAW-320 120° 3mmAW-323 130° 3mmAW-324 140° 3mmAW-325 150° 3mmAW-326 160° 3mmAW-327 180° 3mm

Diamond Tools -Special Styles

9. Diamond Needle FilesQuality diamond files in different shapes for very fine finishing.Made of virgin diamond particles electroplated on high precisionsteel blanks, with comfortable handles to provide maximumstrength, flexibility and durability. Overall length 51/2”.

CODE DEGREE SIZEAW-328 110° 3mmAW-329 120° 3mmAW-366 125° 3mmAW-330 130° 3mmAW-335 135° 3mmAW-340 140° 3mmAW-345 145° 3mmAW-350 150° 3mmAW-355 155° 3mmAW-360 160° 3mmAW-365 165° 3mmAW-380 180° 3mm

CODE DEGREE SIZEAW-410 110° 4mmAW-420 120° 4mmAW-425 125° 4mmAW-430 130° 4mmAW-435 135° 4mmAW-440 140° 4mmAW-445 145° 4mmAW-450 150° 4mmAW-455 155° 4mmAW-460 160° 4mmAW-465 165° 4mmAW-480 180° 4mm

90° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 180°

7. Diamond Coated DrillsThese electroplated twist drills are excellent for drilling stones, pearls, glass or ceram-ics. Drills are all medium grit. Shank size 3/32”. Lubricate with water during use.

CODE SIZEDR-188 1.0mmDR-189 1.1mmDR-190 1.2mmDR-191 1.3mmDR-192 1.4mmDR-193 1.5mmDR-194 1.6mmDR-195 1.8mmDR-196 2.0mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-080 THREE-SQUAREFL-081 PILLARFL-082 HALF-ROUNDFL-083 ROUNDFL-084 SQUARE

8. Diamond Disc SetThese diamond discs are electroplated and ideal for cuttingor sanding stones and glass. Kit comes with 1/8” mandrel.Disc will also fit standard mandrel with 3/32” shank.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDR-197 5 PC SET WITH MANDREL

Diamond sharpening stonesSee Page 2



84

10. Diamond TweezersAbsolutely the best and the finest made tweezers specifically for theprofessional jeweler. Perfectly aligned hardened tips, in all point sizes.Select from a wide range of stainless matt or black finish. Insidegrooved or serrated tips, with or without a locking mechanism. Overall length 160mm.

™

11. Starlight- Diamond TweezersStarlight tweezers have a fine granulated coating which firmly holdssmall or large stones at any angle. Starlight titanium tweezers arelighter than Starlight diamond tweezers, yet twice as strong.Overall length 160mm.12. Titanium Diamond TweezersSuper lightweight rust resistant Tweezers, excellent for sorting andinspecting stones. 100% non-magnetic. Overall length 160mm.

13. Teflon Grip Tweezers- SwissSpecial tweezers to hold soft stones, pearls etc. Teflon bonded tip protectsthe girdle of the stones.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-900 TEFLON POINTS

R - style indicates locking Tweezers.

STYLE /SIZE MATT FINISH BLACK FINISH STYLE/SIZE MATT GROOVED BLACK GROOVEDREG. LOCK REG. LOCK REGUL. LOCK REGUL. LOCK

XF TW-904 - TW-924 - M1 TW-906 TW-910 TW-929 TW-931XF XF MR1 M1 MR1 M1 MR1

F TW-901 TW-918 TW-921 TW-928 L1 TW-905 TW-911 TW-930 TW-932FR F FR F FR LR1 L1 LR1 L1 LR1

M TW-902 TW-917 TW-922 TW-927 XL1 TW-908 TW-912 TW-930-01 -MR M MR M MR XLR1 XL1 XLR1 XL1

L TW-903 TW-916 TW-923 TW-926 XXL1 TW-909 - TW-930-02 -LR L LR L LR XXL1 XXL1

XL TW-907 TW-919 TW-925 TW-926-01XLR XL XLR XL XLR

STYLE /SIZE STARLIGHT STARLIGHT STARLIGHT STYLE /SIZE TITANIUMDIAMOND DIAMOND LOCK TITANIUM DIAMOND

XF TW-935 - TW-870 XF TW-890XF XF

F TW-936 TW-838 TW-871 F TW-891FR F FR F

M TW-937 TW-839 TW-872 M TW-892MR M MR M

L TW-938 TW-840 TW-873 L TW-893LR L LR L

XL TW-837XL

R - style indicates locking Tweezers.


85

14. Diamond Washing CupsRinse and clean diamond and precious gemstones. Stainless steel inner container easilylifts out of external glass jar. A screw cap glassjar prevents evaporation of cleansing liquid.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-103 SMALL 21/2” X 21/2”DI-103-01 LARGE 3” X 4”

18. Diamond ScoopsHandle all stones in a time saving manner. Made ofnon-magnetic stainless steel. Select from a rangeof sizes to suit your convenience.

20. Diamond Sieve SetsLong lasting chrome plated brass sieves to sort diamonds and other precious stones.Calibrated sizes in a full range.23 plates- 000-20 in full numbers- Econo42 plates- 000-20 with half numbers.- Econo40 plates- 0-20 with half numbers- Belgium.

15. Tray for Diamond SievesAn organizer to hold sieve plates for easy viewing.Clearly marked locations store each sieve sepa-rately. Sieves not included.

™

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZEDI-090 SCOOP W/HANDLE 23/4” X 21/8”DI-092 S.S #2 2” X 11/4”DI-093 S.S #3 21/2” X 2”DI-094 S.S #4 3” X 2”DI-095 S S #5 31/2” X 21/2”

PLATES 47MM 66MM 80MM 107MM23 DI-050 DI-070 DI-080 DI-08342 DI-052 DI-072 DI-082 DI-08440 DI-035 DI-036 DI-037 DI-038

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-010 SIEVE TRAY PLASTICDI-011 SIEVE TRAY ACRYLIC

17. Diamond SellersExhibit the brilliance of precious gemstones in aneye catching display. Safe, secure and a more efficient way to reveal theshapes of emerald, oval,pear, square, round andmarquise.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-085 7 DIAMOND ARMSDI-089 10 DIAMOND ARMS

21. Laser Drill Diamond Sieve SetsThese Sieves are made in Belgium. Holes aredrilled with laser technology to get highest toler-ence. Stones are calibrated to almost perfect sizes,longer lasting and seives will not wrap or changesize. 80mm dia. comes with Sieve plate numbersand mm sizes.

PLATES 80MM42 DI-04074 DI-041

19. Sorting TraysUse this ideal tray, made of unbreakable plasticand available in two colors. Four grooves on oneside, and specific hole sizes on the other, providesa functional way to sort all loose gemstones.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZEDI-104 LEAD 4” X 2 1/2”DI-105 WHITE 4” X 2 1/2”DI-106 BLACK 4” X 2 1/2”DI-107 WHITE-GROOVED 71/8” X 33/4”DI-108 BLACK-GROOVED 71/8” X 33/4”

16. Prong HolderIdeal for holding precious and semi-precious stonesfor inspection and valuation.

CODE LENGTHDI-114 43/4”DI-115 2”


86

24. Diamond Wax StickIdeal for lifting loose stones, without smudge orstain, and positioning them in the stone seats.Cones are tapered to a point and mounted on ahandle.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-113 WAX STICK- 1/2” WIDE

26. Parcel PapersChoice selected papers, polished to perfection. Unmatched for protection. Created to enhance gemswith reflected light. Select from different flute colors for every situation. Available as 25 papers per packand 4 packs per box. Sizes from 1 to 4.

OUTSIDE INSIDECODE STONE PAPER FLUTES SIZE #Color Gemstone PapersDI-190 RUBY WHITE 2-YELLOW 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-191 EMERALD WHITE 2-TAN 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-192 OPAL WHITE 2-BLACK 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-193 SAPPHIRE WHITE 2 MATT WHITE 31/4” X 13/4” 1Diamond Parcel PapersDI-196 DIAMOND WHITE 2-WHITE 33/4” X 2” 2DI-197 DIAMOND WHITE 2-WHITE 4” X 2” 3DI-198 DIAMOND WHITE 2-WHITE 41/2” X 23/4” 4Economical Diamond Parcel PapersDI-199 DIAMOND WHITE 2-WHITE 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-200 DIAMOND WHITE 2-DARK BLUE 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-211 DIAMOND WHITE 1-BLUE 1-WHITE 31/4” X 13/4” 1Belgium Diamond Parcel PapersDI-201 DIAMOND WHITE 1-BLUE 1-WHITE 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-202 DIAMOND WHITE 2-DARK BLUE 31/4” X 13/4” 1DI-203 DIAMOND WHITE 2-WHITE 31/4” X 13/4” 1

™

27. Diamond FlutesMade of the finest glassine paper, these flutes provide the best protection for all loose gemstones.Sold in packs of 100. Size 21/2” X 11/2”.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZEDI-299 BRIGHT WHITE 1”DI-300 BRIGHT WHITE 3/4”DI-301 BLUE 3/4”DI-302 BLUE 1”

23. Leather Wallets and CaseUse these slim style wallets made of durableleather to carry precious gemstones. Wallets haveample space to carry gemstones in parcel paperand have a zipper.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-176 7” X 31/2” X 2”DI-180 6” X 31/2” X 1/2”DI-181 8” X 33/4” X 1/2”

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-300 DIAMOND SCRIBE

25. Diamond ScribeA slim finely pointed scriber for layout work.Will mark glass, stone, ceramic and all preciousmetals. Diamond tip is retractable for protection.

DI-181

DI-180

DI-176

22. Diamond Sorting PadExtra firm sorting pad with a non-reflective flat surface. A practical method to sort large quantities of gemstones. Saves time-consuming scooping and ensures broad basedviewing for selection. Deluxe contains 70 sheets per pad.

DESCRIPTION 9” X 13” 11” X 17” 12” X 20” 17” X 22”ECONOMY - DI-109 DI-110 -DELUXE DI-117 DI-116 DI-118 DI-119



87

™

31. Diamond and Pearl GaugesAn elegant, sensitive, precision engineered, dial gauge for accuratemeasurements of pearls and other small stones. Parallel, ground measuringfaces for rounds and even baguettes, in 0.1mm increments up to amaximum of 10mm. Dial rotates for absolute zero setting.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-501 10mmGM-502 20mmGM-503 ECONO-10mmGM-504 ECONO-20mm

32. Fan Type Diamond GaugesCompact, fan type, pocket gauge in stainless steel. Overall 31/2” length.Measures in carat weight all stone cuts in brilliant, marquise, pear, square,emerald and oval.

CODE FAN GRADUATIONGM-303 3 0.1 TO 4 CARATGM-304 4 0.1 TO 6 CARATGM-308 7 0.1 TO 7 CARAT

28. Leveridge Type GaugeThe most versatile measuring instrument for any jeweler appraiser or gemcutter. Estimates weight of diamonds mounted or loose. May also be usedfor other precious gems and pearls. Comes with high setting attachmentand weight estimator. Includes an inside measuring system for rings.Precision crafted for years of service.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-602 LEVERIDGE TYPE GAUGEGM-605 BOOK & CASE

29. Presidium® GaugesPresidium® Dial Gauge: Predictable accuracy. Read out measurement inmillimeters and weight in carats simultaneously. Measures stones up to 23mm in divisions of 0.1mm. Hardened wear resistant measuring surfaces.Includes a conversion booklet and a carrying case.Presidium® Digital Gemstone Gauge: Hi-tech, solid state circuitry eliminates miscalculation and gives direct digital read out up to one micronaccuracy. Features include long life battery, zero reset and auto-off.Unsurpassed value for the discriminating jeweler.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-606 DIAL GAUGEGM-603 DIGITAL GEMSTONE GAUGE

30. Pocket Digital GaugePrecision pocket digital caliper with LCD display and zero re-set button.Maximum reading 25mm. Resolution 0.01mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-604 POCKET DIGITAL GAUGE



88

™

36. Diamond Tester- JapanImproved positive sensing distinguishes the look alike from the genuine.A very reliable tester that identifies natural diamond from white corundum,Y.A.G and other simulant. Advanced electronic display. Simultaneousaudible beep and light signal for instant recognition.Supported by manufacturer’s warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-210 CULTI- JAPAN

33. Presidium® Diamond TestersDiamond Fact: Top of the line tester that performs like a pro. Instantlyseparates simulant from the genuine. Small compact pocket model hasneedle tip testing point for extremely small stones. Operates on two AAAbatteries (not included). Comes in a carrying case with a manufacturer’sguarantee.Diamond Mate: Professional, compact, sleek pen like instrument.Advanced digital electronic circuitry consistently and reliably distinguishesbetween diamonds and simulant. Operation is simple. LED display showsgreen and gives audible beep when diamond is tested.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-220 DIAMOND FACTTS-240 DIAMOND MATE-ATS-241 DIAMOND MATE-C WITH BATTERY CHARGER

35. Moissanite TesterThe revolutionary new tester that outsmarts and even detects moissanite,which is a simulant for diamond. Ultra sensitive, can check stones of 0.01carat or less. Readings displayed on both sides allowing use in either hand.Backed by manufacturer’s warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-211 IKOHE MOISSANITE TESTER

34. Presidium® Multi TestersUtilize the combined principles of thermal and electrical conductivity fromour patented technology. The measuring probes, together with the electron-ics circuitriy, are designed to pick up and segregate data collected from thestones via a customized micro-controller. Within a split second, the testresult will be displayed. Dimension 160 X 42 X 22mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-222 PRESIDIUM MULTI TESTERTS-223 ADAPTER FOR MULTI TESTER

37. Diamond Testers-USAFast, sensitive and reliable. Delivers result in seconds. Tests even thesmallest gem stones. Negligible warm up time, automatic shut off and audible diamond signal. Supported by manufacturer’s warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-200 MIZAR- USA

TS-240

TS-220

TS-241


DRAWPLATES & ROLLING MILLS

90

1. Cavallin Rolling Mills-FlatHigh quality, sturdy, one piece frame construction. Alloy steel hardened andtempered rolls run in lubricated bronze bearings. Rolls are gear driven, can bealigned, raised and lowered. Calibrated dial indicates reduction in the sheet size.Select from three models for flat forms up to a maximum of 120mm width.

3. Cavallin Rolling Mills-Combination-Square/ Half Round Wire

CODE MODEL F Ø SQ. HF/RNDRM-105 F80 80 44 5-1 3.6 X 1.2RM-107 F100 100 52.5 6-1 3.6 X 1.2RM-109 F120 120 65 7-1 3.6 X 1.2

4. Economy Rolling MillsCompact, bench mounted rolling mills. Heavy duty frame, hardened and temperedrolls, gear reduction for ease of operation. Select from three different models for avariety of shapes according to your needs. Rolls are 1.67” dia. and 3” in length.

CODE RM-001 RM-002 RM-003SHAPEFLAT YES YES YESSQUARE (4-1mm) - YES YESHF-ROUND (3-2mm) - YES YESTEXTURE (3 EX. ROLLS - - YES

CODE MODEL L ØRM-104 L80 80 44RM-106 L100 100 52.5RM-108 L120 120 65

2. Cavallin Rolling Mills Combination- Flat/Square WireDiversify your rolling needs with a choice of different models. All manual operatedmodels built to the high exacting standards of Cavallin for years of trouble freeperformance. Select from various models to form shapes of flat, round, square andhalf round. Special feature of an open end with side rollers to do bracelet patterns.

™

CODE MODEL F L Ø SQ.RM-120 LF80 80 58 44 1-3.5RM-110 LF100 100 50 52.5 1-4.5RM-111 LF120 120 62 65 1-6RM-112 LF130 130 70 65 1-5.1

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm



91

5. Cavallin Rolling Mills-with Gear- FlatEngineered with top quality material and machined to closetolerances, these rolling mills make easy work of heavyjobs. Features an additional gear reduction of 1:4 ratio foreffortless rolling. Three models with different capacities.

8. Pedestal for Cavallin Rolling MillsTo free up bench working space all Cavallin Rolling Mills can be mounted on steelpedestals. Positions mill at a convenient working height. Select from individual baseplates to suit the machine model.

6. Cavallin Rolling Mills-with Gear Combination-Flat/ Square

CODE DESCRIPTIONRM-115 STAND OR PEDESTALRM-113 PLATE FOR 80mm PEDESTALRM-114 PLATE FOR 100mm PEDESTALRM-116 PLATE FOR 120mm PEDESTALRM-117 PLATE FOR 130mm PEDESTAL

™

CODE MODEL F Ø SQ. LRM-099 LFR100 100 52.5 1-4.5 50RM-103 LFR120 120 65 1-6 62RM-102 LFR130 130 65 1-6.5 60

7. Cavallin Rolling Mills-LondonThese rolling mills are available with and without gear.Model LF120 is without gear (illustration shown).Model LFR120 is with gear. Reduction ratio 1:4

CODE MODEL L ØRM-091 LR80 80 44RM-092 LR100 100 52.5RM-093 LR120 120 65

CODE MODEL F Ø SQ. HF/RND LRM-089 LF120 120 65 1-4.5 5 X 2 / 2 X 0.8 36RM-090 LFR120 120 65 1-4.5 5 X 2 / 2 X 0.8 36

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm

Dimensions in mm



92

9. Cavallin Motorized Rolling MillsSingle Side: This single side, heavy duty rolling mill is suitable for small to mediumsized jewelry workshops. Motors are intermittent duty and can work uninterrupted forup to 15 mins. A forward/reverse switch contributes to operator safety. Speed isvariable from 0-16 fpm. Rolls are hardened and tempered alloy steel, to generate rolledforms of flat, square and half-round. A calibrated dial ensures precise size control.

™

CODE RM-098 RM-097MODEL LMF-120-1 SINGLE LMF-120-1 DOUBLEPOWER 1HP/110V, 8.5A, 60 Hz 1HP/110V, 8.5A, 60 HzROLL(L X D) 120 X 65mm 120 X 65mmFLAT 60 X 5.5mm 120 X 5.5mmSQ. WIRE 7.0-1mm 7.0-1 mmHF-ROUND 3.6-1.2mm -DIMENSION 19 W X 16 D X 20 Ht cm 29 W X 16 D X 20 Ht cm

10. Cavallin Floor Model Motorized Rolling MillsHeavy duty production mills for continuous operation suitable for jewelry and industrialmanufacturing. Main transmission is by gear reducer immersed in oil bath.Hardened and tempered alloy steel rolls rotate in ample dimensioned bronze bearingsthat are continuously lubricated through a programmable pump. Indicator dials ensureprecise positioning of rolls. Flat rolls are fully protected for operator safety.Electrical system- Machine has an inverter which allows it to be connected to threephase or single phase line.

Double sided, heavy duty production mill guarantees steady pressure and uniformrolled products. Expanded range gives a greater capacity for flat rolled and profile stockfor all jewelry workshops. Motors are intermittent duty and can work uninterrupted forup to 15 mins. A forward/reverse switch contributes to operator safety. Speed isvariable from 0-16 fpm. Rolls are hardened and tempered steel. A calibrated dialensures precise size control.

CODE RM-100 RM-101MODEL SRM-65 SRM-65EPOWER 2HP/110V, 8.5A, 60 Hz 1HP/110V, 8.5A, 60 HzINVERTER THREE-PHASE MOTOR

WITH SINGLE CURRENT NOVARIABLE SPEED 0-7m/s NOLUBRICATION SYSTEM AUTOMATIC NOLAMP YES NOROLL. (L X D) 120 X 65mm 120 X 65mmSQ. WIRE 7.0-1mm 7.0-1mmHF-ROUND 3.6-1.2mm 3.6-1.2mmDIMENSION 80W X 55D X 140Ht cm 80W X 55D X 140Ht cm

RM-098

RM-097

Cavallin Rolling Mills: Spares available on special order.

Design Rollers: Available on special order for some Cavallin Mills only.


93

CODE SHAPE RANGE HOLESDP-223 ROUND 2.00-0.30mm 31DP-235 ROUND 3.00-0.50mm 31DP-236 ROUND 6.00-3.00mm 31DP-241 1/2 ROUND 4.00-1.00mm 20DP-243 1/2 ROUND 3.00-1.00mm 20DP-246 1/2 ROUND 6.00-3.00mm 31DP-253 SQUARE 3.00-1.00mm 20DP-256 SQUARE 6.00-3.00mm 31DP-257 OVAL 3.00-1.65mm 20DP-258 TRIANGLE 3.00-1.00mm 20DP-259 STAR 3.00-1.00mm 20

™

11. Draw Plates Die Steel-ItalyPremium quality, hardened steel draw plates, with numerous highly polished holes to draw wire down gradually. Always use Bur Lube, as alubricant to draw smoothly and protect the die plate from frictional heat.

12. Draw Plates Tungsten Carbide- DeluxeDraw plates have mirror finished carbide inserts for drawing extremelybright, super smooth round wire. Wear resistant carbide is ten timeslonger lasting than die steel. Use Bur Lube to draw with reduced friction.

CODE SHAPE RANGE HOLESDP-301 ROUND 0.245-0.12mm 24DP-310 ROUND 1.00-0.26mm 24DP-320 ROUND 2.20-0.26mm 36DP-330 ROUND 6.00-2.30mm 24

13. Draw Plates Tungsten Carbide- EconoSpecialty draw plates with mirror finished wear resistant carbide inserts.Different shapes - round, square, hexagonal and oval. All sizes clearlymarked on the plates. Use Bur Lube to draw with reduced friction.

CODE SHAPE RANGEDP-340 ROUND 2.2-0.26mmDP-341 ROUND 6-2.30mmDP-342 1/2 ROUND 3-0.50mmDP-345 SQUARE 3.50-0.8mmDP-347 SQUARE 3.00-0.55mmDP-348 SQUARE 5.00-4.00mmDP-352 HEXAGON 3.5-0.80mmDP-353 HEXAGON 5.00-2.10mmDP-355 OVAL 5.00-4.00mm

14. Bur LubeA carefully formulated compound that provides the optimumbalance of cooling and lubrication. Reduces friction and heat build up,thereby extending tool life. Essential to use when drilling, cuttinggrinding, or drawing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-700 BUR LUBE 2 ozBR-701 BUR LUBE LIQUID 4 ozBR-702 BUR LUBE PASTE 4 oz

Bur Lube Makes easy!Bur lube liquid makes drawing wire easier.Apply frequently to facilitate drawing and protection of die bore.


94

™

CODE LENGTHDT-308 8” (200mm)DT-310 10” (254mm)

16. Draw Tongs- EconoForged steel tongs have a “T” handle to enable pulling and exerting leverage when drawing or twisting wire. Broad serrated jaws provide astrong non-slip grip.

CODE LENGTHDT-368 8” (200mm)DT-370 10” (254mm)

17. Draw Tongs-DeluxeSuperior forged steel tongs with a hole in the “T” handle. Facilitates initialstart of the draw operation. Extra broad serrated jaws grip metal firmly.

CODE LENGTHDT-311 8” (200mm)

18. Draw Tongs with RingAll steel forged, draw tongs with “U” handle and ring. Especially for use withlarger diameter wire forms for pulling, bending or twisting.

19. Lowell Pattern Hand ViseHollow handle and grooved corrugated jaws that open and close by turningthe handle. Securely grips wire ends. Jaw width 1/2”.

CODE LENGTHPV-409 43/4” (120mm)

15. Cavallin Wire Drawing BenchesManually operated to draw wire forms. This heavy duty machine has a gearreduction system that enables continuous traction on a guided rail.Specific draw plates are needed for round, square, half round and otherprofiles. Draw plates must be ordered separately.

CODE DRAW (L X D)RM-139 1350 X 10mmRM-140 600 X 10mmRM-141 SPARE DRAW CLAMP


DRILLS

96

™

CODE SIZE MM ISO INCHDR-090 5/0 0.50 005 0.0197DR-091 4/0 0.60 006 0.0236DR-092 3/0 0.70 007 0.0276DR-093 2/0 0.80 008 0.0315DR-094 0 0.90 009 0.0354DR-095 1 1.00 010 0.0393DR-096 2 1.10 011 0.0441DR-097 3 1.20 012 0.0472DR-098 4 1.30 013 0.0500DR-099 5 1.40 014 0.0512DR-100 6 1.50 015 0.5910DR-101 7 1.60 016 0.0630DR-102 8 1.70 017 0.0689DR-103 9 1.80 018 0.0709DR-104 10 1.90 019 0.0748DR-105 11 2.00 020 0.0787DR-106 12 2.10 021 0.0827DR-107 13 2.20 022 0.0866DR-108 14 2.30 023 0.0906

CODE DESCRIPTIONDR-110 SET OF 12 TWIST DRILLS

2. High Speed Twist DrillsAll purpose jobbers drills with super sharp cutting edge to drill allmaterials including industrial steel. Shank size is the same as the drillsize. Ideal for use on all bench and mini drills.Individual sizes available in packs of ten.

DORMER IKOHE DRILL SIZE (MM) (IN)DR-050 DR-150 50 1.78 0.0700DR-051 DR-151 51 1.70 0.0670DR-052 DR-152 52 1.61 0.0635DR-053 DR-153 53 1.51 0.0595DR-054 DR-154 54 1.40 0.0550DR-055 DR-155 55 1.32 0.0520DR-056 DR-156 56 1.18 0.0465DR-057 DR-157 57 1.05 0.0430DR-058 DR-158 58 1.07 0.0420DR-059 DR-159 59 1.04 0.0410DR-060 DR-160 60 1.02 0.0400DR-061 DR-161 61 1.00 0.0390DR-062 DR-162 62 0.97 0.0380DR-063 DR-163 63 0.94 0.0370DR-064 DR-164 64 0.91 0.0360DR-065 DR-165 65 0.89 0.0350DR-066 DR-166 66 0.84 0.0330DR-067 DR-167 67 0.81 0.0320DR-068 DR-168 68 0.79 0.0310DR-069 DR-169 69 0.74 0.0293DR-070 DR-170 70 0.71 0.0280DR-071 DR-171 71 0.66 0.0260DR-072 DR-172 72 0.64 0.0250DR-073 DR-173 73 0.61 0.0240DR-074 DR-174 74 0.57 0.0225DR-075 DR-175 75 0.53 0.0210DR-076 DR-176 76 0.51 0.0200DR-077 DR-177 77 0.46 0.0180DR-078 DR-178 78 0.41 0.0160DR-079 DR-179 79 0.37 0.0145DR-080 DR-180 80 0.34 0.0135

CODE DESCRIPTIONDR-019 SET WITH DOME CASEDR-020 SET WITH METAL CASEDR-021 SET WITH PLASTIC CASE

CODE SIZEDR-082 1.05 TO 3.0mm

1. Jewelers Twist DrillsSuperior quality twist drills ground to precision tolerances. All with 3/32” shanks so they can be used with standard flexshaft handpieces. Apply bur lube whendrilling for cool cutting and lubrication. Individual sizes available in 6 packs.

3. Jewelers Twist Drills-SetSet of 12 of the most popular sizes, packaged in a durableplastic pouch. Drills have 3/32” shanks.Size ISO - 005 to 016 (0.05 to 1.60 mm)

4. High Speed Twist Drill- Set 61-80A complete set of 20 drills from size 61 to 80 (0.039” to 0.013”).Made of the finest steel and hardened to Rc 63. Precision groundsizes for drilling accurate holes. Choice of different storage casesfor easy access and protection.

5. Pearl Drill SetSet of 11 high speed steel drills, all organized on a plastic standwith a protective cover.

DR-019

DR-021


DRILLS

97

7. Drill PressConvert your Foredom flexshaft or any 1” diameterhandpiece into a precision drill press. Securelyholds the handpiece in a vertical position. Leveroperated with depth stop for precise drilling, countersinking or reaming. Drill head and table areadjustable for maximum flexibility.

9. Pearl Drilling MachineUltra high precision drill, specifically designed to drill pearls from 3 to 7mmdiameter without any chipping or cracking. Unit is compact with motor,speed 6,000 rpm, a drill chuck and self centering vise to automatically holdpearls for center line drilling. Includes collets to hold pearls from 3 to 7mm.Pearl drills must be ordered separately.Dimension 145 x 235 x 122mm. Wt. 4.2 kgs.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-022 DRILL PRESS

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-007 DRILLING VISE

CODE SPECIFICATIONHO-001 110V/ 60HzHO-002 220V/ 50Hz

™

6. Mini Drill MachineA mini bench drill just the right size for all drillingprojects. Rugged aluminum housing with slottedbase to clamp fixtures. Sturdy vertical column withquick release to adjust chuck to table distance.Selectable speeds with calibrated depth controland positive stop. Ball bearing spindle, 1/4” drillchuck and key.


10. Pearl DrillsSpecial profile tungsten vanadium drills for perfectmicro-drilling of pearls. Drill points at both ends.Sizes range from 0.6 to 1.5 mm.

CODE SIZEHO-025 0.60mmHO-026 0.70mmHO-027 0.80mmHO-028 0.90mmHO-029 1.00mmHO-030 1.10mmHO-031 1.20mmHO-032 1.50mm

8. Pearl Holding ViseCenter drill pearls accurately without any mar onthe surface. Quick clamp and release system.Thirteen cavities accommodate pearls or beadssize 2-10mm.


DRILLS

98

™

12. Poseidon LatheThis mini lathe is one of the finest machines manufactured to ISO 9002 standards.Made in rigid all metal construction for high precision accuracy, the design isstreamlined for ease of operation. Features include calibrated hand wheels,adjustable jibs for backlash, ground prismatic bed and a smooth power drive.A high torque motor delivers different spindle speeds to machine most materials.The machine is versatile for all types of work such as turning, milling, drilling, andcarving in various materials like metal, wood, plastics and wax. Additional acces-sories extend the capability for other special operations.

Specifications.Center height 1.89”Swing over bed 3.78”Distance between centers 7.78”Maximum dia. over cross slide 3.78”Cross slide travel 2.05”Spindle speeds 130-4,000 rpm.Drive motor 110V/ 60Hz

220V/ 50Hz

Poseidon Lathe Accessories

Poseidon Lathe Accessories


Tool Bits:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-054 TOOL BITS

Top Slide:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-055 TOP SLIDE

Face Plate:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-056 FACE PLATE

Drill Chuck & Adapter- 3 Pcs:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-057 DRILL CHUCK

Rolling Center:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-058 ROLLING CENTER

Power Feed:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-059 POWER FEED

Collet Holder:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-060 COLLET HOLDER

Collet 10 Pcs Set:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-061 COLLET SET

Set of O-Ring Belt:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-062 O-RING BELT

Set Of V-belt:

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-063 POWER FEED V BELT

11. Bur LubeA carefully formulated compound that provides the optimum balance ofcooling and lubrication. Reduces friction and heat build up, therebyextending tool life. Essential to use when drilling, cuttinggrinding, or drawing.



ENGRAVING

100

1. Presidium® Outside EngraverA manual engraver so easy to operate anyone can get professional results in minutes.Engrave on small objects of jewelry, in any precious metal or plastics. Pantograph ratio from21/2: 1 to 6:1, a universal vise 360° rotation with 8 index positions, and height adjustment upto 115mm. Slide accomodates 11/4” and 23/4” character blanks. Diamond tip has drag featureto give a bright, highly readable appearance without removing any precious metal. Completeinstruction included.

CODE SPECIFICATIONEN-012 ENGRAVER MACHINEEN-013 DIAMOND TIPEN-014 BOX FOR TEMPLATESEN-019 JEWELRY HOLDER SET OF 4 PCS

Double Line Script- 5/8” LETTER47 Capitals + 56 Lower case + 20 Numerals + 17 Special / Spacers= 140 pcs

2. Engraving Character SetsEngraving copy scripts are high accuracy characters made by a “V”groove in bright coated brass. Made of standard 11/4” width blanks,these fonts will fit the machine slides of most manufacturers. Sets ofdifferent font styles come neatly organized in a polished woodenbox. Individual replacement letters and numbers are available.

™

Double Line Block- 5/8” LETTER104 Capitals + 20 Numerals + 16 Special / Spacers= 140 pcs

Miniature Single Line Script -1/2” LETTER46 Capitals + 56 Lower Case + 20 Numerals + 18 Special / Spacers=140 pcs

Miniature Single Line Block- 1/4” LETTER104 Capitals + 20 Numerals + 16 Special / Spacers= 140 pcs

3. Zodiac Signs

Aquarius Pisces Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer

Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricon

4. Chinese WhiteApply lightly by brush on surfaces, prior to layout. Wipesaway easily. Available in block form and soluble in water.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-002 BLOCK-0.35 oz

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-009-01 SET OF 12 CODE EN-016

CODE EN-015

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

CODE EN-010

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

Single Line Block- 5/8” LETTER46 Capitals + 58 Lower Case + 20 Numerals + 10 Special / Spacers = 134 pcs

CODE EN-017

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

CODE EN-011

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

Single Line Script- 5/8” LETTER47 Capitals + 56 Lower Case + 20 Numerals + 13 Special / Spacers=136 pcs

CODE EN-018

Larg

est

21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

Fancy Single Line Script- 5/8” LETTER46 Capitals + 56 Lower Case + 20 Numerals + 18 Special / Spacers=140 pcs

CODE EN-018-01La

rges

t21 /2:1

Smal

lest

6:1

Note: Scripts of different fonts and zodiacsigns may be ordered separately.

EN-013

EN-019


ENGRAVING

101

™

5. Inside Ring EngraverPoint-of-purchase engraving offers customers complete satisfaction. Brightlegible marking that makes every ring a memorable possession. Features includeautomatic centering of rings, one engraving reversible dial, auto-indexing,pressure and depth regulation. Operating instructions included.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-022 INSIDE RING ENGRAVEREN-022-01 DIAMOND TIP

6. Presidium® Inside Ring EngraverThe Presidium inside ring engraver is manufactured to the highest standards withhardened powder-coated paintwork. The machine is compact, user friendly andcomplete with an engraving diamond tip. Wide ring-holding capacity of sizes fromØ 19 to Ø 30mm. One single template produces letters with height of 1 and 2mmwith automatic letter spacing. Includes practice rings and instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTION LETTER HT.EN-020 INSIDE RING ENGRAVEREN-086 REVERSIBLE DIAL 9mm / 4mmEN-022-01 DIAMOND TIPEN-021 SCRIPT DIAL CAPS/LOWER CASEEN-087 REVERSIBLE DIAL SCRIPT 9mm / 4mm

Dial Templates for Ring EngraverDial templates with different letter heights and style are interchangeable on thering engraver. Dial diameter is 118mm and engraving ratio is 1/5.

CODE DESCRIPTION LETTER HT.EN-023 BLOCK DIAL REVERSIBLE 7 & 4mmEN-024 SCRIPT DIAL ONE SIDE 7mmEN-024-01 SPECIAL BLOCK 4mmEN-024-02 STYLUS FOR SPECIAL BLOCK

7. Ringstar EngraverTable-top inside ring manual engraver. Composed text from the copy slide isengraved on the inside of all sizes of rings by a diamond tip. Automatic spacingof characters. Micrometer screw control varies the pressure and the cutting depthof the diamond tip. Character height continuously adjustable from 1-3mm.Includes one script letter set and instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-025 RINGSTAR WITH SCRIPT LETTER SET R5000EN-035 TEMPLATE RAIL FOR RING STAREN-036 CLAMPING WIRE FOR RINGSTAREN-037 DIAMOND TIP- RINGMATIC

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-026 SCRIPT LETTER SET WITH R5000EN-027 RINGSTAR BLOCK LETTER SETEN-043 ELMA TEMPLATE LETTER NR 3C SCRIPTEN-044 ELMA TEMPLATE LETTER NR 4C BLOCKEN-045 ELMA TEMPLATE LETTER NR 6C SCRIPT

Template for Elma

EN-028

EN-029

EN-030

EN-031

EN-032

EN-033

EN-034

EN-0234mm / 7mm

EN-024

EN-024-01

EN-024-02

EN-0869mm / 4mm


ENGRAVING

102

™

8. Elma Inside/Outside EngraverA top of the line engraver with limitless possibilities. It is the most completemachine, dedicated for jewelry engraving. Engraves all articles of jewelrygold, silver, platinum etc, on outside, inside and flat surfaces. Basicmachine includes main frame, work plate, copy slide, letter stretchingdevice, engraving mouse and diamond tip. Other features are predictablepressure on diamond tip and cutter depth and variable letter height adjust-ment from 0.8 to 6.5mm. Operating instructions included.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-048 COMBINATION ENGRAVING MACHINEEN-049 INSIDE RING ENGRAVER MODELEN-051 SHORT CLAMPING ATTACHMENTEN-052 LONG CLAMPING ATTACHMENT

9. GRS® Engraving BlockHeavy duty block with thrust bearing mounting for a smooth rotation withoutany slack. Adjust the block to whichever way you need, to allow workingwith reduced fatigue. Sliding jaws are operated by a steel screw in a closefitting “T” slot. Jaws are hardened, extra deep, and accept a set of pins,plates, and clamps to hold varied workpieces.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-007 ENGRAVER BLOCK ONLYEN-008 ACCESSORIES ONLYEN-009 BLOCK WITH ACCESSORIES

10. JUN-AIR® CompressorSturdy rugged construction, low noise level 40db air compressor.Powerful enough to supply air at 2 cfm/100 PSI to handle all air tools andwax injectors. Features include: 4 gallon tank capacity, adjustable start/stoppressure switch, pressure gauge, thermal overload protector and drain/outlet cock. Dimension 15” L X 15” W X 171/2” Ht.

CODE SPECIFICATIONEN-077 110V/ 60Hz 0.5hpEN-078 220V/ 50Hz 0.5hp

Maintenance Kits Include: Intake filter, SJ-27 oil and O-ring.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-079 KITEN-080 AIR COMPRESSOR OIL

EN-049

EN-051

EN-052


ENGRAVING

103

™

11. GRS® System 3An affordable impact tool system that uses compressed air. The System 3 is a comfortable,light weight handpiece that machined from heat-treated stainless steel. There are no plasticor cast metal parts. It allows you to engrave, texture, carve and set stones. Use the footcontrol to start and precisely vary the impact power needed.

Deluxe PackageIncludes handpiece, foot control, air filter-regulator, hand graver handle, 6 quick change toolholders, 8 steel points, 2 gravers and operating instructions.Standard PackageIncludes handpiece, foot control, air filter-regulator, 3 quick change tool holders, 6 steelpoints and instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-071 DELUXE PACKAGEEN-072 STANDARD PACKAGEEN-073 HANDPIECE ONLYEN-074 FOOT CONTROLEN-075 AIR FILTER REGULATOR

Handpieces for GraverMax#710 Handpiece for stone setting, hammering and medium to deep engraving.

All stainless steel construction with a quiet rear exhaust. Includes 6-QC holders.

#801 Handpiece for all purpose work. Medium power with fine control for engraving and stone setting. Small handy unit with rear exhaust. Includes 3-QC holders.

#610 Hammer handpiece of stainless steel, with a wide power range for bead raising, stone setting and deep engraving. Accepts sq. tools max 2.5mm and round 3.3mm.

#609 Hammer handpiece uses only threaded hammer tips. Includes one tip.

#901 Heat treated stainless steel handpiece with huge power range and fine controls. Ideal for relief work bead raising, setting and engraving. Includes 6-QC holders.

12. GRS® GraverMaxExperience the ability to perform consistent accurate decorative designs with quality andspeed. GraverMax has two different tool powers- IMPACT and ROTARY. The control unithas one outlet connector for two impact handpieces, utilizing a selector switch to choice theimpact handpiece desired. Plus an outlet for a rotary handpiece. Includes foot control, fourtools and instructions. Requires compressed air 1.4 cfm at 45 psi. minimum. Order hand-pieces separately. Change tools in seconds witho QC- Quick Change Handpiece.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-060 GRAVERMAX,110V/ 60Hz- without handpieceEN-061 GRAVERMAX, 220V/ 50Hz- without handpiece

EN-068

EN-069

EN-065

EN-067

EN-066

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-065 #901 HAMMER HANDPIECE-66mm LONG 2.6 ozEN-066 #710 HAMMER HANDPIECE-107mm LONG 5.9 ozEN-067 #801 HAMMER HANDPIECE-71mm LONG 4.3 ozEN-068 #609 HAMMER HANDPIECE 114mm LONG 5.5 ozEN-069 #610 HAMMER HANDPIECE-114mm LONG 5.5 ozEN-070 #804 QC HOLDERS SET OF 3 EN-070


ENGRAVING

104

™

13. GRS® Diamond Power HoneA portable machine in a steel housing,powered by a continuous duty motor and a dou-ble bearing spindle. The GRS® Power Hone usesdiamond wheels to sharpen hardened steels, highspeed steels and carbide. The wheels last for years andstay flat for accuracy. Different grits are availablefrom coarse to fine for mirror polishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-100 1525 POWER HONE WITH 600 DIA. WHEEL-110V/ 60HzEN-101 1543 POWER HONE WITH 600 DIA. WHEEL-220V/ 50Hz

15. GRS® Dual Angle Fixture OnlyA fixture that holds a wider variety of tools andadjusts to more angles than the standard fixture.With two degree dials, you can set the elevationangle and the rotation angle of each tool.The fixture holds tools with or without handles andeven those in QC holders.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-104 3570 DUAL ANGLE FIXTURE WITH POSTEN-105 3571 DUAL ANGLE FIXTURE HEAD ONLY

16. GRS® Q/Change Sharpening FixtureInsert the tool with its QC holder into thefront of this fixture and sharpen. It has twodegree dials, plus a unique detent systemthat makes sharpening faster and easier.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-106 3580 QUICK CHANGE SHARPENING WITH POSTEN-107 3581 QUICK CHANGE SHARPENING HEAD ONLY

17. GRS® Diamond and Ceramic Wheels

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-108 DIAMOND WHEEL 5” DIA. 260 GRIT CEN-109 DIAMOND WHEEL 5” DIA. 600 GRIT MEN-110 DIAMOND WHEEL 5” DIA. 1200 GRIT FEN-111 CERAMIC LAP 6” DIA.-USE WITH DIAMOND SPRAYEN-112 DIAMOND SPRAY 1/2 MICRON FINEEN-113 1838 QUICK WHEEL CHANGE ADAPTER

18. GRS® GlenSteel GraversMade of special High Speed Steel (cobalt free).Fits all GRS impact handpieces and QC Holder.

14. GRS® Dual Angle Sharpening SystemThe complete system includes Power Hone, Quick Wheel Change Adapter,260 and 600) grit Diamond Wheels, Ceramic Lap, Diamond spray 1/4 micronDiamond Spary, Dual Angle Sharpening Fixture and Wheel Storage Rack.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-102 3577 COMPLETE DUAL ANGLE SYSTEM-110V/ 60HzEN-103 3572 COMPLETE DUAL ANGLE SYSTEM-220V/ 50Hz

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-114 A1-SQUAREEN-115 A2-FLATEN-116 A3-BLANK

19. GRS® Tungsten Carbide GraversThese last ten times longer between sharpening,when properly used. They are harder than any toolsteel, but more brittle. Always sharpen these toolson a diamond wheel.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEN-117 B1-SQUAREEN-118 B2-BLANK

20. GRS® Hard Steel PointsUse to make punches, hammer tool, bead raises,stipple points and more.

CODE DIA. X LENEN-119 C1-1.8 X 38mmEN-120 C2-3.3 X 76mmEN-121 C3-3.1 X 38mm

21. Beading Tool SetsConcave tip that puts beads on prongs to secure stonesin mountings. Set of 12 from #5-16 (0.5 to 1.05mm).Set of 24 from #0-22 (0.5 to 1.35mm). All on plasticstands with a handle.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBD-628 12 PCS.BD-629 24 PCS.BD-630 BEADING TOOL HOLDER


FILES

106

BARRETTEA: 23/32” /16mmB: 5/32” /4.0mm

1. Swiss Precision FilesHigh precision durable files, manufactured from chrome alloy steel and heat treated by a special process to guarantee sharper teeth for outstanding cutting performance on all hard and soft metals, including platinum. File measurement is from the point to where the teeth end. All files are in 6” lengths.

™

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-199 FL-200 FL-201 FL-202 - FL-203

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-208 FL-209 FL-210 FL-211 FL-213 FL-212

HALF ROUND RINGA: 19/32” /16mmB: 3/16” /4.8mm


THREE SQUAREB: 5/16” / 8mm

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-230 - FL-231 - FL-232

HANDA: 3/4” /19mmB: 5/32” /4.0mm


ROUND TAPEREDDiameter:1/4” /6.0mm

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-250 - FL-251 - FL-252

DESCRIPTION X-COARSE COARSE MEDIUM SMOOTH FINE X-FINECUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4TEETH PER INCH 41 51 64 79 97 117

SQUAREA: 5/16” /8mm

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-254 - FL-255 - FL-256

KNIFE EDGEA: 23/32” /18mmB: 5/32” /4.0mm

CUT #00 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4CODE FL-258 - FL-259 - FL-260

HALF ROUNDA: 19/32” /16mmB: 3/16”/4.8mm

6”

AB


FILES2. Needle Files- with Round Knurled Handles-Swiss

Precision needle files for miniature work, made of the finest chrome steel, hardened and tempered to ensure efficient cutting. Knurled han-dle provides a firm grip.

107

™

BARRETTE

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616CM(61/4”) FL-090 FL-100 FL-101 FL-102 FL-10320CM(73/4”) - FL-169 FL-170 FL-171 FL-172

EQUALLING

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616CM(61/4”) FL-116 FL-117 FL-118 FL-119 FL-12020CM(73/4”) - FL-173 FL-174 FL-175 -

HALF ROUND

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616cm(61/4”) FL-131 FL-132 FL-133 FL-134 FL-13520cm(73/4”) - FL-177 FL-178 FL-179 -

ROUND

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616cm(61/4”) FL-148 FL-149 FL-150 FL-151 FL-15220cm(73/4”) - FL-180 FL-181 FL-182 FL-183

THREE SQUARE

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616cm(61/4”) FL-152-01 FL-153 FL-154 FL-155 FL-15620cm(73/4”) - FL-184 FL-186 FL-187 FL-188

SQUARE

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616cm(61/4”) FL-156-01 FL-157 FL-158 FL-159 FL-16020cm(73/4”) - FL-188 FL-189 FL-190 FL-191

KNIFE

CUT #00 #0 #2 #416cm(61/4”) FL-164-01 FL-165 FL-166 FL-16720cm(73/4”) FL-194-02 FL-195 FL-196 FL-197

CROSSING

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4 #616cm(61/4”) - FL-161 FL-162 FL-163 FL-16420cm(73/4”) - FL-192 FL-193 FL-194 FL-194-01

16cm

(61 /4”

) 20cm

(73 /4”

)


4. 33MM ® Diamond FilesDiamond files can smooth finish all precious metal,glass, ceramic and stone. Four different grit sizes.Size 1/2” X 13/4”.

8. Wax Files Flat HandTruly the best file for every wax modeler. Special tooth form resists waxloading into teeth.

5. Wax File SetSet of 6 most popular shapes. Teeth will not clog withwax or plastic. Shapes include equaling, flat, half-round,round, square and three square. Overall length 6”.

CODE MICRON COLOR GRITFL-300 125 BLACK 120FL-301 74 RED 200FL-302 40 YELLOW 400FL-303 20 WHITE 800

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-003 PLASTIC HANDLE-81/4”FL-004 WOOD HANDLE-10”

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-006 WAX FILE SET OF 6 PCS.

FILES

108

™

CODE LENGTHFL-016 16cmFL-020 20cm

3. Needle File SetsSet of 12 needle files made of the finest chrome steel and heat treated to givetwice the cutting power. Indispensable for use in detailing delicate designs.

CODE CUT COLORFL-023 #2 YELLOWFL-024 #3 REDFL-025 #4 BLUE

6. Needle Files- GermanPrecisely graded needle files in the most popular shapes of halfround, barrette, three square, equalling round and square files.Set of 6 pcs in 160mm length.

9. Double-End Vulcanite FilesDouble end wax files have tooth forms specially designed for use on wax,plastics and other soft materials. One file combines both coarse and fine cuts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-001 8” VULCANITE FILE-DELUXEFL-002 8” VULCANITE FILE- ECONOMY

7. Diamond Needle FilesMade of virgin diamond particles electroplated on high precisionsteel blanks. Comfortable handles provide maximum strength,flexibility and durability. Overall length 51/2”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-080 THREE-SQUAREFL-081 PILLARFL-082 HALF-ROUNDFL-083 ROUNDFL-084 SQUAREFL-085 SET OF 5 PCS.


FILES

109

™

10. Escapement FilesMade of chrome alloy steel. These square handle files of different shapes from coarseto fine grades, are suitable for every type of miniature sculpting. Also available in sets.Overall length 51/2”-14cm.

12. File CleanerSteel bristle, mounted in a shaped wooden handle, used for cleaning debrisfrom clogged file teeth.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFC-001 FILE CLEANER

11. File HandlesScrew Head Handle: Holds files securely. Handle has a comfortablenon-slip grip for files from 6”-8”.Needle File Handle: This file handle clamps tools with a vise-likegrip.Suitable for holding needle files, scrapers, small drills and gravers.Overall length 33/4”.Wood Handle: Made of seasoned wood with a brass collar, these durablefile handles are round and smooth all over.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-010 FILE HANDLE-ALUMINUMFL-011 FILE HANDLE- 31/2” PVCFL-012 PUSH GRIP HANDLE 3-4mmFL-013 PUSH GRIP HANDLE 2-3mmFL-014 WOOD HANDLE WITH BRASS COLLET

CODE CUTFL-030 #0FL-031 #2FL-032 #3FL-033 #4

BARRETTE


HALF ROUND


ROUND


THREE SQUARE

CODE CUTFL-034 #2FL-035 #4

CROSSING

CODE CUTFL-051 #2FL-052 #4

KNIFE

CODE CUTFL-037 #2FL-038 #3FL-039 #4

PILLAR

CODE CUTFL-054 #0FL-055 #2FL-056 #4

SQUARE

Assorted Escapement FilesAssorted shapes in three different cuts.Pillar shape is not included in the sets.

CODE CUT SETFL-007 #2 12 PCSFL-008 #4 12 PCSFL-009 #6 12 PCS

FL-010FL-011

FL-012FL-013

FL-014


FILES

110

13. Valtitan Files- SwissThe hardest files known Rc72, made from graded alloy steel, heat treated, tempered and corrosion resistant. Use on all metals, including platinum.Unique tooth form eliminates clogging. All shapes and cuts are available. File length 6”/150mm and 7”/180mm.

™

Length 6”-150mm

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4HAND CHECKING FL-310 FL-312 FL-317 FL-322HALF RND RING FL-313 FL-318 FL-323HALF RND - FL-314 FL-319 FL-324BARRETTE FL-311 FL-315 FL-320 FL-325THREE SQUARE - FL-316 FL-321 FL-326

Length 7”-180mm

CUT #00 #0 #2 #4ROUND FL-330 FL-332 FL-338 FL-344SQUARE - FL-333 FL-339 FL-345THREE SQUARE - FL-334 FL-340 FL-346HALF RND - FL-335 FL-341 FL-347PILLAR - FL-336 FL-342 FL-348BARRETTE FL-331 FL-337 FL-343 FL-349


FLEXSHAFTS

112

1. CC® Series Foredom MotorsThe most popular system. Complete and affordable by every jeweler. Allows extensive applications for grinding, carving, drilling, deburring and engraving. A well balanced 1/10 hp ball bearing motor with a variable speed range up to 18,000 rpm. A 39” flex shaft with Foredom #30 handpiece and Jacobs chuckthat accepts all tools with 0-5/32” shanks. Motor speed variation from low to high is by a solid stateelectronic foot control.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-104 CC MODEL WITH CFL-15 110VMO-106 CC MODEL WITH CFL-15 220VMO-108 CC MODEL WITH CFL-15110V -#30 H/PIECEMO-110 CC MODEL WITH CFL-15 220V -#30 H/PIECEMO-112 CC MODEL WITH FCT-2 220V-#30 H/PIECE

2. S® Series Foredom MotorsSelect this model for complete versatility and dependable power capability. Full torque by a 1/8 hp. ballbearing motor that will not stall at any speed up to 18,000 rpm. A 39” flexshaft with a quick detachfeature accepts all Foredom handpieces, except “H” series. Handpiece #30 with Jacobs chuck holds allaccessories with 0-5/32” shanks. Use mounted points, bristle brushes, sanding drums and much more forfinishing all types of metals. Includes Foredom solid state foot control for speed regulation.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-115 S MODEL WITH FCT-1 110VMO-116 S MODEL WITH SCT-1 110VMO-119 S MODEL WITH FCT-2 220VMO-120 S MODEL WITH SCT-2 220V

3. Red Wing MotorsThe Red Wing “Flex” 1/8 hp motor delivers more power at low rpms and high rpm’s than any other stan-dard motor. The newly designed motor delivers more torque and power with less noise and runs coollonger for better performance. The flexible shaft double wound construction runs smooth and cool with-out memory providing maximum performance and a much longer life than single wound flexible shaftson the market today. The Red Wing is ideal for variety of applications: grinding, engraving, de-burring,polishing and finishing. The flex shaft accepts most standard handpieces. Complete set includes motorwith shaft/sheath and foot control.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-201 COMPLETE SET -110V/ 60HzMO-202 COMPLETE SET- 220V/ 50HzMO-203 MOTOR WITH SHAFT/SHEATH 110V/ 60HzMO-204 MOTOR WITH SHAFT/SHEATH 220V/ 50HzMO-205 FOOT CONTROL 110V/ 60HzMO-206 FOOT CONTROL 220V/ 50HzMO-207 SHEATHMO-208 SHAFT

4. Flexible Shaft MotorsAn all purpose, versatile, unit that is the key to all model making, die finishing, wood carving, engraving andpolishing. Hang up version, with 1/10 hp ball bearing motor, variable speed range 0-18,000 rpm.Complete set includes motor, handpiece and foot control.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-310 COMPLETE SET -110VMO-311 COMPLETE SET -220VMO-320 MOTOR 110V -W/O H/PIECEMO-321 MOTOR 220V -W/O H/PIECE

Spares for Gems Motor

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-143 SHAFT- INNERMO-147 SHEATH- OUTER


FLEXSHAFTS

113

™

5. Micro-MotorsThese two Micro-Motors, Microlab 350 and Gempower 45000 are very simple andeconomical motor driven handpieces. One of the best engineered tools for freehand.They are great for model makers, stone setters, cleaning, polishing of casting.Both have forward and reverse control with dual voltage 110/220V.

Microlab 350 is more economical. It comes with Tech 2000 handpiece 0-35,000 rpmheavy duty, precision machined and balanced drive shaft, cooling fan built into motor,and quick release handpiece. Speed is controlled from the speed dial.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-008 MICROLAB 350 WITH CONTROL BOXMO-009 TECH 2000 HANDPIECEMO-010 COLLET CHUCK 1/8”MO-011 COLLET CHUCK 3mm

7. Electer E-maxMulti-purpose ultra-precision micro-grinder includes higher user-friendliness.Provides a digital display, a built in switch on the handle and innovative verticaltower case which allows less footprint. This is the successor to the outstandingperformance of ELECTER-GX, a grinder that has gained a high reputationamong precision users over many years.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-300 STANDARD PACKAGE

Specifications:Rotation Speed: 1,000-35,000 rpmPower Source: 100V/ 50-60HzPower Consumption: 30WOutput Power: 71WMaximum Torque: 4.1N cm

Standard Package Includes:· Control Unit · Motor · Attachment · Collet Chucks (Ø 3 & Ø 2.35 mm)· Handpiece stand · Handpiece Holder · Spanner (7 X 5.1mm) · Pin spanner

Gempower 45000 can be used especially with diamond flywheels for easy and fastcutting. Comes with Gempower 45000 handpiece. The handpiece is vibration freeand has built-in ball bearings. Features superior torque and speed control. Speed canbe controlled by the speed dial in the hand operated mode or through a variablespeed foot pedal. Comes with 3mm chuck.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-012 GEMPOWER 45000 WITH CONTROL BOXMO-013 GEMPOWER 45000 HANDPIECEMO-010 COLLET CHUCK 1/8”MO-015 COLLET CHUCK 3/32”

6. Z500 MotorCompact lightweight table model designed for high productive performance andoverall excellence. A microcomputer integrated controller precisely sets thespeed for optimum cutting and polishing of a variety of materials. Motor hand-piece delivers excellent torque with smooth, quiet vibration free operation. Thecontrol panel has a digital display with variable speed from 1,000-50,000 rpm. Standard Package Includes:· Control Unit Z500SB · Motor Handpiece UM50T · Foot Pedal FC-40· Collet Chucks (Ø 3 & Ø 2.35 mm)

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-290 STANDARD PACKAGEMO-291 MOTOR HANDPIECE UM50TMO-292 FOOT PEDAL FC-40


FLEXSHAFTS

114

11. Foredom® Quick Change No 18 & 18D (Duplex)Impressive handpiece for the stone setter that has applications involving numerous toolchanges. Quiet continuous operation, pre-loaded lubricated ball bearings and a rapidlock/release lever for tools with 3/32” shanks.

8. No.30 & 330 HandpieceGeneral purpose, continuous duty handpiece. One piece, light weight metal body, withpermanently sealed ball bearings that requires no lubrication. Protected Jacobs 3 jawchuck to grip all tools with straight shanks up to 5/32”. Includes chuck key.

9. Foredom® No.35 HandpieceThe ideal handpiece for diamond fly tools and carbide points. Speed up to 35,000 rpm,with a planetary drive, from a motor speed of maximum 12,000 rpm. Single piece construction, with double shield, pre-lubricated ball bearings. Includes 1/8” collet withwrench. Collets for other sizes are available.

™

10. Foredom® Hammer Handpiece No 15 & 15DA precision made affordable handpiece for stone setters. Create textures, florentine, setstones in channels, close bezels and prongs. Adjustable 5,000 stroke per minute with animpact hammer action. Uses screw style tools, diamond pave and carbide points.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-160 #18D WITH DUPLEX SPRINGMO-161 #18

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-162 FOREDOM HANDPIECE #30MO-163 GEMS HANDPIECE #30

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-165 #35 HANDPIECE

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-172 #15MO-173 #15D WITH DUPLEX SPRING

13. Badeco® Hammer HandpieceDependable striking force makes this handpiece the #1 choice of the professional stonesetter. Close bezels and prongs, design pave, texture and florentine. The duplex springsystem offers complete maneuverability. Working speed 12,000 strokes per minute.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-170 NORMAL STROKE-217MO-171 STRONG STROKE-222MO-435 HAMMER TIP- 0.5mm ROUNDMO-436 HAMMER TIP- 1mm ROUNDMO-437 HAMMER TIP- 1mm SQUAREMO-438 HAMMER TIP- 0.5 X 1mm OVALMO-439 SET OF 9 TIPSAW-031 DELUXE LASER POINT

12. Badeco® Rotary Handpiece

A high precision handpiece, ergonomically styled for long periods of hand carving, grinding and finishing. Quiet, vibration free model, with three super precision bearings toachieve a maximum speed up to 18,000 rpm. Ingenious clamping and unclamping oftools by only a quarter turn of the body, eliminates the use of keys or spanners.Unit is complete with 3/32” collet.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-158 MODEL -437MO-159 MODEL-437 WITH DUPLEX SPRING

MO-435/MO-436

MO-437

MO-438

AW-031

MO-439


FLEXSHAFTS

115

14. Faro® HandpiecesLight weight one piece body with permanently lubricated, double sealed ball bearings.Quick tool change system provides real time savings. Comes with or without duplex connectorand one 3/32” collet.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-155 HANDPIECE STANDARD MODELMO-156 H/PIECE WITH DUPLEX SPRINGMO-157 DUPLEX CONNECTION

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-175 FARO HAMMER

18. Carbon Foot Control -CFL-15A reliable carbon rheostat foot control housed in ametal body. Continuous speed variation forForedom motors type “CC” & “S”

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-138 CFL /110V/ 60HzMO-139 CFL /220V/ 50Hz

19. Electronic Foot Control -SCTWide base design, non-slip floor grip, speed con-troller in a metal body. Dependable solid statecircuitry for continuous speed variation ofForedom Motors type “CC” & “S”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-136 SCT-1 /110V/ 60HzMO-137 SCT-2 /220V/ 50Hz

20. Electronic Foot Control -FCTSolid state, foot operated control in a high impactplastic housing, with skid resistant base. Positivecontinuous range of speeds from low to high.Suitable for all Foredom motors type “CC” & “S”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-134 FCT-1 /110V/ 60HzMO-135 FCT-2 /220V/ 50Hz

21. Electronic Foot Control -FCRHigh impact plastic body with advanced solid statecircuitry, has an built-in feed back to provide fulltorque at low speeds. Low profile, wide body withnon-slip base. May be used with “Gems” motors.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-140 FCR-1 110V/ 60HzMO-141 FCR-2 /220V/ 50Hz

17. Rotary Air Grinder HandpieceA vibration free air powered light weight tool, with a low noise level at the top speed of 80,000 rpm. Handpiece has built-in rotary air vane motor and collet to hold 1/8” shank tools.Slim design affords a comfortable finger tip control. Effective for aggressive roughing, light tomedium finishing and super finishing on all metals. Requires compressed air, filter, lubricator,regulator and 1/8” NPT coupler with hose.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-350 ROTARY AIR GRINDERMO-351 SPARE COLLET 1/8”MO-352 SPARE COLLET 3/32”MO-353 SPARE COLLET 3mmMO-354 REPLACEMENT HOSE 8’

15. Faro® Hammer HandpiecePremium quality, custom engineered, this handpiece works with an impressive power and highaccuracy to perform all diamond pave, texturing and various stone setting operations.Features a sealed ball bearing assembly with a quick tool change system for 3/32” shanks.

16. #40 Handpieces-Italy- Quick ChangePrecision machined, handpiece of superior quality and durability, for increased production.Slim style, permanently sealed ball bearings, adapts to all grinding, cutting and polishing needs.Flip type lever for a rapid tool change suitable for 3/32” shanks.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-166 HANDPIECE STANDARD MODEL Q40MO-167 HANDPIECE DUPLEX MODEL 40D


FLEXSHAFTS

116

™

26. Foredom® SparesForedom kit, inner shafts and outer sheaths.Use for motors type “CC”, “S” & “EE”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-143 INNER SHAFT-CC & S #93MO-144 INNER SHAFT-EE #96AMO-147 OUTER SHEATH-CC & S #77MO-148 OUTER SHEATH-EE #80MO-150 FOREDOM REPAIR KITMO-595 HANDPIECE GRIPMO-598 ARMATURE CC 220V

27. Duplex Connections

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-157 DUPLEX COMPLETE SETMO-157-01 DUPLEX AXLEMO-157-02 COLLAR SCREWMO-157-03 SLOTTED SHAFT MO-157-04 QD SLEEVESMO-157-05 COLLARMO-157-06 INNER SPRINGMO-157-07 OUTER SPRING COVER

24. Chuck AdaptersAn accessory for holding small diameter tools.Adapter shank fits 3/32” quick release handpieces.Do not use with speeds higher than 10,000 rpm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-401 0-1.15mm- SMALLMO-402 0-2.50mm- MEDIUMMO-403 0-2.90mm- LARGE 30. Lubricants

Specifically formulated oil and grease, ensureshours of trouble free performance for motors andflexshafts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-596 OIL (HYPODERMIC)MO-597 GREASE (1 oz TUBE)

22. Pneumatic Air Scribe®

Combine air power (less than 1 cfm) with the Scribe and you have the flexibility to write on a vari-ety of materials, even hardened steel. Super sharp carbide stylus will legibly mark all layouts,designs, and details with flawless accuracy. All that is needed is the addition of a clean airconnection with a filter/lubricator/regulator. Comes with 8’ reinforced hose.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-408 AIR SCRIBE TOOL COMPLETEMO-409 SPARE DIAMOND TIPMO-411 HOSE ASSEMBLYMO-412 STYLUS ASSEMBLYMO-413 AIR FOOT CONTROLMO-414 REPAIR O-RING KITMO-415 CHISEL ASSEMBLYMO-416 REPAIR TOOLS DRIFT & HOLDERMO-417 AIR FILTER ASSEMBLY FOR MO-408

25. ConnectorMetal body accessory that screws on to the end ofForedom motors and secures the flexshaft with apositive lock.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-200 CONNECTOR

29. Chuck KeysTwo different types of chuck keys to fits Jacobschuck 0-5/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-405 CHUCK KEY WITH HANDLEMO-406 CHUCK KEY

23. Motor Brushes

CODE DESCRIPTIONMO-593 BRUSHES FOR “CC”MO-594 BRUSHES FOR “S”

28. Motor HangersSturdy, steel arm motor stand that attaches firmlyto your bench top with three screws. Adjustableheight to suit all working positions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMS-100 FIXED TYPEMS-101 SINGLE-ADJUSTABLE 26”-41”MS-102 DOUBLE-ADJUSTABLE 24”-43”

GAUGES

118

3. Hi-Impact Dial CaliperMade of high impact nylon, its lightweight elegant design makes it a realconvenience for a variety of general applications. Features an accurate dialreading display in/mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-214 STEEL VERNIER-6”

™

2. Steel Vernier CaliperA general purpose stainless steel vernier, with smooth sliding jaws,calibrated in both inch and metric measurements. Three way readings arepossible: inside, outside and depth. Resolution 0.01mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-210 HI-IMPACT NYLON

7. Mitutoyo Plastic CaliperAn affordable digital vernier made in tough reinforced fiberglass. Exclusivethumb grip sliding jaw for rapid reading digital display. For inside or outsidemeasurements in either inch or metric readings. Includes a zero resetfunction. Resolution 0.1mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-521 DIGITAL GAUGE 25mm

6. Digimatic CaliperAn innovation in electronic measuring, this caliper uses high efficiency sensor technology. Engineered in hardened stainless steel for stability anddurability. Features a digital readout in both inch/metric, resolution0.0005”/0.01mm, with hold and zero functions. Additional hold down screwlocks the jaw in position. Inside, outside and depth readings are possible.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-215 MITUTOYO CALIPER 6”

9. Quick Mini Digital GaugeAn ingenious measuring device designed and crafted to the most exactingstandards. Lightweight, ergonomic body, with large measuring faces, usefulfor both thin and thick parts. Clear digital readout with a maximum capacity25mm/1” and a resolution of 0.01mm/ 0.0005”

8. MicrometerAn outside micrometer of the finest quality with a measuring range in inchand mm. Distinct figures and graduations on a non glare backgroundpermits easy reading. Measuring faces are hardened and precision ground.Friction thimble and positive lock lever ensures reliable measurements.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-225 MICROMETER 0-25mmGM-230 MICROMETER 0-1”

1. Sliding GaugesConvenient pocket sized sliding gauges in alloy, brass and plastic. Clearmachine divided graduations. Useful for quick outside measurements inin/mm of small parts or stones.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-204 ALLOY 50mm- GERMANGM-205 PLASTIC 80mm- SWISSGM-206 BRASS 60mmGM-208 BRASS 80mm

5. Digital GaugeA high precision palm sized digital gauge, with a super smooth sliding anvil.Gives a clear digital display in both inch or metric readings. Includes a zerore-set button. Maximum reading 15mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-520 POCKET DIGITAL GAUGE For Leveridge Gauges

see page 87

4. Presidium® Digital CaliperMade of light weight carbon-fiber the Presidium Digital Caliper providesstrength, durability and precise measurement. Features direct digital read-out with solid state electronics, automatic power off, instant conversion frommetric to inch, resolution 0.05mm or 0.002”.

CODE CAPACITYGM-217 0-150mm/ 0-6”

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-211 DIGIMATIC 6”-MITUTOYOGM-212 DIGIMATIC 4”-MITUTOYOGM-213 DIGIMATIC 6”-ECONOMYGM-209 DIGIMATIC 4”-ECONOMY

GAUGES

119

13. Pocket Degree GaugesLightweight, sensitive, smaller than conventional gauge for measurementsup to 10mm. Made of stainless steel with easy to read indices. Wax gaugecomes with rounded points 4” in length.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-297 DEGREE GAUGE FOR WAXGM-298 DEGREE GAUGE FOR STEEL

14. Degree Gauges- FrenchHigh precision degree gauges superbly constructed in extra fine qualitysteel, with black etched graduations on a glare free surface ensureaccurate readings. The combination degree gauge measures in bothmillimeters and lignes. Range 15mm and 6 lignes. 61/2” in length.

16. Degree Gauges -GermanPrecision degree gauges in stainless steel with contrasting brass indices toenhance readability. Superior construction with return spring action ensuresperfect accuracy.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-301 SINGLE-1/10mmGM-302 COMBINATION

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-295 0-10mm / 0.1mm -SMALL 4”GM-296 0-15mm / 0.1mm -LARGE 61/2”

™

15. Moe Type Degree GaugeA convenient way for quick estimates of carat weight without the need toremove stones from their settings. Measurement of the girdle diameter witha cross reference chart indicates weight.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-299 DEGREE GAUGE

17. Bracelet GaugeAn economical strap type gauge that easily adjusts to measure bracelets orother wrist jewelry. Clear legible markings in 1/4” increments.Measures circumference in inches from 5” to 9”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-307 BRACELET GAUGE

11. Starrett® Dividers with Round LegsHighly polished dividers made of spring steel with hardened, tempered andwell balanced round legs. Floating washer and thumb screw permit fast andpositive adjustment.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-239 3” ROUND LEGS

12. Dividers with Square LegsHeavy duty hardened and tempered steel with square legs that will not flexor bend. Sturdy spring pivot and a centrally located fine adjustment screwensures precise setting over the entire range.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-236 4” SQUARE LEGSGM-237 3” SQUARE LEGSGM-238 3” WITH REPLACEABLE POINTSGM-241 SPARE POINTS FOR GM-238

10. Flexible RulerIndispensable for general layout work, these flexible stainless steel rulershave micro fine etched graduations that will not wear away. Markings ininches and millimeters, by 1/64” and 0.5mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-701 S.S RULER

™

24. Steel Bracelet Mandrels with TangShape, stretch or form bracelets using these tough polished cast ironmandrels. Available in round or oval forms, stepped or tapered all with 11/2”tangs for holding in a vise.

SteppedCODE SHAPE SIZEMD-015 OVALMD-020 ROUND

18. Standard Flat BandsConvenient, easy to use, accurate US standard sizes # 1- 15 including halfsizes. Each band is clearly marked and colored for easy reading.

20. Wide Band Finger SizerA complete set of wide band ring sizers in bright nickel plated brass, eachindividually smooth finished. Sizes #1-15 including half sizes. Ideal forwedding band ring measurements.

TaperedCODE SHAPE SIZEMD-021 OVALMD-022 ROUND

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-001 STANDARD FLAT BANDS- USA

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-004 WIDE BAND FINGER SIZER

GAUGES

120

23. Half Round Finger SizerExtremely comfortable for measurements, the inside of these ring sizersare half round to facilitate easy on and easy off. Includes US standardsizes #1-13 with half sizes, clearly marked and colored for easy reading.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-007 HALF ROUND FINGER SIZER

21. Plastic Finger SizerAn economical version of ring sizers in plastic, # 1-13with half sizes. Useful to give customers formeasurement at home.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-005 PLASTIC FINGER SIZER

22. Jumbo Finger SizerA set of five larger than ordinary ring sizers made in polished nickel platedbrass. Sizes include 14, 141/2, 15, 151/2 & 16.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-006 JUMBO FINGER SIZER

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-002 WIDE BANDGM-003 REGULAR

19. Deluxe Ring SizerA customer-friendly way to check ring sizes. All individually calibrated,together with a universal ring stick, displayed in an attractive storage box.Includes a conversion chart for American, English, and French sizes.

GAUGES

121

26. Universal Ring StickA ring stick fashioned from lightweight aluminum with an integral handle.Measures in US and European ring sizes and shows both diameter and circumference in millimeters.Calibrated in US sizes #2-15 in 1/4 size increments.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-100 REGULAR

31. Ring Sticks HollowElegantly finished, tubular nickel plated ring stick is extra lightweight andprovided with a shaped redwood handle for comfort. Ideal for wax workingas the hollow tube does not retain heat. The grooved style is for measuringstone set rings. Measures sizes #1-15 in 1/4 size increments.

30. Steel Ring MandrelsThese hardened and polished steel mandrels are especially useful forshaping and forming rings. Accommodates all ring sizes #1-15 in 1/4 sizeincrements.

27. Aluminum Ring SticksA durable, economical solid aluminum ring stick in two versions, regular orgrooved for stone set rings. Measures # 1-15 in 1/4 size increments.

29. Plastic Ring StickMade of hard plastic, this ring stick provides precise and accurate measure-ments. Markings are legible and indicate sizes #1-15 in 1/4 size increments.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-103 REGULARGM-104 GROOVED



CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-105 GROOVED

25. Jumbo Steel Ring MandrelThis extra large size mandrel accommodates sizes 16 to 24 in 1/4 sizeincrements. It is provided with a knurled hand grip and is practical for useon custom designed jewelry. Overall length 8”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-099 JUMBO STEEL MANDREL

28. Bezel MandrelsQuite simply, the fast way to form bezels in different shapes. May also beused to make decorative wire forms. These mandrels are made of casehardened steel, precision finished and polished. Mandrel portion is approx.8” long with a 1/2” to 1/8” taper.

CODE SHAPE LENGTHGM-108 SQUARE 11”GM-109 ROUND 8”GM-110 TRIANGLE 11”GM-111 OVAL 11”GM-112 RECTANGLE 11”GM-113 ROUND 11”

32. Wire Steel GaugeMade of heavy gauge hardened and tempered steel and useful formeasuring all wire and sheets of ferrous or non-ferrous metal. Calibrated ingauge numbers as well as decimals.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-390 WIRE STEEL GAUGE- USA

™

GAUGES

122

35. Baker GaugeThe holes in this gauge are used to measure stones and the extensions areused to measure mountings. Gauge has millimeter and carat measurements.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-401 BAKER GAUGE

37. Accurate Diamond GaugePocket sized, aluminum gauge, provides the comparative size of gemstones in carats. Size range is 1 point to 2.1 carats. Estimates round,brilliant cuts and baguettes.

34. Diamond/Pearl GaugeAn efficient, accurate plastic gauge for determining the size of loose ormounted stones when other methods are unavailable. Clearly markednumbers provide instant estimates.

38. K & B Diamond GaugeFlat, tempered aluminum pocket gauge measures loose or mounted stonesranging from three points to 4 carats. Handy birthstone chart is imprinted onthe reverse.

40. Fan Type Diamond GaugesCompact, fan type, pocket gauge in stainless steel. Overall 31/2” length.Measures in carat weight all stone cuts in brilliant, marquise, pear, square,emerald and oval.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-402 ACCURATE DIAMOND GAUGE

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-403 DIAMOND/PEARL GAUGE

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-601 K & B DIAMOND GAUGE

CODE FAN CARATGM-303 3 0.1 TO 4GM-304 4 0.1 TO 6GM-308 7 0.1 TO 7

39. Diamond GaugePolished steel gauge, in either oval or rectangular shape. Determines thecarat weight of loose or mounted stones, from 1 point to 4 carats.Embossed marked sizes for easy reading.

CODE SHAPE SIZEGM-305 OVAL 5cmGM-306 RECTANGLE 9 X 2.5cm

36. Pearl & Stone Dial GaugesAn elegant, sensitive, precision engineered dial gauge for accuratemeasurements of pearls and other small stones. Parallel ground measuringfaces for rounds and baguettes in 0.1mm increments up to a maximumof 10mm. Dial rotates for absolute zero setting.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-501 0.1-10mmGM-502 0.1-20mmGM-503 0.1-10mm ECONOMYGM-504 0.1-20mm ECONOMY

33. Jo-Di GaugeUnique international sizing system. Measures diameter and width of fourbasic shapes: round, marquise, emerald and pear. High contrast blackanodized scale readings are to be compared with the reference booklet.Comes in a handy wallet.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGM-300 JO-DI GAUGE


1. Muller® GraversHigh Speed: These gravers hold an edge up to five times longer than carbon steel gravers. Preferred for use on silver, gold, platinum and steel.May be modified for use with power assisted engraving systems.

Carbon Steel: Made of high grade steel. Suitable for use on metalssuch as copper, silver, gold and other alloys.

GRAVERS

CARBON HIGHSIZE STEEL SPEED3/0 GH-001 GH-1232/0 GH-002 GH-1240 GH-003 GH-1251 GH-004 GH-1262 GH-005 GH-1273 GH-006 GH-1284 GH-007 GH-1295 GH-008 GH-1306 GH-009 -

ONGLETTE

CARBON HIGHSIZE STEEL SPEED50 GH-017 GH-13751 GH-018 GH-13852 GH-019 GH-13953 GH-020 GH-14054 GH-021 GH-14155 GH-022 GH-14256 GH-023 GH-14357 GH-024 GH-14458 GH-025 GH-14559 GH-026 GH-146

ROUND

CARBON HIGHSIZE STEEL SPEED36 GH-034 GH-15137 GH-035 GH-15238 GH-036 GH-15339 GH-037 GH-15440 GH-038 GH-15541 GH-039 GH-15642 GH-040 GH-15743 GH-041 GH-15844 GH-042 GH-15945 GH-043 GH-16046 GH-044 -

FLAT

CARBON HIGHSIZE STEEL SPEED0 GH-011 GH-1321 GH-012 GH-1332 GH-013 GH-1343 GH-014 GH-1354 GH-015 GH-136

KNIFE

CARBON HIGHSIZE STEEL SPEED0 GH-063 GH-1701 GH-064 GH-1712 GH-065 GH-1723 GH-066 GH-1734 GH-067 -5 GH-068 -

BEVEL

CARBONSIZE STEEL1 GH-0912 GH-0923 GH-093

TAPER LOZENGE

CARBONSIZE STEEL1 GH-0592 GH-0603 GH-061

TAPER SQUARE

CARBONSIZE STEEL0 GH-0701 GH-0712 GH-0723 GH-0734 GH-0745 GH-0756 GH-0767 GH-0778 GH-0789 GH-07910 GH-08011 GH-08112 GH-08213 GH-08314 GH-08415 GH-08516 GH-08617 GH-08718 GH-08819 GH-08920 GH-090

LOZENGE

Use bur lube to extend graver

lifeand brighten cuts.

CARBONSIZE STEEL0 GH-0451 GH-0462 GH-0473 GH-0484 GH-0495 GH-0506 GH-0517 GH-0528 GH-0539 GH-05410 GH-05511 GH-05612 GH-05713 GH-058

SQUARE

CARBONSIZE STEEL63 GH-02864 GH-02965 GH-03066 GH-03167 GH-032

OVAL

4”

3”

™


GRAVERS

125

2. Yellow Tang High Speed GraversThese gravers are specially used by stone setters, die sinkers, jewelersand watch makers. Excellent for use on all alloys and precious metals.Made of High Speed Steel hardened and tempered. All gravers may bere-sharpened when needed.

3. Straight & Bent Line GraversE.C. Muller® line gravers are essential for performing various engraving techniques.The first number is the grade. For reference #6 is the smallest #32 is the largest.The second number is the number of lines that can be engraved at a time.

4. Adjustable Graver HandleSet the graver to the required length and lock in position by the set screw.Useful for working with gravers of short lengths.

HIGHSIZE SPEED50 GH-24051 GH-24152 GH-24253 GH-24354 GH-24455 GH-24556 GH-246

ROUNDHIGH

SIZE SPEED36 GH-23037 GH-23138 GH-23239 GH-23340 GH-23441 GH-23542 GH-23643 GH-23745 GH-238

FLAT

HIGHSIZE SPEED5/0 GH-2154/0 GH-2163/0 GH-2172/0 GH-2180 GH-2191 GH-2202 GH-2213 GH-2224 GH-2235 GH-2246 GH-2257 GH-2268 GH-227

ONGLETTE

HIGH CARBONSIZE STEEL6/4 GH-1816/6 GH-1826/8 GH-1836/10 GH-1846/18 GH-184-018/4 GH-1858/6 GH-1868/10 GH-18712/8 GH-187-0112/10 GH-18812/12 GH-188-0112/16 GH-188-0214/10 GH-18916/4 GH-189-0116/8 GH-189-02

STRAIGHT LINEHIGH CARBON

SIZE STEEL16/10 GH-189-0316/12 GH-189-0416/16 GH-189-0518/4 GH-189-0718/6 GH-189-0818/8 GH-189-0918/10 GH-189-1018/12 GH-189-1120/10 GH-189-1324/6 GH-189-1524/8 GH-189-1626/10 GH-189-1828/10 GH-189-2030/10 GH-189-2232/8 GH-189-24

STRAIGHT LINE

HIGH CARBONSIZE STEEL6/4 GH-1906/6 GH-190-016/8 GH-190-026/10 GH-190-03

BENT LINE

Use bur lube to extend graver

lifeand brighten cuts.

65mm

™

CODE LENGTHGH-263 21/2”GH-264 3”


™

GRAVERS

126

5. Graver HandlesHandles for gravers made in fine finished hardwood. Ends are reinforced withmetal sleeves to retain the tang firmly. CODE SHAPE DIA. X LEN.

GH-253 MUSHROOM 11/4” X 23/4”GH-254 MUSHROOM 11/4” X 13/4”GH-256 HALF HEAD 11/4” X 2”GH-258 HALF HEAD 13/8” X 15/8”GH-259 PEAR 15/8” X 17/8”GH-260 PEAR 11/4” X 13/4”GH-261 ROUND 13/8” X 15/8”GH-262 GOURD 15/16” X 21/2”

6. Graver SharpenerA precision tool that secures the graver in the required angle for sharpening.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGH-180 GRAVER SHARPENER

7. Crocker Pattern-Graver SharpenerA useful fixture to assist sharpening of gravers on bench stones.Any precise angle may be pre-set with the setting index.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGH-179 CROCKER GRAVER SHARPENER

9. Electric EngraverA very useful tool for engraving symbols, layout work and identificationmarks. High speed reciprocation of a finely pointed carbide tip marks theobject. Controls may be set from slow to rapid. Replaceable carbide tips areavailable. Diamond tips are optional.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGH-207 110V/ 60HzGH-208 220V/ 50HzGH-211 ENGRAVER CARBIDE POINTGH-212 ENGRAVER DIAMOND POINT

10. Burgess Vibro EngraverRugged industrial engraver that hammer marks permanently into hardenedsteel, metal, stone, ceramic, glass or wood. Tungsten carbide tip vibrates at7,200 strokes per minute. Calibrated dial controls impact from light toheavy. Ergonomic design allows for extended periods of work.

CODE DESCRIPTIONGH-201 110V/ 60HzGH-202 220V/ 50HzGH-203 DIAMOND SPARE TIPGH-204 TUNGSTEN CARBIDE TIP

8. Original Arkansas StonesNatural Arkansas stones are excellent for sharpening and final honing of gravers. Available in hard andultra hard grades. Hard grades are dense-grained and ideal for pre-sharpening. Ultra hard are close-grained for final honing. Lubricate with a light oil for rapid cutting.

CODE SIZE GRADEAT-004 4” X 2” X 1/2” HARDAT-006 6” X 2” X 1/2” HARDAT-008 8” X 2” X 1/2” HARDAT-014 4” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARDAT-016 6” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARDAT-018 8” X 2” X 1/2” EX-HARD

Imported ArkansasCODE SIZE GRADEAT-020 100 X 40 X 12mm HARDAT-021 100 X 50 X 12mm HARDAT-021-01 125 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-02 150 X 40 X 18mm HARDAT-021-03 150 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-04 175 X 50 X 18mm HARDAT-021-05 200 X 50 X 18mm HARD

PEAR

ROUND

GOURD

HALF ROUND

MUSHROOM

HAMMERS

128

1. Chasing HammersMade of forged steel with a hardwood handle.One large face to flatten and the other round toform shapes. CODE DIA. NET WT.

HM-304-01 1” 4 oz -GERMANHM-305 11/8” 5 oz -GERMANHM-306 11/4” 6 oz -ECONOHM-310 11/8” 4 oz -ECONO

Handles for Chasing HammersHM-311 PISTOL HANDLEHM-312 ROUND HANDLE

2. Riveting HammersMade of drop forged chrome plated steel withhardwood handles. Head has one flat side forspreading and the other for levelling.

3. Goldsmith HammerEspecially designed for the jeweler, this hammer ismade of gun metal with polished finished ends.One end is flat and the other is chisel shaped.Ideal for riveting, forming and shaping work.Made in Germany.

4. Ball Pein HammersMade of drop forged polished hardened steel with ahardwood handle for solid striking force .One end flat and the other round.

5. Brass Head MalletSolid brass head will not mar thin or soft metals.Fitted with a hardwood handle, overall length 9”.

CODE DIA. X L SHAPEHM-700 3/8” X 3” ROUND-FRENCHHM-705 1/2” X 35/8” ROUND-FRENCHHM-706 1/2” X 4” SQUARE-GERMAN

CODE DESCRIPTIONHM-280 GOLDSMITH HAMMER

CODE DIA. X L NET WT.HM-313 1/2” X 2” 2 ozHM-314 3/4” X 23/4” 4 ozHM-315 7/8” X 3” 8 oz

CODE NET WT.HM-283 2 oz

™

6. Mallets-Removable FacesThis mallet face ends may be changed to anycombination. Different ends of fiber, nylon orbrass are available.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHM-284 BRASS & FIBER HAMMER 4 ozHM-285 BRASS & NYLON HAMMER 4 ozHM-286 EXTRA BRASS HEADHM-287 EXTRA FIBER HEADHM-288 EXTRA NYLON HEAD

7. Nylon Mallets-GermanThese soft nylon faced mallets will not mar ordent work. Mallet is well balanced and providedwith hardwood handle. CODE DIA.

HM-320 22mmHM-321 27mm

HM-706

HAMMERS

129

12. Rawhide MalletsCured rawhide, shellac treated mallet will not impair or mar metal surfaces. All fittedwith durable hardwood handles.

CODE STYLE DIA. X L NET WT.HM-300 0 1” X 2” 2.5 ozHM-301 1 11/4” X 21/2” 4.5 ozHM-302 2 11/2” X 3” 6.0 ozHM-303 3 13/4” X 31/2” 9.5 ozHM-304 4 2” X 31/2” 12.0 oz

11. Plastic Mallets- USAAbrasion resistant plastic mallet fitted with a hardwood handle that has a bouncesimilar to rawhide. Absorbs impact and leaves surfaces smooth.

8. Watch Maker HammersSwiss style hammers, with finely polished forged steel heads fitted on hardwoodhandles. Use for miniature work.

13. Planishing HammersForged steel hammers, with hardened and polished ends. Cambered faces forefficient work. All mounted on hardwood handles, perfectly balanced for goodstriking power.

CODE DIA.HM-318 11/2”HM-319 13/4”

CODE HEAD LGTH.HM-712 50mmHM-713 60mmHM-714 70mmHM-715 80mm

™

9. Egg Head HammerThe best tool for the jewelers with changeable heads, steel, aluminumalloy or nylon. Manually turn the hammerhead for replacement.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-115 HAMMER WITH 3 HEADS

Double Headed Hammers

CODE HEAD LGTH. ENDS SIZE GRAMSHM-720 95mm 24mm X 21mm 200HM-721 105mm 28mm X 28mm 375HM-722 130mm 21mm X 22mm 200HM-723 140mm 24mm X 24mm 300

HM-300

HM-301

HM-302

HM-304

HM-318

HM-319

10. Toroid HammerVersatile well finished hammer. Quality made with a comfortable handle.One head has three faces; brass, steel and nylon. Simple choice of face by easypull out and turn.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHM-710 TOROID HAMMERAN-390 2” ANVIL

HM-720

HM-721

HM-722

HM-723

AN-390

HM-710

HAMMERS

130

™

CODE HEAD LGTH. END SIZES GRAMSHM-724 95mm 24mm X 24mm 250HM-725 95mm 24mm X 24mm 250HM-733 80mm 25mm X 27mm 170HM-734 120mm 18 X 35mm/22 X 35mm 375

CODE HEAD LGTH. END SIZES GRAMSHM-727 125mm 20 X 18mm/24 X 22mm 250HM-728 120mm 16 X 18mm 175

CODE HEAD LGTH. END SIZES GRAMSHM-729 115mm 31 X 10mm/33 X 12mm 250HM-730 110mm 27 X 7mm/27 X 6mm 250HM-731 115mm 20 X 4mm/20 X 6mm 200

CODE HEAD LGTH. END SIZES GRAMSHM-732 115mm 27mm 375

14. Hammers for Precious MetalsmithingEspecially for metalsmithing on precious metals. Ground and polished ends withhickory handles provide the right amount of balance.

15. Grooving and Bordering HammersHigh grade steel hammer ends hardened and polished. Handles are made ofhardwood. Ideal for working in confined areas and edge finishing.

17. Forming HammersHammers made of quality steel. Ends are hardened and fine polished. All fittedwith hardwood handles. Use to form metal to desired shapes.

18. Combination HammerA high quality steel, hardened and polished hammer, one end for planishing andthe other end for grooving. Used to spread, flatten and form metal.

HM-726

HM-727

HM-728

HM-731

HM-730

HM-729

HM-734HM-733

HM-724

HM-725

CODE HEAD LGTH. END SIZES GRAMSHM-726 100mm 25 X 25mm 250

16. Stretching HammerMade of quality steel. Ends are hardened and fine polished. Fitted with hardwoodhandles.

HM-732

LAMPS & LOUPES

132

™

1. Dazor® LampsA metal enamel finished floating arm fluorescent lamp with 15W daylighttubes to provide natural light. The mechanical construction is enclosed, withno exposed springs or wires and its movement is easily positioned.Available in different colors and styles. Tubes and bulbs are not covered bywarranty. UL listed.

CODE GRAY BLACK VOLTS TUBESCLAMP LM-101 LM-102 110V 2CLAMP LM-103 LM-104 220V 2DESK LM-105 LM-106 110V 2DESK LM-107 LM-108 220V 2CLAMP LM-110 LM-111 110V 3CLAMP LM-112 LM-113 220V 3DESK LM-114 LM-115 110V 3DESK LM-116 LM-117 220V 3

Replacement Daylight TubeLM-100 15W DAYLIGHT TUBE

CODE DESCRIPTIONLM-134 FLIP LAMP 110VLM-135 FLIP LAMP 220V

Replacement Fluorescent Bulb

LM-136 FOR LM-134 & LM-135

2. Dazor® Circline Magnifying LampsA well designed shadow free light around a magnifying lens with a Circlinefluorescent tube. The swing arm has a 42” reach with adjustable positioning. Magnification power of three diaopters (+75%) with 13” focaldistance. UL listed.

CODE GRAY BLACK VOLTSCLAMP LM-120 LM-121 110VCLAMP LM-122 LM-123 220VDESK LM-124 LM-125 110VDESK LM-126 LM-127 220VReplacement TubeLM-128 22W CIRCLINE TUBE

3. Portable Flip Lamp- White LightEspecially for gems and jewelry, these lightweight, compact folding lampsare excellent for stone grading and color matching. Adjustable positioningand an auto shut off when closed. May be swiveled a full 360°. A 13W fluorescent bulb is included.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLM-140 110VLM-141 220VLM-142 REPLACEMENT BULB

4. Assymetria Fluorescent LampEnergy saving lamp provides a soft diffused light for comfortable viewing.The assymetric pattern of the light lowers the reflective glare and ensuresample coverage of the viewing area. Adjustable arm with clamp on baseallows for easy positioning. Includes fluorescent double tube 13w, cord andplug, with a separate table top base.

LAMPS & LOUPES

133

11. Economy Eye LoupesAn economical lightweight loupe with ground and polished lens set in blackplastic holder. Provides distortion free viewing. Available in different focaldistances.

CODE POWER FOCALDISTANCE

LW-110 10X 1”LW-115 7X 11/2”LW-120 5X 2”LW-125 4X 21/2”LW-130 3.3X 3”LW-135 3X 31/2”LW-140 2.5X 4”LW-145 2X 5”

™

5. B & L® Hastings Triplet LoupesA Hastings lens has three lenses bondedtogether to form a compound lens. View sharpmagnified images with no color distortion.

CODE POWER FOCAL LENSDISTANCE DIAMETER

LD-210 10X 1” 15.8mmLD-214 14X 3/4” 12.5mmLD-220 20X 1/2” 8.25mm

6. B & L® Coddington LoupesSingle lens constructed loupe with an internaldiaphragm to provide a larger field of distortionfree viewing. Chrome plated swing type caseprotects the loupe.


LD-230 10X 1” 19.75mmLD-234 14X 3/4” 15.75mmLD-240 20X 1/2” 12.45mm

9. B & L® Watch Makers-Double Lens Eye Loupes

Twice the magnification in a single lens. Screw off the front lens when not needed. Attractive non-reflective black finish with precision ground andpolished lenses for maximum clarity.


LW-212 4X & 7X 11/2” X 21/2”

10. B & L® Single Lens Eye LoupesOptical precision ground lightweight lens with soft black interior provides aclear field of view. These magnifiers have a lens diameter of 1”.


LW-204 4X 21/2”LW-205 5X 2”LW-207 7X 11/2”LW-210 10X 1”

7. Gems 10X Triplet LoupesFour models are available. Each has a large, clear, tintless roundglass lens. Working distance 1”. Comes with leather pouch.

CODE COLOR LENS DIA.LD-662 BLACK 21mmLD-663 CHROME 21mmLD-667 GOLD 21mmLD-668 RUBBER 21mm

CODE COLOR LENS DIA.LD-702 BLACK 18mmLD-703 CHROME 18mmLD-707 GOLD 18mmLD-708 RUBBER 18mm

8. H. Schneider® Jewelers LoupeA world renowned professional jewelers loupe. Unsurpassed high qualityviewing through a three lens system. The aplanatic-achromatic design pro-vides a view that is distortion free from every angle. Lens dia 21mm.


LD-503 10X 1”

LAMPS & LOUPES

134

™

12. Zeiss Professional LoupePocket magnifiers for the professional. The aplanatic and achromaticdesign of the Zeiss lens system provides a field of view that is free of chro-matic aberrations and distortion in the peripheral zone. The anti-reflective coating prevents glare. Protected in a leather pouch.

15. Nikon Professional LoupeA rare combination of peerless clarity and unrivaled optical quality from theworld leader in optics. Compound lenses deliver a distinct magnified imagewith no color distortion. Images are as sharp at the edges as at the center.Comes in a leather pouch.

CODE POWER DIST. DIA.LD-500 10X 1” 19.75mm

17. B & L® Illuminated Coddington LoupeA combined magnifier and light source. Illuminates the object being viewedthrough the lens. Powered by two AA penlight batteries (not included).Measures 53/4” overall length.


LD-290 10X 1” 19.75mm

CODE POWER DIST. DIA.LD-501 10X 1” 19.75mm

13. Gold Loupes-14KtAn exquisite gift for jewelers who need nothing but the best clear color corrected lens with a powerful 10X magnification, set in a finely craftedbasket weave case.

CODE POWER FOCALLD-510 10X 1”LD-514 14X 3/4”LD-520 20X 1/2”

16. Double Lens 10X LoupesAn economical combination of two lenses that provide distortion freeviewing.

14. 10X Triplet LoupesColor corrected triplet lens that ensures distortion free viewing.

CODE LENS DIA.LD-713 14mmLD-721 23mm

10X- 20.5mm.

CODE COLORLD-762 BLACKLD-763 CHROMELD-765 MARBLELD-767 GOLDLD-768 RUBBER

20X- 18mm

CODE COLORLD-901 CHROME

10X- 18mm.

CODE COLORLD-902 BLACKLD-903 CHROMELD-907 GOLDLD-908 RUBBER

18. Illuminated LoupesNewly designed illuminated magnifying glass with a spotlight for night timeuse. Color corrected lens helps for long periods of observation without eyefatigue. Comes with a leather carrying case. Batteries not included.


LD-291 10X 1” 21mmLD-292 14X 1” 14mm

LOUPES & LAMPS

135

20. Clips-on Opticaid® Magnifiers -USAMagnifier has flexible wire clip for use with any eyeglass frame.Scratch-proof optical quality acrylic, prismatic lens.

23. Spring Clip Opticaid® Magnifiers- USAMay be used with any metal or plastic eyeglass frames. Scratch proofoptical quality acrylic, prismatic lens.

21. Magnifying Specs-USACan be worn alone or over eyeglasses. Scratch-proof optical qualityacrylic, prismatic lens.

19. Telesight MagnifiersBinocular eye loupe in full-frame, half-frame and clip-on type. May be used with prescription glasses including bifocals. Lenses are of optical quality acrylicand are abrasion resistant. Light in weight with tension clamps for instant attachment and flip-up.

CODE POWER FOCALLS-249 11/2X 20”LS-250 13/4X 14”LS-251 2X 10”LS-252 21/4X 8”LS-253 23/4X 6”LS-254 31/2X 4”

CODE POWER FOCALLS-255 11/2X 20”LS-256 13/4X 14”LS-257 2X 10”LS-258 21/4X 8”LS-259 23/4X 6”LS-260 31/2X 4”

CODE STYLE POWER FOCALLS-329 #2 11/2X 20”LS-330 #3 13/4X 14”LS-331 #4 2X 10”LS-332 #5 21/4X 8”LS-333 #7 23/4X 6”LS-334 #10 31/2X 4”

™

Clip-on

CODE STYLE POWER FOCALDISTANCE

LS-313 23 13/4X 14”LS-314 24 2X 11”LS-315 25 21/4X 9”LS-316 26 21/2X 7”LS-317 28 3X 5”

Half Frame



Full Frame



22. Loupe ChainsAttaching these chains to the swivel end of your jewelers loupe willkeep it handy at all times.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLD-204 GOLDLD-205 CHROME

25. Tripod MagnifierA fixed distance focal length magnifier designed for viewing engravingdetails. May also be used for assembly of delicate parts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLT-001 MAGNIFIER 10X

24. B & L® Spectacle Loupes-Single/Double Lens

Single lens spectacle loupe clips on to a frame and flips out when not inuse. Double lens is two separate lenses that may be used together orsingly.

CODE POWER FOCALLS-203 3X 31/2”LS-204 4X 21/2”LS-205 5X 2”LS-207 7X 11/2”LS-235 3X, 5X 31/2” & 2”LS-247 4X, 7X 11/2” & 11/2”

LOUPES & LAMPS

136

™

28. OptiSight™ -USAOptiSight magnifying visor provides hands-free magnification for more accurate and efficient viewing. The visortilts up for normal viewing or down for magnification. OptiSight brings work closer into focus, reducing eye strainand fatigue. Available in assorted colors.

29. Optivisor®- USAOptivisor lenses are manufactured from high quality optical glass prepared to ophthalmic standards. Frames arelight in weight, durable and impact resistant. The visor is pivot mounted to the head band so that it may beadjusted to any position. Lens plates are interchangeable.

30. AccurSITE™

A magnifier with dual lens prismatic system that allows eye focus on the object at a proper viewing distance.May be worn over prescription eyeglasses or safety glasses. Visor tilts above when not needed. Comfortablepadded headband is adjustable to fit any person.

26. Megaview Plastic Lenses- JapanIdeal for viewing micro-fine details, without distortion. Light in weight, high qualitylenses have a scratch proof coating.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLS-396 LENS-2XLS-397 LENS-21/2XLS-398 LENS-3XLS-400 MEGAVIEW- 3 LENSES

Optivisor


LS-402 DA2 11/2X 20”LS-403 DA3 13/4X 14”LS-404 DA4 2X 10”LS-405 DA5 21/2X 8”LS-407 DA7 23/4X 6”LS-410 DA10 31/2X 4”OptiloupeLS-411 ATTACHMENT 21/2X

Lens Plates


LS-422 #2 11/2X 20”LS-423 #3 13/4X 14”LS-424 #4 2X 10”LS-425 #5 21/2X 8”LS-427 #7 23/4X 6”LS-430 #10 31/2X 4”SparesLS-412 COMFORT LEATHER BANDLS-460 VISOR LIGHT W/BATTERY PACKLS-461 VISOR LIGHT REPLACEMENT BULB


LS-432 AL3 13/4X 14”LS-433 AL4 2X 10”LS-434 AL5 21/2X 8”LS-435 AL7 23/4X 6”

Lens Plates


LS-440 #3 13/4X 14”LS-441 #4 2X 10”LS-442 #5 21/2X 8”LS-443 #7 23/4X 6”

27. Rayner Emerald FilterIdentify emeralds professionally. The filter detects dyed greenand blue chalcedony when viewed in intense light.Synthetic emeralds will appear red or pink, while green stoneswill appear green.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLD-909 EMERALD FILTER

CODE DESCRIPTION COLORLS-450 W/3 LENS PLATE GREENLS-451 W/3 LENS PLATE BLUELS-452 W/3 LENS PLATE TANLS-453 W/3 LENS PLATE REDLS-454 W/3 LENS PLATE PURPLELS-455 W/3 LENS PLATE GRAY

Lens Plates


LS-456 #3 13/4X 14”LS-457 #4 2X 10”LS-458 #5 21/2X 8”LS-459 #7 23/4X 6”


PLATING

138

™

1. PicklersThis 14 oz. capacity pickler is safe and effective for removing oxides or firescale from the surfaces of gold, silver and non-ferrous alloys. Comes withacid resistant retrieval baskets for easy immersion and removal. Constantbath temperature at 140°F/60°C. Provided with polypropylene perforatedbasket for easy immersion and retrieval of articles of jewelry, when workingwith hot pickling solutions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPB-210 14 oz 110VPB-211 14 oz 220VPB-217 BASKET

2. Copper TongsThese tongs are suitable to use when immersing articles in pickling oracidic solutions. Will not contaminate, nor corrode the solutions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-444 BENT- 9”TW-445 FISH TAIL- 9”

4. Pyrex Beakers & CoversUseful for liquid measurement, these beakers are graduated andprovided with spouts for easy pouring. Covers are essential to storeand protect plating solutions from contamination.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-527 BEAKER-50mlPE-528 BEAKER- 600mlPE-529 BEAKER-1000mlPE-530 COVER FOR 600mlPE-532 COVER FOR 1000ml

5. Stainless BeakersTwo sizes of beakers are available. When a lead wire from the rectifieris connected to the beaker, it acts as the anode for electro stripping,electrocleaning or gold plating.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-534 SS BEAKER-600mlPE-535 SS BEAKER-1200ml

6. Binding Wires- Copper and IronPure Copper Wire, soft and pliable, for suspending articles of jewelryin plating baths. Do not use for rhodium or electro stripping.Iron Wire, for binding various items together. May be used to bindarticles while soldering.

CODE GAUGE INCH TYPEPE-150 18 0.040 1 lb COPPERPE-151 20 0.032 1 lb COPPERPE-152 22 0.025 1 lb COPPERPE-153 24 0.020 1 lb COPPERPE-160 20 0.032 8 oz IRONPE-161 22 0.025 8 oz IRONPE-162 24 0.020 8 oz IRONPE-163 26 0.016 8 oz IRON

3. Plating RacksWell designed, in rows, with numerous hooks, these racks are made ofheavy gauge polycoated copper for protection when immersed in plating baths.

CODE DIA. ROWS HOOKSSO-364 2” 1 8SO-365 2” 2 16SO-366 2” 3 24SO-367 3” 1 12SO-368 3” 2 24SO-369 3” 3 36SO-370 4” 1 16SO-371 4” 2 32SO-372 4” 3 48


PLATING

139

™

11. Sparex® Pickling CompoundNon-flammable, granular dry acid compound, for use in Picklers. Cleansand removes surface oxidation and fire scale discoloration on gold,silver and non-ferrous alloys. Works efficiently at a constanttemperature of 140°F/60°C.

CODE CONTENTSSO-128 COMPOUND 21/2 lbSO-129 COMPOUND 10 ozSO-129-01 COMPOUND 45 lb DRUM

7. Electric Hot PlatesHigh quality hot plate has an external controller for temperature. Whenheating plating baths in glass beakers, always use a stainless wire meshscreen to protect the beaker from direct contact with the element. Heatingelements are easily replaceable.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-129 110V -SINGLEPE-130 110V -DOUBLE

8. Plating ThermometerA glass plating thermometer resistant to chemicals.Temperature range 20° -230°F.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-131 GLASS THERMOMETER

10. Wieland Plating AnodesThe correct anode is a must to ensure quality plating results. Wielandplating anodes are of high purity and excellent for immersion in platingsolutions without causing contamination. Au-Gold, Rh-Rhodium, Ag-Silver.

CODE ANODE SIZE PLATINGPE-135 SPECIAL STEEL 110 X 60mm AuPE-136 PLATINIZED TITANIUM 1.5µ 100 X 30mm RhPE-137 PLATINIZED TITANIUM 1.5µ 110 X 60mm RhPE-138 PURE SILVER 100 X 50mm AgPE-139 PURE SILVER 170 X 100mm Ag

9. JAX® Master Metal Plating SolutionsJAX® Silver Plating SolutionPlates pure silver on to copper, brass, bronze and silver without heat orelectricity.

PE-015 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Copper Plating SolutionInstantly plates copper on to iron, steel, brassand solder articles without heat or electricity.

PE-016 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® BlackenerJAX® Silver BlackProduces a dark, black antique finish on silverand gold.

PE-001 1 PINT (473ml)JAX® Pewter BlackProduces a dark, black antique finish on pewter,lead, brass, bronze, copper, nickel, tin-leadalloys and solders.

PE-002 1 PINT (473ml)JAX® Iron, Steel, and Nickel BlackProduces an antique, metallic black finish oniron, steel, and nickel.

PE-003 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Aluminum BlackerProduces an antique black finish on aluminum

PE-004 1 PINT (473ml)

STEEL SILVERTITANIUM

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-059 4 HOOKSUL-061 8 HOOKSUL-062 10 HOOKS

12. Umbrella Ring RackStainless steel frame plastic coated rack. Hooks are adjustable andevenly spaced to hold articles of jewelry for cleaning or plating.


PLATING

140

13. Rectifier 30A with Micro Pen PlaterA remarkable system that features both a plating rectifier and a penplater. The plating rectifier is a source for direct current that is neededfor electroplating and electro stripping. A variable voltage and suffi-cient amperage determines the size of the bath and the surface areathat can be plated. Solid state circuitry, delivers filtered DC output.The control panel has an amp/volt meter, regulator, on/off switch.Maximum 4.5 gal. plating baths. The micro pen plater with a fibertipped pen is designed to plate small areas and hard to reach places.Ideal to customize jewelry, detail designs and touch up repairs.The variable voltage provides the optimum settings for different platingsolutions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-127 COMBO RECTIFIER SETPE-128 RED/BLACK LEAD WIREPE-512 PLATING PEN (RED & BLACK)

™

14. Micro-Plating SystemCompact, self-contained bench top unit for electro cleaning andelectroplating. Two beakers 600 cc. capacity, one for cleaning and theother for plating. Automatic water heating system with sight gauge forwater level to ensure uniform plating. Comes complete with rectifier,power switch, variable control 0-12V, 15A for plating of gold, silver,rhodium, nickel and copper. Suitable for dual voltage 110/220V.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-123 MICRO PLATING RECTIFIER

15. Liquid ElectrocleanerThis ready-to-use heavy duty electrocleaning solution is primarily used toclean castings and articles prior to being plated.

CODE CONTENTSPE-526 1 qt

16. TivacleanAn electro cleaning concentrate for both metals and plastic.When Tivacleanis mixed with water changes from orange to fluorescent green to ensurecomplete rinsing. It contains an anti-foaming agent for low sudsing and adeodorant to suppress odor. It is biodegradable, easy to clean with a non-caustic pH of 9-10. Use at room temperature or, to enhance its perform-ance, the solution may be heated to a temperature between 160°F-180°F.

CODE CONTENTSPE-540 1 lb

18. TivabriteAn electro stripping powder used for polishing of yellow gold. Mix thisunique combination of chemicals with water and sodium cyanide, utilizewith a reverse current. In most cases, it can replace “bombing”, in a hydro-gen peroxide/cyanide solution with better results.

CODE CONTENTSPE-541 1 lb

17. Activated CarbonA solution to remove organic contamination from Rhodium and Goldplating baths.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-544 CARBON TREATMENTPE-545 FILTER PAPER 13”

PE-512PE-128


PLATING

141

™

19. Rhodinette Pen PlaterCreate designer effects, touch ups and repair work with the Rhodinette fiber electroplating pen. Unit iscompact, has a rectifier and arrangement to hold the pen. The cathode connects to the work piece withan alligator clip. The fiber tip anode pen, which absorbs the plating solution, is used to create specialeffects. A set includes pen plater, five fiber tips, lead wires and a glass container.

CODE SPECIFICATIONPE-505 110V/ 60HzPE-504 220V/ 50Hz

Spares for RhodinetteCODE DESCRIPTIONPE-506 RHODINETTE PLATING PENPE-507 FIBER TIPS -5PCSPE-508 SUPER POINT TIPS -3PCSPE-509 YELLOW FIBER TIPS -5PCSPE-509-04 WIELAND STOP-OFF PENPE-509-05 CLAMP WIRE FOR RHODINETTE

CODE CONTAINERPE-509-01 GLASS -YELLOWPE-509-02 GLASS -REDPE-509-03 GLASS -BLACK

21. Deluxe Pen PlaterA stainless steel enclosure with recesses to hold three jars of plating solution. Unit will supportfour plating pens simultaneously. The fiber tips may be shaped to the needs of the user.A variable voltage enables adjustment for artistic reproduction. Unit includes one black lead and aplating pen with a replaceable fiber tip.

CODE SPECIFICATIONPE-500 110V/ 60HzPE-501 220V/ 50HzPE-512 PLATING PEN ONLY

23. Degussa Rhodium SolutionsA new type of pen plating solution, carefully formulated to give consistentresults. Achieve a white reflective surface on gold to create artistic effects.RH- Rhodium

22. Stop-off BlueA very effective solution that may be used to mask areas that do not needto be plated. May be cleaned after use with acetone.

20. Wieland Fiber Electrode Plating SolutionsThese are specially formulated solutions for partial electro plating articles of jewelry. Plating layersapplied by these solutions are relatively thin. Suitable for use with all pen platers for designer work.

CODE COLOR CONTENTSPE-516 FINE GOLD 2g/100mlPE-515 YELLOW GOLD 2g/100mlPE-517 PALE GOLD 2g/100mlPE-517-01 NICKEL 100ml

CODE COLOR CONTENTSPE-517-02 RED GOLD 2g/100mlPE-511 BRIGHT RHODIUM 2g/100mlPE-511-01 BLACK RHODIUM 2g/100mlPE-517-03 COPPER 100ml

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-524 J2- 2g RH/100ml BATHPE-524-01 J1- 2g RH/100ml BATHPE-524-02 TD 2g RH/100mlPE-524-03 271 PEN PLATING 2g RH/100ml

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-513 8 oz JAR

PE-512


PLATING

142

™

27. Electro CleanerA special formula of a combination of chemicals in powder form.May be diluted by mixing with distilled water. Surface is cleanedelectrolytically leaving it bright for subsequent immersion in theplating bath.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-525 ELECTRO CLEANER- 12 oz

24. Uni PlaterAn array of designer shades of rhodium, gold, silver, nickel and palladium can be plated by means of aspecial fiber tip pen. The pen is slim and facilitates plating of intricate or specific areas. The article to beplated is connected to the cathode by an alligator clip. The fiber tip is the anode and is immersed intothe plating solution. Unit is dual voltage 110/220V.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-502 DUAL 110/220VPE-503 DELUXE PLATING PEN PE-510 JAR FOR PLATING SOLUTIONPE-512 PLATING PEN (RED & BLACK)

25. Pen Plating SolutionsThese plating solutions plate directly on all types of metals. Use a porous fiber tip pen with a penplating rectifier for creating artistic designs. RH- Rhodium

CODE COLOR CONTENTSPE-100 14K GOLD 1/4g 2 ozPE-101 14K GOLD 1g 2 ozPE-102 18K GOLD 1/4g 2 ozPE-103 18K GOLD 1g 2 ozPE-520 RH 1g-CONC. 2 ozPE-521 RH 2g-CONC. 2 oz

CODE COLOR CONTENTSPE-104 24K GOLD 1/4g 2 ozPE-105 24K GOLD 1g 2 ozPE-106 ROSE GOLD 1g 2 ozPE-107 GREEN GOLD 1g 2 ozPE-108 BLACK RH 1g 2 oz

26. Krohn Gold Plating SolutionsSpecifically formulated for each grade of gold. These solutions arepre-mixed and ready to use. Articles achieve a bright reflective finish.May be used with stainless steel anodes. Contains one pennyweight ofpure gold per quart.

28. Krohn Rhodium Plating SolutionsPrepared from virgin rhodium salts, under stringent quality control, and guaranteed to give an exquisite appearance. Plates directly on platinum, gold orpure nickel. To plate silver, copper or bronze alloys, articles must first have aprimary nickel plate. Use with platinized titanium or platinum anodes only.Rhodium ReplenisherUse this solution to replenish the bath when the chemical balance is depletedduring rhodium plating.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-114 14K GOLD- 1 qt.PE-118 18K GOLD- 1 qt.PE-120 PINK- 1 qt.PE-121 18K GREEN- 1 qt.PE-122 24K GOLD- 1 qt.PE-123 HAMILTON- 1 qt.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-517-10 RHODIUM 1/2g-8 fl. oz (READY TO USE)PE-518 RHODIUM 1g-1 pint (READY TO USE)PE-519 RHODIUM 2g-1 qt. (READY TO USE)PE-522 REPLENISHER 1gPE-523 REPLENISHER 2gPE-523-01 RHODIUM 1g (CONCENTRATE)PE-523-02 RHODIUM 2g (CONCENTRATE)

29. Wieland Gold & Rhodium Plating Baths750 is an acidic elecrolyte for gold plating of non-ferrous metals and silver alloys.The color of the surface may vary with different alloy materials. One step platingprocedure can produce the end color.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPE-517-05 750 SCI 14K YELLOW/4 AU-1 lt.PE-517-06 750 FELN18K REDDISH/4 AU-1 lt.PE-517-07 750 SI 18K GREEN YEL./4 AU-1 lt.PE-517-08 750 SC 24K FINE GOLD/ 4 AU-1 lt.PE-517-09 BLACK RH CONC. 2G/RH 100ml

PE-512


PLATING

143

™

30. CeramitationA remarkably versatile decorative enamel that is full of vibrant color when cured. Its hard-ness is virtually equivalent to hard fired enamel. For spraying, Ceramitation may be thinnedby a special thinner and applied to almost any surface, metal, porcelain, glass or rock.Non-conductive. Surface enameled with Cermitation may be electroplated without affectingthe color or finish. This product is a two-part system. a) Color and b) Catalyst.Only 30-45 minutes at 250°F (120°C) maximum curing temperature is required.Set consists of 6 transparent colors (red, brown, blue, green, yellow, clear) and catalyst.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONTENTSCT-001 6 COLOR SETCT-002 CATALYST 16 ozCT-003 CATALYST 8 ozCT-004 CATALYST 4 ozCT-007 WHITE 2 ozCT-008 BLACK 2 ozCT-009 CHINESE RED 2 oz

CODE DESCRIPTION CONTENTSCT-010 GREEN 2 ozCT-011 ISRAELI BLUE 2 ozCT-012 YELLOW 2 ozCT-013 PEARL 2 ozCT-014 CLEAR 2 ozCT-015 RED 2 ozCT-016 BLUE 2 ozCT-017 THINNER 16 oz

31. EnamelsA range of brilliant colors that can be effectively used to create artistic designs on jewelry.After application on gold, silver and copper, the articles when fired will convert the enamelinto a hard glossy coating. Set consists of black, white, red, blue, yellow and green-2 oz ea.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONTENTSCT-020 6 COLOR SETCT-025 BLACK 2 ozCT-026 WHITE 2 ozCT-027 RED 2 oz

CODE DESCRIPTION CONTENTSCT-028 BLUE 2 ozCT-029 YELLOW 2 ozCT-030 GREEN 2 oz

JAX® Green Patina: Produces a permanent, antique green finish on copper, brass and bronze.PE-005 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Gold Finish: Produces a simulated 24K gold finish on brass.PE-006 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Antique Rust: Produces an antique rust finish on iron and steel.

PE-007 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® DarkenersEnvironmentally safe, effective solutions to produce permanent colors on various metals with consistent results without heat or electricity.

JAX® Brown Black: Produces an antique brown-black finish on brass, bronze and copper.PE-009 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® Black: Produces an antique black finish on brass, bronze and copper.PE-010 1 PINT (473ml)

32. JAX® ColorantsAn easy to use safe water base solution to produce different color shades on all metals, withoutthe use of heat or electricity.

JAX® Brown: Produces an antique brown finish on brass, bronze and copper. PE-008 1 PINT (473ml)

JAX® FlemishGray/Black: Produces an antique flemish gray-black finish on brass, bronze & copper.

PE-011 1 PINT (473ml)

PLATED EAR STUDS™

144

Bezel Birthstone Set-RegularSTONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITEGARNET PL001T PL001G PL001WAMETHYST PL002T PL002G PL002WAQUAMARINE PL003T PL003G PL003WCRYSTAL PL004T PL004G PL004WEMERALD PL005T PL005G PL005WALEXANDRITE PL006T PL006G PL006WRUBY PL007T PL007G PL007WPERIDOT PL008T PL008G PL008WSAPPHIRE PL009T PL009G PL009WROSE PL0010T PL0010G PL0010WTOPAZ PL0011T PL0011G PL0011WBLUE ZIRCON PL0012T PL0012G PL0012WASSORTED PL0013T PL0013G PL0013W

Bezel Birthstone Set-MiniSTONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITEGARNET PL201TM PL201GM PL201WMAMETHYST PL202TM PL202GM PL202WMAQUAMARINE PL203TM PL203GM PL203WMCRYSTAL PL204TM PL204GM PL204WMEMERALD PL205TM PL205GM PL205WMALEXANDRITE PL206TM PL206GM PL206WMRUBY PL207TM PL207GM PL207WMPERIDOT PL208TM PL208GM PL208WMSAPPHIRE PL209TM PL209GM PL209WMROSE PL210TM PL210GM PL210WMTOPAZ PL211TM PL211GM PL211WMBLUE ZIRCON PL212TM PL212GM PL212WMASSORTED PL213TM PL213GM PL213WM

Clawset Birthstars SetSTONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITEJANUARY PL301T PL301G PL301WFEBRUARY PL302T PL302G PL302WMARCH PL303T PL303G PL303WAPRIL PL304T PL304G PL304WMAY PL305T PL305G PL305WJUNE PL306T PL306G PL306WJULY PL307T PL307G PL307WAUGEST PL308T PL308G PL308WSEPTEMBER PL309T PL309G PL309WOCTOBER PL310T PL310G PL310WNOVEMBER PL311T PL311G PL311WDECEMBER PL312T PL312G PL312WASSORTED PL313T PL313G PL313W

Shapes SetSHAPES TITANIUM GOLD WHITESTAR PL501T PL501G PL501WHEART PL502T PL502G PL502WCROSS PL503T PL503G PL503WTRIANGLE PL504T PL504G PL504WSQUARE PL505T PL505G PL505WFULLMOON PL506T PL506G PL506WCRSNT. MOON PL507T PL507G PL507WFLOWER PL508T PL508G PL508WASSORTED PL509T PL509G PL509W

Mini Shapes STONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITEPEARLS PL214TM PL214GM PL214WMSTAR PL215TM PL215GM PL215WMHEART PL216TM PL216GM PL216WMREGULAR PL217TM PL217GM PL217WM

PL800

Bezel Pearls Set- Shapes STONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITEPEARLS PL401T PL401G PL401WRED CORAL PL402T PL402G PL402WTURUOISE PL403T PL403G PL403WBLACK ONYX PL404T PL404G PL404WASSORTED PL405T PL405G PL405W

Shape with StoneSTONE TITANIUM GOLD WHITESTARLITE PL601T PL601G PL601WHEARTLITE PL602T PL602G PL602WCROSSLITE PL603T PL603G PL603WFLOWERLITE PL604T PL604G PL604WASSORTED PL605T PL605G PL605W

BallSHAPES TITANIUM GOLD WHITEREGULAR PL701T PL701G PL701WMINI PL702TM PL702GM PL702WM

Painless ear piercing, with-out the danger of infection.All studs are sterilized. Thestud is inserted in the gunwithout touching with yourfingers. Unit contains fluidto disinfect ear lobesbefore and after piercing.

PLIERS & SHEARS

146

1. Lindstrom® Diagonal Cutters (Yellow Handle) Premium quality, Swedish diagonal cutters for use in jewelry and precision crafting. Black anodized, keen cutting edges have adjustable screw lap joints, for accurate alignment. Cushion grip handle is proportional for the applied leverage. Double leaf springs keep the jaws apart.

™

CODE DESCRIPTION STYLE OVERALL JAW JAWLENGTH(A) LENGTH(B) WIDTH(C)

PJ-140 MICRO BEVEL 8140 41/3 ”/ 110mm 3/8”/ 10mm 3/8”/ 10mmPJ-141 FLUSH CUT 8141 41/3 ”/ 110mm 3/8”/ 10mm 3/8”/ 10mmPJ-142 ULTRA 8142 41/3 ”/ 110mm 3/8”/ 10mm 3/8”/ 10mmPJ-145 ULTRA 8145 41/3 ”/ 110mm 3/8”/ 10mm 3/8”/ 10mmPJ-150 MICRO BEVEL 8150 47/16”/ 112.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mmPJ-151 FLUSH CUT 8151 47/16”/ 112.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mmPJ-155 ULTRA 8155 47/16”/ 112.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mm 1/2”/ 12.5mmPJ-160 MICRO BEVEL 8160 5”/ 125mm 5/8”/ 16mm 5/8”/ 16mm

2. Lindstrom® Pliers (White Handle) Made of the finest Swedish steel, these high quality pliers are compact due to their close fitting box joints. All have double leaf springs and comfort styled handles forease of working over long periods.

STYLE 7490 STYLE 7892 STYLE 7893 STYLE 7590 STYLE 7890

CODE DESCRIPTION STYLE OVERALL JAW JAWLENGTH LENGTH WIDTH

PJ-189 MICRO CUTTER 7190 41/3 ”/ 110mm 3/8”/ 10mm 3/8”/ 10mmPJ-190 FLAT NOSE 7490 43/4 ”/ 120mm 3/4”/ 20mm 3/8”/ 9mmPJ-191 CURVE NOSE 7892 51/4”/ 130mm 11/8”/ 28mm 3/8”/ 9mmPJ-193 SHORT CHAIN NOSE 7893 43/4”/ 120mm 3/4”/ 20mm 3/8”/ 9mmPJ-195 ROUND NOSE 7590 43/4”/ 120mm 3/4”/ 20mm 3/8”/ 9mmPJ-198 LONG CHAIN NOSE 7890 51/4”/ 130mm 11/4”/ 32mm 3/8”/ 9mm

MICRO BEVEL FLUSH CUT ULTRA

PLIERS & SHEARS

147

3. Lindstrom® Bio-Spring Pliers-Rx SeriesA new concept in pliers, the bio-spring system adjusts togive the correct feel when crafting jewelry. Precision boxjoint, super smooth pivot movement, combined with anergonomic handle design make it the best plier for professional jewelers.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-200 FLAT NOSESTYLE RX7490OVERALL 53/4”/146.5mmJAW LENGTH 3/4”/20mmJAW WIDTH 3/8”/9mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-201 ROUND NOSESTYLE RX7590OVERALL 53/4”/146.5mmJAW LENGTH 3/4”/20mmJAW WIDTH 3/8”/9mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-202 CHAIN NOSESTYLE RX7890OVERALL 61/4”/158.5mmJAW LENGTH 11/4”/32mmJAW WIDTH 3/8”/9mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-203 C/BENT NOSESTYLE RX7892OVERALL 61/8”/155.5mmJAW LENGTH 11/8”/28mmJAW WIDTH 3/8”/9mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-204 CHAIN NOSESTYLE RX7893OVERALL 51/4”/132mmJAW LENGTH 11/4”/32mmJAW WIDTH 3/8”/9mm

4. Superlight Pliers-41/2”Made of good quality steel with forged handles for acomfortable grip. Designed for delicate work, theseprecision pliers have box joints to ensure perfectalignment. All pliers have double leaf springs.Use for forming and shaping thin gauge wire andmetal sheet.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-304 SIDE CUTTER

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-303 FLAT NOSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-301 CHAIN NOSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-302 ROUND NOSE

PLIERS & SHEARS

148

5. Y2K Series Pliers & Cutters -41/2”These box joint, double leaf spring pliers are precision finished to easeworking in special applications. Pivots are close fitting to ensure accuratenose alignment. Several different combinations of nose shapes allow theuser to form metal in custom designs.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTH

PJ-051 CHAIN NOSE 41/2”/115mm

™


PJ-052 ROUND NOSE 41/2”/115mm


PJ-053 FLAT NOSE 41/2”/115mm


PJ-054 SIDE CUTTER 41/2”/115mm


PJ-055 CH. NOSE BENT 41/2”/115mm


PJ-059 HALF RND/FLAT 41/2”/115mm


PJ-058 ROUND/FLAT 41/2”/115mm


PJ-056 END CUTTER 41/2”/115mm


PJ-057 OBLIQ. CUTTER 41/2”/115mm

PLIERS & SHEARS

149

™

6. Slim-Line Pliers- GermanSlender box joint pliers, made of the finest steel, allwith double leaf springs. Features close fitting jointsand PVC coated handles for precision and durability.Preferred for use in all types of bench work.


PJ-701 CHAIN NOSE 41/2”/115mm


PJ-702 ROUND NOSE 41/2”/115mm


PJ-703 FLAT NOSE 41/2”/115mm


PJ-704 SEMI FLUSH CUT 41/2”/115mm


PJ-705 CH. NOSE BENT 41/2”/115mm


PJ-706 END CUTTER 41/2”/115mm


PJ-707 OBLIQUE CUTTER 41/2”/115mm


PJ-708 SIDE CUTTER FLUSH 41/2”/115mm

7. Nylon Pliers

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-310 FLAT NOSE 51/2”/140mm

2 NYLON JAWSPJ-313 REPLACEMENT NYLON JAW

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-312 1/2 ROUND/ FLAT 51/2”/140mm

1 NYLON JAWPJ-315 REPLACEMENT NYLON JAW

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-311 FLAT/ROUND 51/2”/140mm

1 NYLON JAWPJ-314 REPLACEMENT NYLON JAW

PLIERS & SHEARS

150

8. Regular Pliers-5” GermanSuperior quality pliers with precision fit and accurate alignment. Speciallyshaped nose forms, smooth and polish finished, all fitted with double leafspring. Handles are red PVC dipped for a comfortable non-slip grip.Very useful for all types of bench work.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-715 CHAIN BENT NOSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-714 SIDE CUTTER FLUSH

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-718 S/FLUSH CUTTER RND

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-039 CHAIN NOSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-041 FLAT NOSE

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-042 SIDE CUTTER

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-710 CHAIN NOSE SERRATEDPJ-711 CHAIN NOSE


CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-713 FLAT NOSEPJ-722 FLAT NOSE SERRATED

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-716 END CUTTER

9. Economy Pliers & CuttersWell crafted pliers in various nose shapes, all with boxjoints, double leaf springs and PVC coated handles.A perfect selection for the beginner in fabrication, repairingand bench work.


PLIERS & SHEARS

151

™

11. Chain Long Nose Plier

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-737 STONE SETTING PLIER- GERMAN 5”/130mmPJ-037 STONE SETTING-ECONOMY 5”/130mm

PJ-737PJ-037

12. Long Flat Nose Plier

13. Brass Line Flat Plier

14. Stone Setting PliersQuality tool steel box joint pliers with double leaf spring and PVC dippedhandles. Grooved jaw locates prong accurately to secure the stone.

Jaws are concave and convex, ideal for use when forming shallow curvesin ring finishing.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-837 GERMAN 5”/130mmPJ-826 ECONO 5”/130mm

A semi-circular and flat jaw to hold delicate parts with a firm grip, usefulwhile stretching.


10. Shape Forming Pliers

Smooth jaw, precisely aligned to bend or hold rings while crafting and fabricating .

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-836 RING BENDING LARGE PLIER 6”/160mm

Round needle nose and flat anvil, with a double action spring, excellent forfine detail designing.


Round needle nose and curved anvil, with a double action spring, for special applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-840 GERMAN 51/2”/140mmPJ-829 ECONO 51/2”/140mm

Tapered long nose jaws, to form smooth curves and bends in all sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-717 CHAIN NOSE 51/2”/140mm

Perfectly matched jaws, double action spring, provide a non-slip grip foralmost all bench tasks.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-723 FLAT NOSE 51/2”/140mm

Soft metal jaws that will not nick or mar. Very essential when working withthin sheet gauge metal.

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-835 BRASS LINE & FLAT 5”/130mm

HALF ROUND AND HOLLOW NOSE

HALF ROUND AND FLAT NOSE

ROUND AND FLAT NOSE

ROUND NOSE AND HOLLOW

PLIERS & SHEARS

152

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-733 LOOP CLOSING PLIER- GERMAN

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-734 BOW CLOSING PLIER - GERMANPJ-742 BOW CLOSING PLIER - ECONO

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-740 SWISS OBLIQUE CUTTER-67PJ-741 SWISS STRAIGHT CUTTER-67B

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-038 SOLDER CUTTING PLIER 5”/130mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-735 ROSARY ROUND NOSE PLIER WITH CUTTER

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-736 PRONG LIFTING PLIER 5”

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-738 RING HOLDING PLIER-ECONOPJ-739 RING HOLDING PLIER-GERMAN

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-725 WIRE BENDING PLIERS

15. Straight and Oblique Cutter

16. Loop Closing PlierHollow, polished jaws, box joints and longer handlesprovide effortless closing of rings and other oval forms.

17. Bow Closing PlierDesigned with a v- groove lower jaw and a curvedupper jaw with close fitting box joints. These pliersform curves and v shapes to precise accuracies.

19. Prong Lifting PlierSpecial pliers, lap joint, double leaf spring,provides gentle pressure on the prong andno pressure on the stone to avoid mar orfracture. One jaw is grooved to hold theprong and the other angled to support theunder side and raise prong gently.

20. Ring Holding Plier

21. Wire Bending Plier

22. Solder Cutting PlierIdeal tool for cutting uniform pieces of solder. All steel construction,lapped joints, and plastic coated handles for easy shearing.

18. Rosary PlierThis combination quality tool works both as a round noseplier and a side cutter. Made in hardened steel, with adouble spring action, it reduces fatigue and increasesproduction.

An ingenious bending plier to create all types of round, undulating,serpentine or special forms in wire or thin gauge metal. Fine screwadjustment provides a convenient stop and assures consistent formswith repeatability.

Made of forged polished steel, withlap joints and large grooved jaws,these pliers are indispensable forholding rings while working on theinsides.

PLIERS & SHEARS

153

™

27. Compound CutterHeavy duty diagonal cutter with compound leverage for cutting sprues withminimal effort. Overall length is 71/2”, and cutting capacity is 3mm.

23. Pastorino Sprue CutterItalian made 91/2” sprue cutter has chrome vanadium steel blades with alocking device. Special shaped hand grips provide effortless cutting in smallareas.

24. Bergeon Sprue CutterTop quality Swiss cutter, with a multiple linkage system, that givesmaximum pressure with minimum fatigue. Extra long handles and specialshaped jaws allow access to small areas.

25. Bergeon Bracelet CutterOne of the finest heavy duty cutters with a unique compound linkagesystem to make repeated cuts with less effort. Very good overall fit andfinish, hardened cutting edges, with a built-in jaw setting screw. Providesblade protection and increases cutting capability.

26. Maun Type CutterMedium capacity with spring jaws and lock. Use for cutting sprues of up to3 mm. Overall length 61/2”, with smooth plastic grip handles.

30. Keiba CutterCuts sprues up to 3mm with ease, accuracy and repeatability. Compoundjoint construction, fine finished sharp jaws nip off metal with a flush cut.

29. Keiba Cutter with Handle LockAn elegantly designed cutter, with polished hardened cutting edge, andcompound action jaws, combines maximum comfort with ease of cutting.Fine setting screw guarantees a clean cut and protects the blade fromdamage.

28. Swiss Sprue CutterMade of premium tool steel, these heavy duty cutters have hardened jaws,precision compound joints and extra long handles to provide leverage.Features angled jaws that align to facilitate the close cutting of sprues.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-731 SPRUE CUTTER

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-841 SPRUE CUTTER- 6599PJ-848 REPLACEMENT JAWPJ-849 SPRING

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-842 BRACELET CUTTER-6496

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-843 MAUN TYPE CUTTER WITH SPRING

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-844 CUTTERPJ-845 FLUSH-CUT

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-732 COMPOUND SPRUE CUTTER- GERMAN

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-846 SWISS SPRUE CUTTER- 18055

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-847 KEIBA CUTTER WITH HANDLE LOCK

PLIERS & SHEARS

154

™

31. Parallel Pliers- MaunParallel action pliers provide vise like grip. Handles are anti-rust nickel plated. Jaws remain parallel when in use.

33. Pneumatic Sprue CutterEliminate manual cutting by using this foot operated, air poweredbench sprue cutter. Needs an external air compressor at 60-80 PSI.Miniature blades access closely spaced sprues. May be handoperated when not on the stand. Complete set includes: nile cutter,point blade, stand, foot pedal and air hose with connections.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-941 COMPLETE SETPJ-942 BLUNT BLADEPJ-943 POINT BLADEPJ-944 HOSE GREEN

35. Wooden Plier RackImprove your efficiency by increasing work bench space with theaddition of this shelf and drawer space saver. Convenient to storesmall tools, parts and work articles.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-936 RACK WITH DRAWER

34. Plier Holding RackAn attractive hardwood, polished stand, with pairs ofholes. Lets you keep your pliers handy and easily visibleon your work bench. Upright storage eliminates damage tothe jaw ends.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-945 6 HOLES- 3 PLIER HOLDERPJ-946 8 HOLES- 4 PLIER HOLDERPJ-947 10 HOLES- 5 PLIER HOLDERPJ-948 12 HOLES- 6 PLIER HOLDERPJ-949 16 HOLES- 8 PLIER HOLDERPJ-950 20 HOLES- 10 PLIER HOLDER

32. Marking PlierDurable stainless steel ring marking plier to stamp the inside of ringsas well as other flat surfaces. Plier has adjustable screw to lockdifferent stamps. Individual stamps are available separately. Overall length 51/2”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-910 PLIER ONLYPJ-911 MARKING PLIER BOXPJ-912 FLAT AND CURVE ANVILPJ-913 PLIER WITH 3 STAMPS(10K, 14K, 18K)

CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTHPJ-727 CHAIN NOSE-PLAIN JAW 5”PJ-729 FLAT WITH GROOVE- SERRATED 5”PJ-730 DIAGONAL CUTTER 51/2”

PJ-727

PJ-729

PJ-730

PJ-943

PJ-942

PLIERS & SHEARS™

155

36. Shears with SpringUse for cutting templates and patterns from medium heavy metal sheet upto B & S #2 and soft sheet to B & S #1. Available with straight or curvedblades. Overall length 7”. -German

CODE TYPESH-700 STRAIGHTSH-701 CURVED

40. Shears with Leaf Spring- SolingenShears with leaf spring and locking system, increases flexibility in cuttingchains, solder and thin sheets. Overall length 7”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-704 DELUXE STRAIGHT

37. Shears without SpringMade of ground and polished steel, with PVC coated handle, these lightduty shears with fine tips are very practical for cutting thin gauge metal.Two blade shapes are available, straight and curved. The curved blade isvery useful for cutting smooth contours and circles. - German


38. Shears with Spring Very efficient light duty shears for cutting patterns in thin gauge metal.Curved handles with coil spring return allow you to work for long periodswithout fatigue.- French


39. Shears without SpringSimilar to above but with a straight blade and without a spring return,these shears let you cut continuously along the full blade length.Perfect for snip or corner cuts.- French


PLIERS & SHEARS

156

™

41. Brown ShearsHeavy duty construction, use for making straight cuts. Available for right and lefthand operation. Overall length 6” with 11/2” cutting length.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-705 RIGHT HANDEDSH-705-01 LEFT HANDED

42. Shears Scissor TypeScissor shaped shears made from the finest European steel. The 11/2” bladesallow for precise control. Cuts tight patterns, circles and templates.Overall length 7”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-722 SHEAR BLADE-STRAIGHTSH-723 SHEAR BLADE-CURVED

43. Universal Shears with SpringEasily cuts intricate in and out designs from sheet metal. Blade length 13/4”.Overall length 71/2”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-725 UNIVERSAL SHEARS

44. Portable Ring ShearsEasy ring sizing by shearing the exact width that needs to be removed from thering shank. Install the correct size of cutter, then adjust the die to suit. Place thering on die and shear with a down stroke. Save the cut piece for future use. Includes four cutters in quarter size increments.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-712 SHEAR WITH CUTTERSSH-713 SET OF 4 CUTTERS

45. Bench Shears with Long HandleUsed for cutting gold, silver, copper, brass and any other metals.The long handle provides leverage for easy cutting. Comes in three sizes.

CODE STYLE FLAT BAR ROD SHEET BLADE LGTH.SH-735 4R 23/8” X 5/32” 3/8” 1/8” 43/4”SH-736 5R 23/8” X 3/16” 7/16” 5/32” 61/4”SH-737 6R 23/4” X 1/4” 1/2” 3/16” 8”REPLACEMENT BLADESCODE STYLE BLADE LGTH.SH-738 4R 43/4”SH-739 5R 61/4”SH-740 6R 8”


POLISHING

158

1. Double End Polisher 1/4 HP-Single/Double SpeedTotally enclosed, continuous rated motor, with pre-lubricated ball bearings and well balanced toeliminate vibration. Right and left hand shaft extensions are 1/2” diameter. Supplied with taperedspindles. On/off switch enclosed in the base.

3. Double End Polisher 1/2HP & 3/4HPRugged heavy duty motor, sealed ball bearings, continuous rated for use in production shops.Single speed at 3,450 rpm. Shaft extensions are 1/2” diameter. Supplied with two threaded taperedspindles. Shaft height 6”. Suitable for wheels or buffs up to 8” diameter.

™

CODE SPECIFICATION SPEED SHAFT HT.DC-062 110V/ 60Hz 3,450/1,725 rpm 6”DC-063 220V/ 50Hz 3,450/1,725 rpm 6”DC-064 110V/ 60Hz 3,450/1,725 rpm 41/2”DC-065 220V/ 50Hz 3,450/1,725 rpm 41/2”DC-066 110V/ 60Hz 3,450 rpm 6”DC-067 220V/ 50Hz 3,450 rpm 6”

2. Single End-Polisher 1/2HP & 3/4HPPowerful, continuous duty motor with lubricated sealed bearings. Perfectly stable with vibrationfree performance that is vital for grinding, polishing and buffing operations. Speed at 3,450 rpm.

CODE SPECIFICATION POWERDC-072 110V/ 60Hz 1/2HPDC-073 220V/ 50Hz 1/2HPDC-074 110V/ 60Hz 3/4HPDC-075 220V/ 50Hz 3/4HP

CODE SPECIFICATION POWERDC-068 110V/ 60Hz 1/2 HPDC-069 220V/ 50Hz 1/2 HPDC-070 110V/ 60Hz 3/4 HPDC-071 220V/ 50Hz 3/4 HP

4. Mini Bench Grinder/Polisher-1/6 HPA versatile machine, ideal for small shops. May be used as a bench grinder, polisher, drill andcarver. Compact 1/6 HP motor, suitable for continuous operation. Solid state, high torque, variablespeed from 1,500 to 4,000 rpm.

CODE SPECIFICATIONDC-001 110V/ 60HzDC-002 220V/ 50Hz

5. Tapered Spindles for Straight ShaftConverts straight shafts to tapered ends, that are needed to mount all typesof buff wheels. Select according to motor shaft diameter and right or lefttaper. Locks on to the shaft by a set screw.

6. Tapered Spindle for Tapered ShaftEspecially for Baldor polishing motors. Designed with a shallowinternal taper, these spindles eliminate wobble and ensure very truerunning of tapered spindles.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIA.DC-048 THREADED-RIGHT 5/8”DC-053 THREADED-COMBO 5/8”DC-059 BRASS LEFT 3/8”DC-060 BRASS RIGHT 3/8”

CODE DESCRIPTION DIA. /LGDC-054 RIGHT 1/2” X 25/8”DC-055 LEFT 1/2” X 25/8”DC-056 RIGHT 5/8” X 25/8”DC-057 LEFT 5/8” X 25/8”


POLISHING

159

™

7. Single Spindle Polisher/Dust CollectorThis compact unit is useful in small shops with limited space, and features an all steel enclosurewith a 1/2HP single end polisher, speed 3,450 rpm and 1/2” tapered spindle. The dust collector hasa 1/2HP suction motor, and replaceable filters. Dimensions 15” X 17” X 10”.

CODE SPECIFICATIONDC-014 110V/ 60HzDC-015 220V/ 50HzDC-011 REPLACEMENT FILTER

9. Heavy Duty Double Shaft Polisher /Dust CollectorA wide body design, double spindle polisher has a totally enclosed 1/2HP motor, pre-lubricatedsealed ball bearings and 5/8” tapered spindles at both ends. Built into a steel enclosure it includesa powerful squirrel cage suction motor, with replaceable fiberglass filters. Hood has a clearplastic shield for eye protection. Dimensions 32” X 22” X 12”.


8. Double Shaft Polisher/Dust CollectorCompact, medium sized double spindle polisher has 1/2HP totally enclosed motor, pre-lubricatedsealed ball bearings and 5/8” tapered spindles at both ends. Built into a steel enclosure it includesa squirrel cage suction motor with replaceable fiberglass filters. Dimensions 22” X 19” X 12”.


10. Dust CollectorsIt is of prime importance to work in a clean air environment. Therefore all grinders andpolishers must be connected to a dust collector. Select the model suitable for yourshop. Features include a powerful motor blower system, maintenance friendly design,filter cleaning in seconds, and a quick easy slide out tray for recovery of precious met-als. CSA approved, CE Mark.

1

CODE MODEL PORTS AIR FLOW* SUCTION** POWER DIMENSIONDC-280 DC2001-1 1 175CFM 5136FPM 110V/ 60Hz 16” H X 14” W X 19.5 LDC-281 DC2001-1 1 175CFM 5136FPM 220V/ 50Hz 16” H X 14” W X 19.5 LDC-286 AIR FILTER FOR DC2001-1DC-282 DC2001-2 1-2 175CFM 5136FPM 110V/ 60Hz 17” H X 14” W X 20 LDC-283 DC2001-2 1-2 175CFM 5136FPM 220V/ 60Hz 17” H X 14” W X 20 LDC-287 AIR FILTER FOR DC2001-2DC-284 DC2001-4 1-4 580CFM 4252FPM 110V/ 60Hz 23” H X 18” W X 25.5 LDC-285 DC2001-4 1-4 580CFM 4252FPM 220V/ 50Hz 23” H X 18” W X 25.5 LDC-288 AIR FILTER FOR DC2001-4* FREE AIR ** SUCTION PER PORT


POLISHING

160

™

13. ArborsUsed for mounting on motor shafts, to fit grinding or buffing wheels.Available as straight threaded (RH / LH). Select according to theinternal diameter to suit motor shaft.

14. Arbor with Bur ChuckSuitable to mount on motor shafts, either 1/2” or 5/8” diameter. Thisarbor has a keyless Jacob 3-jaw chuck to hold shanks up to 1/4”diameter. Available for right hand use only.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDC-044 ARBOR CHUCK-4” LONG

15. Mounted Screw MandrelScrew mandrel mounted on hardwood, makes it easy to mount onbench polishers. Useful to hold wheels with 1/16” hole.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-205 MTD SCREW MANDREL

CODE DESCRIPTIONAT-181 STRAIGHTAT-183 TAPERED

16. Split Wood MandrelHardwood mandrels, with internal taper, that fit on the tapered endsof polishing spindles. Use with abrasive cloth rolls for internalfinishing operations.

12. Double End Polisher/Dust CollectorA larger unit, all steel enclosure, floor model that has ample room for sitdown operation. Includes powerful polisher 1/2HP, speed 3,450 rpm, andextended tapered shafts 5/8” diameter at both ends. Additionally providedwith a suction motor and replaceable cloth filter bags. Each end is protectedwith a polishing hood to entrap dust particles.

17. Dust Collector HoodMade in fiberglass, these protection hoods are easy to install withmost bench polishers. Built in suction inlet needs to be connected toan external dust collector.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDC-025 DUST COLLECTOR HOODDC-026 LIGHT SOCKETDC-027 HOOD SHIELDDC-039 FILTER FOR HOOD

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZEDC-040 LEFT 1/2” 1” X 41/4”DC-041 RIGHT 1/2” 1” X 41/4”DC-042 LEFT 5/8” 11/2” X 6”DC-043 RIGHT 5/8” 11/2” X 7”

CODE SPECIFICATIONDC-078 110V/ 60HzDC-079 220V/ 50HzDC-080 FILTER - 143/4” X 113/4”

AT-181

AT-183

DC-026 DC-025

DC-039

DC-027

11. Compact Dust CollectorSingle station unit designed to be mounted beneath the work bench.Effective dust and precious metal retention. Brushless motor makes itextremely quiet. Quick and easy pull-out tray captures large particles.Maintenance friendly design. Filters easily replaceable.Dimensions is 22” L X 11” W X 15” Ht.

CODE SPECIFICATIONDC-081 110V/ 60HzDC-082 220V/ 50HzDC-083 FILTERS

POLISHING

161

™

18. Rouge ClothsA short nap cloth, treated with rouge. Cloth feelslike felt, but removes tarnish and fine scratch marksto leave a bright attractive finish on jewelry.

CODE SIZEPC-710 9” X 11”

19. Super Fine Chamois ClothsA medium density cloth with the texture of softleather. The surface is cushion-like and polishesjewelry without leaving any residue.

CODE SIZEPC-711 7” X 43/4”

20. Selvyt® ClothsHigh quality, long lasting, lint free cloth, leaves ashine on articles of jewelry, watches, silverware andcrystal.

21. 33MM ® Scotch Brite ClothsAn extraordinary cloth that has oil or waterabsorbing qualities. Lifts out liquids, greases anddirt particles, without leaving any smear or residue.Very durable wipes that can be machine washed inclod water then air dried. (Do not bleach)

CODE SIZEPC-715 5” X 5”PC-720 10” X 10”PC-724 14” X 14”PC-725 14” X 17”PC-730 17” X 21”PC-735 20” X 21”

CODE COLORPC-754 WHITE- FOR PEARLPC-755 BLUE- FOR DIAMOND

22. Lint Free ClothsNon- abrasive, lint free cleaning cloths restore luster and brilliance to articles of jewelry and precious stones. Scratch proof cleaning action isgentle and reliable. Size 9” X 11”

23. Jewelry WipesA moist cloth that removes dirt and tarnish fromgold, silver and all non-ferrous metals. Will notscratch or mar the surfaces of fine articles of jewelry. Each dispenser contains 25 dry wipes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-757 JEWELRY WIPES

121/2” X 141/2” 6” X 71/2” COLORPC-740 PC-746 WHITEPC-741 PC-747 BLUEPC-742 PC-748 GREENPC-743 PC-749 YELLOWPC-744 PC-750 RED

24. 33MM ® Safety GogglesImpact resistant eye shields offer vital protectionduring bench work, carving, grinding and buffing.Large clear lenses allow a wide field of view. CODE DESCRIPTION

LS-391 SILVER GLASSLS-393 CLEAR GLASS


POLISHING

162

™

26. Split Lapping Machine- Benchtop ModelSimilar to the above model but portable so as to be mounted on a bench.Unit is complete with motor switch, grounded connecting cord and anadjustable work light.

CODE SPECIFICATIONBF-350 110V/ 60HzBF-352 220V/ 50Hz

25. Split Lapping Machine -Floor ModelA sturdy machine mounted on a steel table. Powered by a totally enclosedball bearing motor 1/2hp speed 3450 rpm with ports for connection to a dustcollector. This machine is ideal for finishing flat or contoured surfaces, andprovides the operator with a clear view. Includes a tapered mandrel and awork light. Suitable for 6”, 7” and 8” felt split laps.

CODE SPECIFICATIONBF-353 110V/ 60HzBF-354 220V/ 50Hz

30. Suede Finger GuardMade of soft leather, for comfort, it protects fingersfrom burns or abrasion during grinding, polishing andfinishing operations.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-700 MEDIUM-OPEN ENDPC-701 LARGE--OPEN ENDPC-702 MEDIUM-CLOSED ENDPC-703 LARGE-CLOSED END

27. Finger Guard Safety TapeAn alternative to finger guards, protection tape readilyadheres and is easy to apply and remove. Made ofsurgical grade gauze, it conforms to the contours ofthe finger. Ideal protection from the hazards of sharpedges and hot surfaces.Size 3/4” wide X 9’ length. 16 pcs in a roll.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-699 SAFETY TAPE

28. 33MM ® Vetrap™ TapesNatural rubber latex, light and durable, this new non-adhesive wrap sticks to itself, but not to the skin.Protects fingers and wrists.All are 2” wide X 5’ length.

CODE COLORPC-704 WHITEPC-705 PINKPC-706 REDPC-707 GREENPC-708 BLUE

29. Inspection Cotton GlovesAn absolute necessity that needs to be worn whenhandling precious metal and stones. Made of specialcotton fabric, it is invaluable while inspecting jewelry.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-800 COTTON GLOVE-LARGEPC-801 COTTON GLOVE-SMALL

31. Rubber Finger CotsSuperior quality rubber, provides a comfortable grip andprotects finger tips during grinding and polishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-676 111/2”- SMALLPC-677 12- MEDIUMPC-678 13- LARGEPC-679 14- EX- LARGE

POLISHING

163

™

32. Initial Polishing CompoundsThese compounds are used for the initial preparation of metal surfaces, as they have a blend of mild abrasive in a carrier of waxes. This graded abrasive maybe applied to any muslin or treated buff wheel. It improves the surface as cast, to a dull satin matt finish.

Bobbing CompoundsA fast cutting medium that smoothes gold, silver orother non-ferrous alloys. Adheres well to buffs or laps.

Brown TripoliStandard brown colored compound that reducesscratch or filing marks to a dull satin finish.

4X White DiamondA medium cutting compound that is less aggressiveand is preferred for soft metal alloys, gold and silver.

Gray StarA free cutting abrasive of fine particle size that leavesa soft bright pre-finish on platinum and palladium.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-037 1 lb



CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-039 WATER SOLUBLE 1 lbPC-040 STANDARD 1 lbPC-041 PREMIUM 1 lb

33. Soft Polishing CompoundsAfter initial polishing, the next stage is to enhance the surface of materials from a dull satin to a medium bright finish. At this point, the surface of the metaland alloys improves appreciably, as fine hair line scratches are virtually non-existent, and the surface exhibits a medium luster. These compounds may beused on tight muslin wheels or buffs.Zam®

A crocus compound that produces scratch free surfaces on allprecious metals. May also be used for polishing soft semi-precious stones. Leaves a bright mirror finish on the surface. CODE DESCRIPTION

PC-045 1 lb -GREENFabuluster®

A soft polishing compound formulated for working on plastics,fiberglass or soft metals. Very adaptable for use with flannel orchamois wheels.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-038 1 lb -WHITE

34. Rouge Polishing CompoundsRouge polishing is the ultimate step to achieve maximum luster. A superfine polishing compound that is well accepted for use on muslin, flannel, or chamoiswheels. Has an extremely light cutting action to impart a mirror finish on all precious metals.

Red: High luster, final polish for gold,silver and other soft non-ferrous metals.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-011 1 lb BARPC-012 1/2 lb BARPC-013 1/4 lb BAR

Green: A special rouge polishing compound for chrome, stainless steel,white gold and platinum.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-015 1 lb BARPC-016 1/2 lb BARPC-017 1/4 lb BAR

Black: Very effective rouge compound for silverand silver alloys.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-020 1/4 lb ROUND

Yellow: A premium quality rouge that worksextremely well on yellow gold and other non-ferrousmetals, except silver.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-029 1 lb BARPC-030 1/2 lb BAR

White: Recommended as the best polishing rougefor an ultra shine on white gold, platinum andpalladium.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-024 1/4 lb ROUND

POLISHING

164

™

35. Dialux Polishing CompoundsA select type of super soft abrasive, uniformly blended with a carrier wax. These compounds have specialfeatures that allow good adhesion to the fibers of brushes, buffs or felts. Only minimal quantities need tobe used. Bar size 4” x 11/4” x 11/8”Red Dialux: Produces a brilliant shine on yellow gold, but may also be used for silver.Green Dialux: All purpose medium for hard alloys such as chromium, cobalt and stainless steel.White Dialux: For reflective polishing of silver and silver alloys.Blue Dialux: A general compound that may be used for all metals.Orange Dialux: Produces a high luster on soft metals.Yellow Dialux: Gives a bright finish to soft brass, bronze and copper.Gray Dialux: Best for producing reflective surfaceson stainless steel. CODE COLOR

PC-050 REDPC-051 GREENPC-052 WHITEPC-053 BLUE

CODE COLORPC-054 ORANGEPC-055 YELLOWPC-056 GRAY

36. Menzerna® RougeA unique type of rouge formulated with a blend of soft abrasives and a bonding agent. Generates abalanced cutting action and extends well, so that just a little compound is needed.Green Rouge: For a bright finish on chrome, white gold and stainless steel.Blue Rouge: A medium finish polishing compound for almost all metals.Red Rouge: Achieves a brilliant shine on gold and silver.Brown Rouge: Typical tripoli pre-polish. An aggressive compound which is best for removing scratches

from soft metals and alloys.Yellow Rouge: More of a bobbing compound often used in place of the brown rouge.Platinum Compound: Imparts a very high quality surface finish on platinum.

CODE COLOR WT.PC-070 GREEN 250gPC-071 BLUE 250gPC-072 RED 250gPC-073 BROWN 250gPC-074 YELLOW 250gPC-075 CARROT PLATINUM 100g

CODE COLOR WT.PC-063 GREEN 1.3KgPC-064 BLUE 1.2KgPC-065 RED 1.3KgPC-066 BROWN 1.2KgPC-067 YELLOW 1.2KgPC-068 CARROT PLATINUM 200g

37. KOYO Premium Platinum RougeA finishing compound, manufactured from carefully graded abrasives, blended with additives to give highreflective surfaces to non-ferrous metals and stainless steels.

CODE COLOR WT.PC-059 K-1 GREEN 1lbPC-061 K-2 GREEN 1/4lbPC-060 ALOX 5-WHITE 1/4lb-355gPC-062 ALOX 5-WHITE 1lb-90g

38. Platinum Rouge- JapanA selected grade of polishing compound formulated for ultra bright finishing of platinum. Uniformlyblended and manufactured under strict quality control. Exceptional adherence to buffs, brushes or felts.Five different grades to achieve surfaces from matt to super shine.

CODE COLOR WT.PC-080 GRAY-800 1lbPC-081 WHITE-1500 1lbPC-082 WHITE-4000 1/2lbPC-083 WHITE-6000 1/2lbPC-084 WHITE-8000 1/2lbPC-085 PICCA-BLUE 1/4lb

First Cut Rouge- 800: For initial smoothing of wavinessand roughness.

Medium Cut Rouge-1500: For removal of light scratch marks.

Fine Cut Rouge- 4000: To further improve the surface prior to final finishing.

Extra Shine Rouge- 6000: Enhances the surface to exhibit a bright finish.

Super Shine Rouge- 8000: Provides a very high luster and leaves a mirror bright finish.

Picca Blue: Ultra bright finish for platinum and gold.

K-1 Green Rouge: General purpose for preliminaryfinishing applications.

K-2 Green Rouge: Intermediate stage finishing compound.Alox-5 White: For final finish, to achieve a distinctive

luster.

RING TOOLS

166

1. Kagan Wedding Ring SizerEasy to use for all rings without stone settings.This sturdy unit bolts to the work bench, is adown stroke model that operates with minimal

effort. Enlarge or reduce rings with thiscombination machine. Accepts all ring

sizes up to #14 and widths up to 12mm. Thereducing die is reversible and has 12 differentring dies for reductions. Sizer is built horizontalso that the user has more control while sizingrings.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-127 KAGAN RING SIZERRI-128 REPLACEMENT SPLINE

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-125 BRACELET STRETCHERRI-126 REPLACEMENT SPLINE

2. Bracelet StretcherThe sturdy cast iron base encloses the gear mecha-nism that spreads the leaf springs on the down strokeand retracts on the up stroke. Compact space savingunit may be bolted to the work bench. A quick way toenlarge bracelets up to 3” in diameter. Do not use forstone set bracelets.

4. Ring Stretcher with ReducerA heavy duty upright model that bolts to the workbench. Very even expansion for reduction of ringbands up to size #15 and widths up to 12 mm. Sixleaf expansion mandrel is calibrated for approximatering size. The reduction die is reversible. Not for useon stone set rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-130 TWO CONES AND REDUCERRI-129 SPLINE FOR RI-130RI-131 STRETCHER WITH REDUCERRI-132 SPLINE FOR RI-131

6. Ring Shank BenderA robust tool with stepped eccentric bending die andmatched die blocks. A very useful tool to bend andshape flat, oval or engraved strip material. Largelever handle provides effortless working on even thehardest materials.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-134 RING SHANK BENDER

5. Ergonomic Ring StretcherPremium quality, space saving design. Made in stain-less steel. Comfortable non-slip grip. Smooth rotaryaction controls gradual expansion of a four leaf mandrel to enlarge rings. Calibrated for all sizes. Donot use for stone set rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-135 RING SIZE #(3-13)

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-136 RING SIZE #(3-13)RI-137 ADAPTOR 110/ 220V

3. Electronic Ring StretcherAn advanced design for sizing rings effortlessly.Power operated stretching device smoothly expandsrings to the required size. Tapered sleeve is graduat-ed for easy calibration of all ring sizes. Operates on 8AAA batteries (not included). An adaptor is availablefor operation on 110/220 V.

RI-131 RI-130

RING TOOLS

167

8. Stone Ring StretcherA well made bench unit that is very necessary for enlarging allstone set rings. It rolls out the shank, stretches the metal toexpand, without loosening prongs or stressing the stonesettings. A set of 17 polished rollers are included to accommo-date all ring sizes.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-119 STONE RING STRETCHERRI-120 REPLACEMENT ROLLS

12. Rathburn Ring StretcherStretch rings economically with this easy to use fixture. Suitable for ring sizes #6and larger. Ring is placed over the multi stepped collet and stretching is accom-plished by gently tapping the tapered steel plug. Not for use with stone set rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-138 RATHBURN RING STRETCHER

11. Power Hand Ring StretcherAn easy to operate gadget, that is compact yet powerful, for enlarging rings. Thering sits on the tapered expander, and increase in size is effected by turning thescrew mechanism. Expansion is gradual and accurately controlled.Do not use for stone set rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-139 POWER HANDER

7. Kagan Ring RollerFor enlarging stone set rings without disturbing the head. Maybe used as miniature rolling mill for gold or copper wire whenfurish with optional handle. This sizer is equipped with 8 rollersfor knife edge, oval, half-round and flat shanks.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-112 RING ROLLERRI-113 REPLACEMENT HANDLE

10. Ring SettersA universal tool that allows all around accessibility for setting. Nine nylon insertscover the entire range of ring sizes from #2- 13. The head unscrews for alternativemounting in a vise.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-149 SETTERS CLAMPRI-150 INSERTS FOR RI-149AN-417 BENCH PIN FOR RI-149

9. Econo Ring StretcherA well made stretcher, used to enlarge rings of all sizes up to#14. Unit has a stable base with smooth polishedsplines to prevent marring. Effortless movement by alever contributes to gradual enlargement of rings tocalibrated sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-133 RING STRETCHER

AN-417

RI-150RI-149

RING TOOLS

168

™

15. Ring CutterSure grip handle, all nickel plated tool. Extremely safe to use,while cutting rings on fingers. Safety guard slides betweenring and finger when saw blade cuts through shank.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-900 RING CUTTER DELUXEPJ-901 SPARE BLADE 18. Ring Guards

Accurate marking eliminates guess work when rings are to be resized. A complete set of gauges intempered steel, with quarter size increments up to three full sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRG-005 WHITE LADIESRG-006 WHITE GENTSRG-007 WHITE GIANTRG-008 WHITE JUMBO

CODE DESCRIPTIONRG-001 YELLOW LADIESRG-002 YELLOW GENTSRG-003 YELLOW GIANTRG-004 YELLOW JUMBO

13. MILLrite - Millgrain MachineThis unique device has all the features needed to create professional decorativedesigns on rings, sizes #2-13. A sturdy machine that includes a work holdingdevice, a tool clamp, and an ingenious tool feed mechanism. All moving parts areground for a precision fit. Easy to operate with minimal effort. Imprinted designsexhibit a high degree of brilliance. Use with lathe millgrain tools.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMG-345 MILLGRAIN MACHINE COMPLETEMG-346 SET OF 9 COLLETS

14. Lathe MillgrainEmboss decorative designs on the edges of rings and bracelets.Embossing wheels are 6 mm in diameter mounted on square toolshanks that fit on a millgrain machine or lathe. Wheels are hard-ened and tempered to ensure long tool life. Select from a variety ofpatterns to suit individual creations.

CODE DESCRIPTIONMG-362 M14 MALEMG-363 F14 FEMALEMG-364 R1 ROPEMG-365 R2 ROPEMG-366 R3 ROPEMG-367 K1 COIN EDGEMG-368 CM13 DIAMONDMG-369 CM15 DIAMONDMG-370 HB DESIGNMG-371 F16 FEMALEMG-372 CF 7MG-373 CF 10

CODE DESCRIPTIONMG-350 M4 MALEMG-351 F4 FEMALEMG-352 M6 MALEMG-353 F6 FEMALEMG-354 M8 MALEMG-355 F8 FEMALEMG-356 M9 MALEMG-357 F9 FEMALEMG-358 M10 MALEMG-359 F10 FEMALEMG-360 M12 MALEMG-361 F12 FEMALE

16. Mark A SizeReducing ring size is simplified by Mark ASize ring gauge. Has quarter size increments from 1/4” to 3 full sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-109 RING MARK A SIZE

F4

F6F8F9

F10

F12F14F16

M4M6

M8M9

M10M12

M14

K1

CM13

R1

R2R3

CF7

CF10

17. Display RingsUse for displaying precious color stones.Squeeze shanks sides together andprongs slide apart to hold the stone.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRD-171 CHROME SMALLRD-172 CHROME LARGERD-173 GOLD SMALLRD-174 GOLD LARGE

Female

Male

SAFETY

170

1. Lightweight Face ShieldProvides complete face and neck protection from grits of grinding, polishingand drilling. Made of impact resistant clear view material, it must be wornover spectacles or goggles. Fits easily with an adjustable headband.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLS-392 FACE SHIELD

2. Leather Finger CotsSoft leather guard necessary for use in protecting fingers from compounds,heat and abrasion during grinding and finishing.

3. Suede Finger GuardMade of soft leather, for comfort, it protects fingers from burns or abrasionduring grinding, polishing and finishing operations.

5. Safety ApronDurable tie-back denim apron protects clothingat the work place from grime, molten metal andsparks. Provided with easy accessible pocketsfor small tools.

7. 33MM ® Dust MaskComplete protection from toxic dust and other harmful airborne particles.The mask is comfortable, filters air and does not interfere with breathing.A necessity when drilling, grinding and finishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-700 MEDIUM-OPEN ENDPC-701 LARGE-OPEN ENDPC-702 MEDIUM-CLOSED ENDPC-703 LARGE-CLOSED END

CODE DESCRIPTIONSA-004 WORK APRON

CODE DESCRIPTIONSA-001 DUST MASKSA-002 DUST MIST RESPIRATOR

™

8. Ventilated Safety GogglesInexpensive, impact resistant goggles, provide complete eye protectionfrom sparks and debris during grinding and polishing. Ventilated sideguards provide comfort and reduce fogging. Fits over spectacles.One size suits all. Meets ANSI specifications.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLS-390 SAFETY GOGGLES

9. Safety Goggles for PlatinumLight plastic wrap-around frames with safety colored lenses protect eyeswhen melting metal, soldering or brazing.

CODE SHADELS-401 7LS-401-01 10

10. 33MM ® Safety GogglesImpact resistant eye shields offer vital protection during bench work,carving, grinding and buffing. Large clear lenses allow a wide field of view.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLS-391 SILVER GLASSLS-393 CLEAR GLASS

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-680 SMALL- #2PC-681 LARGE- #6

6. 33MM ® Vetrap™ TapesNatural rubber latex, light and durable, this new non-adhesive wrap sticksto itself, but not to the skin. Protects fingers and wrists.Size 2” wide X 5’ length.

CODE COLORPC-704 WHITEPC-705 PINKPC-706 REDPC-707 GREENPC-708 BLUE

4. Rubber Finger CotsSuperior quality rubber provides a comfortable grip and protects finger tipsduring grinding and polishing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPC-676 111/2”- SMALLPC-677 12- MEDIUMPC-678 13- LARGEPC-679 14- EX- LARGE

LS-391

LS-393

SA-001

SA-002

SAW FRAMES & SAWBLADES

172

1. Adjustable Saw Frames-EconoMade of the finest materials, this adjustable sawframe is wellbalanced and has a comfortable hand grip.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSF-101 OSCARSF-201 ECONO 3”

4. Adjustable Saw Frames- GermanForged and hardened tool steel with adjustable frame and serratedclamps to hold the blade firmly. Even accommodates broken blades.

5. Deluxe Saw Frames -FranceAn excellent saw with a stainless steel frame and black varnishedwooden handle. Perfect blade alignment is assured by smooth slidinghead. Jaws are case hardened tempered steel.

6. Saw Frames with Tension ScrewForged hardened tool steel adjustable frame with a serrated clamp tohold the blade firmly. Alignment is accurate and a tensioning screw isprovided to eliminate blade wobble.

2. Saw Frame- SwissThis sawframe is adjustable, ultra-light, and perfectly balanced.Ergonomic handle reduces fatigue. Made of quality steel with a non-glare finish.

CODE SIZESF-725 21/2”SF-730 3”SF-740 4”SF-750 5”SF-760 6”SF-780 8”SF-761 WING NUTS

CODE SIZE NOSF-762 60mm 0SF-763 70mm 1SF-764 85mm 2SF-765 95mm 3SF-766 125mm 4SF-767 150mm 5

CODE SIZESF-782 23/4”SF-783 33/4”SF-784 4”SF-785 5”

CODE SIZESF-788 3”

™

3. Adjustable Saw Frame - FranceSpecial rectangular profile 5 X 7mm contributes to extra rigidity of thesaw frame. Quick tension system by a quarter turn of the tighteninglever holds blade taut. Size 80 X 130mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONSF-600 THUMB LOCKSF-601 REGULAR

SF-101

SF-201

SF-788

SF-600

SF-601



173

7. Gems SawbladesSwiss made, high quality, long lasting tempered steel resists breakage and driftingwhen cutting. Packed in one gross (144 blades).

CODE SIZESB-100 #0SB-101 #1SB-102 #2SB-103 #3SB-104 #4SB-105 #5

8. Antilope® SawbladesGerman made sawblades recognized and accepted by jewelers worldwide.Packed in one gross (144 blades).

™

CODE SIZESB-120 #2/0SB-130 #3/0SB-140 #4/0SB-150 #5/0SB-160 #6/0

CODE SIZESB-161 #1SB-162 #2SB-163 #3SB-164 #4SB-165 #5


9. Herkules® SawbladesHerkules sawblades are world renowned. Made of special alloy steel, uniformlytempered. Packed in one gross (144 blades).



10. Econo SawbladesA good quality sawblade at a very affordable price. Made in India.Packed in one gross (144 blades).



11. Pike® SawbladesSwiss made high quality sawblades useful for accurate and precise work.Packed in one gross (144 blades).


CODE SIZESB-520 #2/0SB-530 #3/0SB-540 #4/0SB-550 #5/0SB-560 #6/0SB-570 #7/0



174

12. Flash SawbladesThe finest Swiss sawblade. Known in the industry for its exceptional flexibility.Packed in one gross (144 blades).

™


CODE SIZESB-620 #2/0SB-630 #3/0SB-640 #4/0SB-650 #5/0SB-660 #6/0SB-670 #7/0SB-680 #8/0

13. Spiral SawbladesSpecial form sawblades to cut rubber, plastic, wax, plaster and other hardened materials.Allows cuts to be made in any direction. Packed in one gross (144 blades).

CODE SIZESB-800 #0SB-801 #1SB-802 #2

CODE SIZESB-803 #3SB-820 #2/0SB-830 #3/0

15. Tube CutterCut rods or tubing up to 1/8” diameter with precision. This jig is made of steel and is providedwith a wooden handle. An adjustable stop allows you to make repeated cuts to accuratelengths.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSH-730 TUBE CUTTER

SIZE T D T. P. I#1 0.0120” 0.0240” 51#2 0.0134” 0.0276” 43#3 0.0140” 0.0290” 40.5#4 0.0150” 0.0307” 38#5 0.0158” 0.0331” 35.5#1/0 0.0110” 0.0220” 53.5#2/0 0.0103” 0.0204” 56#3/0 0.0095” 0.0190” 61#4/0 0.0086” 0.0175” 66#5/0 0.0080” 0.0157” 71#6/0 0.0070” 0.0140” 76#7/0 0.0067” 0.0130” 84#8/0 0.0063” 0.0126” 86

16. Bur LubeA carefully formulated compound that provides optimum balance ofcooling and lubrication. Reduces friction and heat build up, therebyextending tool life. Essential to use when drilling, cutting or grinding.


14. Bench Mounted Saw TableMade of satin chrome brass, this saw table may be fastened to your work bench.The device permits linear or multi-contoured cuts to be easily made as it allows freemovement in all directions. Even thin sheet can be sawed with almost no vibration.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSB-001 SAW TABLE

T TEETH PER INCH.

D

SCALES

176

Tanita Scales

CODE DESCRIPTIONSC-481 50 CTSC-485 100 CT

™

1. Tanita Model 1210Mini Scale weighs in carat, troy ounce, grain and gram.Three-LR44 watch batteries included.Specifications Capacity ReadabilityCarat 0-50 ct. 0.01 ct.Troy oz. 0-0.32 ozt. 0.0001 ozt.Grain 0-154 gr 0.05 grGram 0-10 g 0.002 gDimension 6” X 41/2” X 1”

CODE MODELSC-420 #1220

2. Model 1220-PGram and pennyweight scale. Two-5004LC batteries included.Specifications Capacity ReadabilityGram 0-100 g 0.1 gPennyweight 64 dwt 0.1 dwtDimension 23/4” X 41/8” X 3/8”


3. Model 1475Weighs in gram. Three-LR44 batteries included.SpecificationsCapacity 1000gReadability 1g- 0~500g, 2g-500~1000gDimension 31/2” X 53/4” X 3/4”


4. Model 1212Weighs in pennyweight and gram. Four-AAA batteries included.Specifications Capacity Capacity 300gReadability 0.1g-0~150, 0.2g-150~300gPennyweight 0.1 dwt-0~100 dwt, 0.2 dwt -100~193 dwtDimension 63/8” X 35/8” X 3/4”

CODE MODELSC-474 #1475T

5. Model 1475TWeighs in gram. Three-LR44 batteries included.SpecificationsCapacity 1200gReadability 1g-0~600g , 2g-600~1200Dimension 31/2” X 53/4” X 3/4”

6. Model 1477Weighs in pennyweight and gram. Three-LR44 batteriesincluded.SpecificationsCapacity 100gReadability 0.1g-0~50 g, 0.2g-50~100 gPennyweight 0.1 dwt-0~32 dwt, 0.2 dwt-32~64 dwtDimension 6” X 3” X 5/8”


SCALES

177

™

7. Model TPK-100Weighs in pennyweight and gram. Solar powered.SpecificationsCapacity 100gAccuracy 0.1g-0~50 g, 0.2 g-50~100 g CODE MODEL

SC-451 #TPK-100

8. Model 7020Weighs in pennyweight and gram. Four-AAA batteries included.Comes with calculator.SpecificationsCapacity 100gReadability 0.1g-0~50 g, 0.2g-50~100 gTroy oz. 0-1.6/0.005 1.6-3.2/0.01 ozt.Ounce 0-1.6/0.005 1.6-3.5/0.01 oz.Pennyweight 0-32 /0.1 dwt 32-64 /0.2 dwtDimension 61/8” X 33/4” X 3/4”


9. Model 1140 ScaleWeighs in grams and ounce only. Four-R03 or AAA batteriesincluded.SpecificationsCapacity 1000gReadability 1g-0~500g, 2g-500~1000gDimension 8” X 53/4” X 11/2”


10. Model KP-Series ScaleWeighs in grams, ounce, troy ounce and pennyweight. 5004LCbatteries included.SpecificationsCapacity 400gReadability 0.1g-0~200g, 0.2g-200~400gOunce 0-7.05 oz 0.005 oz

7.05-14.1 oz 0.01 ozTroy oz. 0-6.43 ozt 0.005

6.43-12.86 ozt 0.01Pennyweight 0-128.6 dwt 0.1 dwt

128.6-257.2 dwt 0.2 dwtDimension 51/8” X 71/8” X 1/2”

CODE DESCRIPTION RANGESC-486 KP-200 0-200gSC-488 KP-400 0-400g

11. Model 1479V ScaleWeighs in grams only. Alkaline batteries included.Specifications Capacity ReadabilityGram 0-120 g 0.1 gDimension 3” X 61/8” X 5/8”

CODE MODELSC-473 #1479V

Tanita Scales

SCALES

178

™

An easy to operate balance for jewelry and laboratory weighing. The sealedfront panel has a molded spill ring. Features include high contrast LCDdisplay with weighing modes, parts counting and other applications.

15. Ohaus® Scout II

Code-110V/ 60 Hz SC-001 SC-003 SC-008 SC-005Code-220V/ 50 Hz SC-002 SC-004 SC-009 SC-006Model SC2020 SC4010 SC4020 SC6010Capacity(g) 200g 400g 400g 600gReadability 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1Weighing Modes g, oz, lb, oz troy, dwt and parts countingPan Size 4” DIA. 5” X 53/4” 5” X 53/4”Dimensions 63/4” X 23/8” X 81/4”

12. Ohaus® Compact Jewelry Scale

Code SC-007 / CS-200JCapacity(g) X Readability 200g X 0.1g

7.05oz X 0.01 oz128.6 dwt X 0.1 dwt6.43 ozt X 0.01 ozt

Weighing Unit g, oz, oz troy, and dwtPan Size 53/4” X 51/4”Dimensions 8” X 51/2” X 11/2”

Portable, and simple to set up, it is perfectly compatible for weighing jewel-ry. Highly accurate and reliable, it features an easy to read display, a largeweighing surface and an auto power shut off. Powered by 3 -AA Alkalinebatteries included.

16. Ohaus® Navigator™ Legal-for-TradeNavigator™ offers 12 weighing modes and counting features. Sealedfront for protection from liquid spillage. LCD has large 6 digit, 7segment display. A/C power or batteries.

Code SC-010 / 610gCapacity(g) X Readability 610g X 0.1gWeighing Unit g, oz, lb, oz troy, and dwtPan Size 43/4” DIAMETERDimensions 71/4” X 101/2” X 21/4”

13. Ohaus® Dial-O-Gram® Balance

Code SC-012 / 1610-00Capacity(g) X Readability 610g / 2610g X 0.1gPan Size (Dia. X Depth) 6” X 0.8”Dimensions 18” X 12” X 9”

17. Ohaus® Diamond MCT500A rugged dependable balance that combines unsurpassed value with solidreliability. Features a die cast metal base, tare key and an ergonomic LCDdisplay. Easy access and total environmental protection by a three doordraft shield.

Code SC-011 / MCT500Capacity(g) X Readability 500 ct/ 0.001ctWeighing Unit ct, grains, dwt, oz troy, g, tacl(3)Pan Size 31/2” DIA.Dimensions 81/2” X 141/3” X 131/2”

The Dial-O-Gram provides the durability and versatility for weighing solids,liquids and powders. Features a removable stainless steel platform, springloaded zero adjustor and dial operation for speed and convenience.

14. Ohaus® Triple Beam Balance

Code SC-013 / 750-SOCapacity(g) X Readability 610g / 2610g X 0.1gPan Size (Dia. X Depth) 6” X 0.8”Dimensions 18” X 12” X 9”

The triple beam balance is well equipped to handle any weighing job,solids, liquids or powders. Features a stainless steel pan, three notched,tiered beams with center reading and a spring loaded zero adjustcompensator.

SCALES

179

™

Model PL202-S Model PL601-S Model PL1501-S Model PL6000-SCode 110V/ 60Hz SC-040 SC-041 SC-042 SC-043Max. Capacity 210g 610g 1510 6100gReadability 0.01g 0.01g 0.1g 1gTaring range 0...210g 0...610g 0...1510g 0...6100gRepeatability 0.008g 0.08g 0.08g 0.8gPan Size Ø 120mm Ø 160mm Ø 160mm Ø 160mm

19. Mettler® Toledo PL-S ScalesThe PL-S precision balances are the ideal equipment for easy weighing tasks. A choice of applications forversatile needs. An extremely compact design and the possibility of battery supply or internal battery chargerfor convenient portability. Dimensions (W X D X H) 194 X 225 X 67mm

Model CB203/ A Model CB603/ A Model CB1503/ DR-ACode 110V/ 60Hz SC-020 SC-021 SC-022Max. Capacity 210 ct / 610 ct 610 ct 500 ct / 1600 ctReadability 0.001 ct / 0.01 ct 0.001 ct 0.001 ct / 0.01 ctTaring range 0...210 ct/ 0...610 ct 0...610 ct 0...1600 ctRepeatability 0.001 ct / 0.005 ct 0.001 ct 0.001 ct / 0.005 ctPan Size Ø 80mm Ø 80mm Ø 80mmDimensions (W X D X H) 190 X 290 X 252mm 190 X 290 X 252mm 190 X 290 X 339mm

18. Mettler® Toledo Scales Legal-for-TradeWorld renowned Mettler® scales manufactured and tested to ISO 9001 standards. Designed specificallywith advanced digital technology to guarantee accuracy and reliable performance. Simple switch overfor weighing in different units such as g, kg, lb, oz, ozt, dwt, ct, GN, tl and mommes. Clear key marking,simple functions and wide angle back-lit LCD display for error free reading. All glass shield offers goodaccess and view. Weighing pan of a special chrome steel alloy for protection against scratches.Optional features: Battery pack for 10 hours portable operation. Computer printer interface (RS232C).Secondary displays for easy customer viewing.

Model GB1501/ A Model GB3001/ ACode 110V/ 60Hz SC-025 SC-026Max. Capacity 1510g 3100gReadability 0.1g 0.1gTaring range 0...1510g 0...3100gRepeatability 0.05g 0.05gPan Size 180 X 166mm 180 X 166mmDimensions (W X D X H) 190 X 290 X 62mm 190 X 290 X 62mm

High Performance Gold Scales Legal-for-TradeA compact elegant balance specially developed for weighing of gold and jewelry. Error-free instantresults, LCD display with quick change from gram to pennyweight to troy ounce and more. Specialscratch resistant chrome alloy steel pan optimized for everyday use.

Sturdily built, all metal housing balance with a state-of -the -art MonoBloc weighing cell that guaranteespermanent shock and overload protection. Touch key technology for easy change over from gram topenny weight, troy ounce and more.

Model GB6001/ S-A Model GB3002/ DR-A Model GB16001/ACode 110V/ 60Hz SC-027 SC-028 SC-029Max. Capacity 6100g 600g / 3100g 16100gReadability 0.1g 0.01g / 0.1g 0.1gTaring range 0...6100g 0...3100g 0...16100gRepeatability 0.05g 0.05g 0.5gPan Size 180 X 166mm 180 X 166mm 349 X 232mmDimensions (W X D X H) 190 X 290 X 62mm 190 X 290 X 62mm 381 X 321 X 92mm

Accessories for MettlerCODE DESCRIPTIONSC-030 BATTERY PACK- FOR CB AND GB SERIESSC-031 INTERFACE CABLE-FOR CB AND GB SERIESSC-032 ANTI-THEFT DEVICE- FOR CB AND GB SERIESSC-033 CARRYING CASE- FOR GB SERIESSC-034 AUXILIARY DISPLAY LC/RS BLDSC-035 IMPACT CALCULATING PRINTER LC-P45

SCALES

180

™

Model GM312 / GM612 Model GM1502/GM1205 Model GM3101Code SC-230 / SC-231 SC-232 / SC-233 SC-235Readability 0.01 g 0.01 g/0.05g 0.1 gCapacity 310 g /610 g 1,500 g /1,200 g 3,100 g Response time 1s 1s 1sMass Units tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola, dwt, bat, k, tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola, dwt, bat, k, tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola, dwt, bat, k,

MS, GN, mom, g, kg, lb, oz, ozt MS, GN, mom, g, kg, lb, oz, ozt MS, GN, mom, g, kg, lb, oz, oztOptional 9V battery 9V battery 9V batteryPan size 180 X 180 mm 174 X 143 mm 174 X 143 mmDimensions (W X D X H) 204 X 297 X 80 mm 188 X 250 X 70 mm 188 X 250 X 70 mm

Model GC503 Model GC1503 Model GC2102Code SC-210 SC-215 SC-217Readability 0.001 ct 0.001/0.01 ct 0.01 ct (0.001 g)Capacity 505 ct 600/1500 ct 2,100 ct (420 g)Response time 1.5s 1.5s 1.5sMass Units tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola, dwt, bat, k, tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola, dwt, bat, k, tlh, tls, tlt, tlc, ct, tola,dwt, bat, k,

MS, GN, mom, g, kg,lb, oz, ozt MS, GN, mom, g, kg, lb, oz, ozt MS, GN, mom, g, kg, lb, oz, oztPan size 80 mm 80 mm 115 mmDimensions (W X D X H) 188 X 250 X 233mm 204 X 270 X 265 mm 204 X 270 X 265 mm

20. Sartorius® Scales

CODE DESCRIPTIONSC-399 DWT/ GRAM SCALE

21. Pennyweight/Gram ScaleA single pan precision scale that eliminates the need of individual weights.Precision fulcrum ensures accurate weighing. A leveling screw is providedfor set up on uneven surfaces.

CODE CAPACITYSC-410 10 ctSC-450 50 ct

22. Mini BalanceSensitive (0.01ct) miniature pan balnce to weigh diamonds and presiousstones. Select from two different models. Includes twezeer and calibratedweights.Come in a polished wooden box with a carrying case.

Scales are warrantied by the manufacturer. Warranty coverage is voided if the product istampered with or subjected to misuse in any way. Returns within 5 days after receiving themerchandise must be in the original packaging.

SCREWDRIVERS

182

™

1. Precision Screwdriver SetsPremium quality precision chrome plated screwdrivers with replacement blades.Anodized brass head freely rotates on ball bearings. Color coded for size.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSD-007 9 PCS SET (0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5 AND 3.0mm)

WITH 19 BLADES AND 2 SCREWSSD-009 ROTATING STAND WITH 9 PCS SET

2. Precision ScrewdriversThese are chrome plated brass and knurled for a light but sure grip. The headrotates on ball bearings. Color coded for size.

CODE SIZE(MM) COLORSD-011 0.5mm GREENSD-014 0.6mm PINKSD-015 0.8mm YELLOWSD-016 1.0mm BLACKSD-017 1.2mm REDSD-018 1.4mm GRAYSD-019 1.6mm VIOLETSD-020 1.8mm ORANGESD-021 2.0mm GREENSD-022 2.5mm BLUESD-023 3.0mm BROWN

SCREWDRIVER BLADES SIZE(MM) COLOR #SD-310 SD-302 0.5mm VIOLET 10SD-311 SD-303 0.6mm BLUE 9SD-312 SD-304 0.7mm WHITE 8SD-313 SD-305 0.8mm RED 7SD-314 SD-306 1.0mm BROWN 6SD-315 SD-307 1.2mm GREEN 5SD-316 SD-308 1.3mm BLACK 4SD-317 SD-309 1.5mm YELLOW 3SD-318 SET OF 6 (#3-#8)

4. Screwdrivers with Fixed BladesHigh precision screwdrivers in quality tool steel, heat treated for toughness towithstand wear. Bodies are knurled for a non-slip grip.

3. Reversible Blade ScrewdriversPrecision screwdrivers in straight knurled chromium plated brass. A mini chuckgrips the blade at the lower end. Blades are ground on both sides and may bereversed when needed. Overall length 80mm.

CODE SIZE(MM) COLORSD-060 0.6mm PINKSD-080 0.8mm YELLOWSD-100 1.0mm BLACKSD-120 1.2mm REDSD-140 1.4mm GRAYSD-160 1.6mm VIOLETSD-200 2.0mm GREENSD-250 2.5mm BLUESD-300 3.0mm BROWNSD-006 7 PCS SET WITH STAND (0.6 - 2.5mm)SD-008 STAND WITH SHARPENING STONESD-010 6 PCS SET (0.8 - 2.0mm)

SD-007

SD-009

SD-318

SD-006

SD-008

SD-010

7. Ring Repair SetAn ideal bench set for ring repair. The ring mandrel can be rotated and adjusted to anyangle for convenience of working. Set includes ring mandrel with base and a well balancedhammer with changeable heads of steel, aluminum alloy or nylon.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-114 COMPLETE SETRI-115 HAMMER WITH 3 HEADS

SETTING TOOLS

184

™

2. Adjustable ScraperThis adjustable scraper has a holder and a lock screw to permit the setting of the hollow toolbit for depth of cut. Useful for fine detail scraping of excess solder.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBS-400 SCRAPER 31/2” LONG

4. Setter’s Tube HolderComfortably shaped wooden handle has reinforced metal threaded spindle with chuck.Accepts interchangeable collets to hold tubes during stone setting.Can hold sizes from 1/32” to 1/8”.

5. Setter’s Hold ItThis metal vise grips any odd shaped object in specially formed jaws. Additional top clampsmay be aligned with a key to hold bracelets for stone mounting. Holds up to 12 settings andmeasures 51/2” overall length.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-017 WITH FOUR COLLETS

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-020 SETTER’S HOLD IT

1. Burnishers-SteelPolished, straight or curved steel blade, with comfortable hardwood handle. These toolsmay be used to open or close bezel settings in hard to reach places. Overall length 6”

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-100 STRAIGHT 13/4” BLADEDI-101 CURVED 2” BLADE

6. Prong Lifting PliersSpecial lap joint pliers with a double leaf spring. Provides gentle pressure on the prong andno pressure on the stone to avoid mar or fracture. One jaw is grooved to hold the prongand the other angled to support the under side to raise the prong gently.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-736 PRONG LIFTING PLIER 5”

3. Agate BurnishersMade of natural stone. Straight, knife edged or cone pointed, this super polished surfacesmoothes all marks or other imperfections on jewelry.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-725 STRAIGHTBR-726 KNIFE EDGE

SETTING TOOLS

185

™

13. Prong Lifter- EconomyA hardened steel tool that includes precision ground slots to fit all sizes ofprongs. Virtually eliminates risk of damage to the stone while mounting,setting or re-tipping.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-096 PRONG LIFTER

12. Prong Lifter Plus with Bezel PusherThis new design has the advantage for opening cabochon with theadditional feature of a prong pusher. Titanium coated is five times harderthan steel and has a long life. Comes with a comfortable plastic grip handle.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-091 REGULARDI-097 TITANIUM COATED

10. Bezel RollerEffortless method for rolling bezels around stones in rings. The semicircular highly polished steel head gently folds the metal over the stone.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-035 BEZEL ROLLER

8. Prong PusherA quality tool having a comfortable wood shaped handle with a groovedsteel end. Use to push prong or crown points with unfailing accuracy.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-098 PRONG PUSHER

9. Bezel PusherSquare faced, hardened and polished steel pusher, mounted in a hardwoodhandle. Use for the initial tightening of prongs and beads.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-099 BEZEL PUSHER

11. Bezel MandrelQuite simply, the fastest way to form bezels in different shapes. May alsobe used to make decorative wire forms. These mandrels are made of casehardened steel, precision finished and polished. Mandrel portion is approx.8” long with a 1/2” to 1/8” taper.

CODE SHAPE LENGTHGM-108 SQUARE 11”GM-109 ROUND 8”GM-110 TRIANGLE 11”GM-111 OVAL 11”GM-112 RECTANGLE 11”GM-113 ROUND 11”

Titanium Coated

SETTING TOOLS

186

™

16. Swiss Beading ToolsHardened and polished concave tools for beading. Used to form beads to hold diamonds and other stonesin mountings. Overall length 60mm with 2.35mm shank.

CODE SIZE/ Ø D(MM)BD-700 #0/0.25BD-701 #1/0.30BD-702 #2/0.35BD-703 #3/0.40BD-704 #4/0.45BD-705 #5/0.50BD-706 #6/0.55BD-707 #7/0.60

CODE SIZE/ Ø D(MM)BD-708 #8/0.65BD-709 #9/0.70BD-710 #10/0.75BD-711 #11/0.80BD-712 #12/0.85BD-713 #13/0.90BD-714 #14/0.95BD-715 #15/1.00

CODE SIZE/ Ø D(MM)BD-716 #16/1.05BD-717 #17/1.10BD-718 #18/1.15BD-719 #19/1.20BD-720 #20/1.25BD-721 #21/1.30BD-722 #22/1.35

14. Ring SettersA universal tool that allows convenient positioning while setting.Nine nylon inserts for ring sizes from #2-13. The head unscrewsfor alternative mounting in a vise.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-149 SETTER’S CLAMPRI-150 INSERTS FOR RI-149

17. Beading Tool SetsSteel tool has concave tip that puts beads on prongs to securestones in mountings. Set of 12 from #5-16 (0.5 to 1.05mm).Set of 23 from #0-22 (0.25 to 1.35mm). All on plasticstands with a handle.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBD-628 12 PCSBD-629 23 PCSBD-630 BEADING TOOL HOLDERBD-631 BEADING TOOL CASE

18. Beading BlocksPrecisely formed round or rectangular shapes in hardened polished tool steel. These blocks are essentialto re-shape the ends of the beading tools.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBD-622 SUNK-ROUND-FRANCEBD-623 RAISED-ROUND-FRANCEBD-621 SUNK-RECTANGULAR-FRANCEBD-624 RAISED-RECTANGULAR-FRANCEBD-625 40 HOLES (0.60-1.75mm)-SWISS

15. Special Bench PinUse this bench pin with the setters inside ring clamp. This fixtureprovides access to all around workability, contributing to higherproductivity.

CODE DESCRIPTIONAN-417 BENCH PIN FOR RI-149

Ø D(MM)

60MM

Ø 2.35MM

Brass Insert

SETTING TOOLS

187

™

20. Final TouchExtremely easy to use for setting stones. Snap in prongs with a single lighttap. The polyurethane base has numerous cavities to locate various stonesizes during setting.

19. Setting Burnisher SetsMultiple uses as setting closers, burnishing or finishing tubes over stones.All sets include a heavy duty handle to secure the respective tool, exceptBR-733. Choice of five different sets.

21. Claw Setting JigA complete set for making four, six or eight large or small prongs. Filing orsawing may be done while the setting is held in the jig.

CODE DESCRIPTIONRI-166 CLAW SETTING

22. Channel Setting Set- for Faro Handpiece #10Incorporate this precise system to set stones professionally. A complete setthat fits to the handpiece and allows you to control the cutting depth forchannel set stones. This kit ensures stones are set straight, parallel andfirmly in place.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-075 COMPLETE SET

23. Ring Setter’s FlangesA set of brass flanges in pairs to clamp wide or narrow band ringsizes #(1-15) in a vise without any mars. Useful for setting, engraving orrepair work.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-074 RING SETTER’S FLANGES

Set of 12- French BR-730Dia. 1.00- 1.50- 2.00- 2.50- 3.00- 3.50- 4.00- 5.00- 5.50-6.00- 7.00- 8.00mm.Set of 18- French BR-731

Dia. 1.00- 1.25- 1.50- 1.75- 2.00- 2.25- 2.50- 2.75- 3.00-3.25- 3.50- 4.00- 5.00- 5.50- 6.00- 7.00- 8.00mm.Set of 24- French BR-732

Dia. 1.50- 1.75- 2.00- 2.25- 2.50- 2.75- 3.00- 3.25- 3.50-4.00- 4.25- 4.50- 4.75- 5.00- 5.25- 5.50- 6.00- 6.50- 7.00-7.50- 8.00- 9.00- 10.00mm.

DIA. PROGRESSION1.00-5.50mm 0.25mm6.00-8.00mm 0.50mm9.00-10.00mm 1.00mm

Set of 29- German BR-733

Dia. 2.00- 2.25- 2.50- 2.75- 3.00- 3.25- 3.50- 3.75- 4.00-4.25- 4.50- 4.75- 5.00- 5.25- 5.50- 5.75- 6.00- 6.25- 6.50-6.75- 7.00- 7.25- 7.50- 7.75- 8.00- 8.25- 8.50- 8.75- 9.00mm.

Set of 16- Economy BR-734

Dia. 1.50- 2.00- 2.50- 3.00- 3.50- 4.00- 4.50- 5.00- 5.50-6.00- 6.50- 7.00- 7.50- 8.00- 8.50- 9.00mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-102 FINAL TOUCH

BR-731

BR-730

BR-732

BR-733

BR-734


30. Attack Epoxy SolventA solvent that works on stone, wood or glassto remove excess cured epoxy.

26. 3M® Glue & GelA fast curing gel, bonds in a minute, and is veryeasy to apply. Needle tip dispenser fills small voidsand forms a strong bond. Useful to bond jewelry,glass, stone, plastic and wood.

CODE CAPACITYEP-005 8 fl oz

CODE DESCRIPTIONEP-001 SUPER GLUE GEL-6001EP-002 SUPER STRENGTH-6004

SETTING TOOLS

188

™

27. Stone Setter’s CementForms an excellent bond for stones when meltedand applied to dops. Securely holds the stone forpolishing and finishing.

CODE SIZEDI-318 4” X 4” X 5/16”

28. Epoxy 330/220Epoxy 330: A clear epoxy for invisible bonds onglass, stone, or findings. Exhibits a high polish oninlay work. Air curing time approx. 2 hours. Applylight heat to reduce curing time.Epoxy 220: A heat resistant epoxy for bondingfindings to stone. Has a higher tensile strength.Air curing time approx. 8 hours. Low heat reducescuring time.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEP-007 EPOXY 220EP-008 EPOXY 330

29. Opticon® Fracture SealerA two part epoxy that penetrates hair linecracks, and is very effective for sealing fracturesin stones. 8 fl oz sealer, 1 oz hardener.

CODE DESCRIPTIONEP-009 FRACTURE SEALER

24. Hardwood Shellac HoldersShellac holders are available in round, flat face and rotating types. This hand held accessory holdsthe work piece while chasing, setting and engraving. Surfaces may be bonded with heated shellac toretain the article. The rotating wheel type may be locked in any position by a wing nut to allowviewing. To remove articles dissolve in denatured alcohol.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-320 ROUND 4”- COATED SHELLACDI-321 ROUND 5”- COATED SHELLACDI-322 FLAT FACE-11/2”DI-323 FLAT FACE-2”HO-306 ROTATING WHEEL

25. Shellac Flake & StickVery useful to secure odd shaped articles of jewelrywhen stone setting. Shellac becomes soft withapplication of heat, and hardens with cold water.Remove articles by dissolving in denatured alcohol.

CODE DESCRIPTIONDI-316 S/ STICK-1 lb BOX (4 PCS.)DI-319 FLAKES-1 lb

DI-320DI-321

DI-322

DI-323HO-306

SOLDERING

190

1. Adjustable ScraperThis adjustable scraper has a holder and a lock screw to set the hollow toolbit for depth of cut. Useful for fine detail scraping of excess solder.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONBS-400 SCRAPER 31/2” LONG

6. Solder Cutting PlierIdeal tool for cutting uniform pieces of solder. All steel construction, lappedjoints and plastic coated handles, for easy shearing.Overall length 5”/130mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-038 SOLDER CUTTING PLIER

4. Titanium Solder PicSolder will not adhere to this titanium rod fitted with a heat resistant handle.Used to spread solder to the desired area when soldering gold or silver.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSP-361 TITANINUM

2. Tungsten Solder PicMade of tungsten, this pick will withstand high temperatures. A good aid forfine detail soldering. Ideal for use on platinum, but may also be used forgold and silver.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSP-360 TUNGSTEN

3. Copper TongsThese tongs are suitable to use when immersing articles in pickling oracidic solutions. Will not contaminate nor corrode the solutions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-444 BENT- 9”TW-445 FISH TAIL- 9”

7. Third Hand Round BaseUseful accessory that assists positioning of work pieces during soldering.Unit has a stable base, with cross locking tweezers that can be adjusted tothe required angle for working.

5. Soldering TweezersCross locking stainless steel tweezers with serrated tips and fiber handles,to protect hands from heat when soldering. Overall length 63/4”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-473 BENTTW-474 STRAIGHT

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-010 THIRD HAND W/TWEEZERSHO-011 BASE ONLYTW-477 CROSS LOCK TWEEZERS


SOLDERING

191

™

12. Ceramic Ring StandCeramic tapered rod on a heavy base to suit all ring sizes. Mounted in auniversal joint to position the work. Practical to use for all types of assemblyand repair.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-009 HOLDER WITH BASEHO-013 SPARE CERAMIC ROD

11. Double Clamp StandHeavy work base with universal adjustment to two spring loaded clips.This fixture increases flexibility and simplifies soldering of multiple pieces.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-012 DOUBLE CLAMP STAND

10. Third Hand Stainless SteelThis third hand is distinctly different as it is a stainless steel weighted baseunit. Available in two styles: one third hand or two third hand. Reduce sol-dering set up time with the all around flexibility these third hands supply.They can twist, rotate and bend any desired position.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-011-01 THIRD HAND S.S- SINGLEHO-011-02 THIRD HAND S.S-DOUBLE

8. GRS® Third Hand Soldering StationThe ultimate work station for all your soldering applications. Mounted on ametal base with a replaceable non-asbestos working platform. Chose fromtwo styles; one third hand or two third hands. Hands have spring actiongrips. Tilts and rotates in any conceivable position.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-014 THIRD HAND ON WEIGHTED BASEHO-015 DOUBLE STATIONHO-015-02 SOLDERING BOARD-4”HO-015-03 SOLDERING BOARD-6”HO-016 TC JAWS

9. Platinum Soldering StationThis soldering station is designed to be used for soldering platinum as itprevents contamination during the process. A complete work stationincludes carbide tipped tweezers, carbide solder pick, and a replaceablesolder board.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-015-01 GRS® PLATINUM SOLDERING STATION WITH SO-114HO-015-04 GRS® SOLDERING PLATFORM -6”SO-114 PLATINUM SOLDERING BOARD -6” X 6”

HO-014

HO-015

HO-015-02

HO-015-03

HO-015-04

SO-114

HO-015-01

SOLDERING

192

™

13. Rotating Soldering TableAllows convenient positioning in any angle as thetable revolves on ball bearings. Low height andspecial honey comb design provides firm holding ofsmall parts. 51/2” diameter.

14. Ceramic Soldering BlocksNon-asbestos blocks, suitable to withstand hightemperatures up to 2000°F/1093°C with little or nothermal expansion. A flat working surface thatretains heat and cleans easily.

15. Honeycomb Soldering BlocksMost commonly used ceramic block, that has finepores to accelerate the heat loss from parts beingsoldered. Holes may be used to retain fine wirearticles or used as anchor points. Asbestos free,these blocks withstand temperatures up to 2000°F.

19. Soldering Boards for PlatinumMade of super refractory material, these boardsmeet the demand of high temperature soldering ofplatinum. Extremely low thermal conductivity,without loss of strength, these boards are free ofany metallic impurities.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-100 SET WITH LAVA DISCSO-099 REPLACEMENT DISC

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-104 OVAL 61/2” X 3” X 1”SO-105 ROUND 4” X 1”

CODE SIZESO-107 33/4” X 51/2” X 1/2”SO-108 51/2” X 73/4” X 1/2”

CODE SIZESO-114-01 4” X 4” X 1/2”SO-114 6” X 6” X 1/2”

16. Magnesia BlockAn economical type block that is porous and fire-proof. Lasts longer than charcoal blocks.Soft enough to enable work to be pressed into thesurface and steadied while soldering. CODE SIZE

SO-109 6” X 3” X 2”

18. Silquar Hi-Heat BoardsA non-asbestos soldering board. Withstands heat toa maximum temperature 2000°F/1093°C.Cleans easily with water.

17. Silica Soldering BoardA novel type of board that is soft and flexible, yet willnot break if dropped. Useful to hold articles of different types. Withstands temperatures up to2500°F.

CODE SIZESO-111 6” X 6” X 1/2”SO-112 6” X 12” X 1/2”SO-113 12” X 12” X 1/2”

CODE SIZESO-110 6” X 6” X 1/2”

SOLDERING

193

™

21. Charcoal BlockMade from selected soft wood. Easy to pin or presswork pieces while soldering. Creates a reducingatmosphere and reflects heat back on the articlebeing soldered. CODE SIZE

SO-118 51/2” X 23/4” X 11/8”

22. Thermic Isolator GrainGranular, irregular shaped grains used to supportwork pieces during soldering. May be used wet ordry. Indispensable when soldering unusual shapesof jewelry items. CODE DESCRIPTION

SO-121 SOLDERING GRAINS-500g

24. PicklersThis 14 oz. capacity pickler is safe and effective for removing oxides or firescale from the surfaces of gold, silver and non-ferrous alloys. Comes withacid resistant retrieval baskets for easy immersion and removal. Constantbath temperature at 140°F/60°C. Provided with polypropylene perforatedbasket for easy immersion and retrieval of articles of jewelry, while workingwith hot pickling solutions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPB-210 14 oz 110V/ 60HzPB-211 14 oz 220V/ 50HzPB-217 BASKET

25. Sparex® Pickling CompoundNon-flammable, granular dry acid compound, for use in Picklers. Cleansand removes surface oxidation and fire scale discoloration, on gold, silverand non-ferrous alloys. Works efficiently at a constant temperature of140°F/60°C.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-129 COMPOUND 10 ozSO-128 COMPOUND 21/2 lbSO-129-01 COMPOUND 45 lb DRUM

23. Solder Station with LighterHandy solder station has a durable non-asbestossolder board with a built-in lighter. Instant ignition,saves gas. Operates on 4-AA batteries.Size 4” X 2” X 10”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-092 COMPLETE UNITSO-093 SOLDER BOARD FOR SO-092

20. Solderite™ BoardsAn entirely new material that is asbestos free, flameresistant and non-combustible. These boards havegood heat reflection and insulating qualities.In addition, they will not flake or crumble, making itthe best all purpose board for soldering.

CODE SIZESO-115 6” X 6” X 1/2”SO-116 6” X 12” X 1/2”SO-117 12” X 12” X 1/2”

SOLDERING

194

™

30. Anti-Tix Flux®

A liquid mask that when brushed on will preventsolder flow to unwanted areas. May be used forhard or soft solders.

32. Hard Soldering FluxA different kind of flux that has self pickling andadhesive qualities. Holds solder bits in place andpreserves the color and temper of the material.Suitable for metals with high melting points.

29. Tix Flux®

A liquid non-corrosive flux, harmless to hands orclothing. Compatible with most soft solders toincrease fluidity. Washes away with water, evenafter drying.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-126 TIX FLUX- 1/2 oz

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-127 ANTI-TIX FLUX- 1/2 oz

CODE CAPACITYSO-360 1 qtSO-361 1 gal

28. Tix SolderA specially prepared solder that adheres easily toall solderable materials. Melts at 275°F. It hasextraordinary bonding strength, stays bright and willnot tarnish. Package of 20 rods 3” length. CODE DESCRIPTION

SO-122 TIX SOLDER

31. Stay Bright Soldering SetSlightly higher temperature bearing solder, melts at450°F. May be used with a soldering torch or gun.Use Stay Clean flux to achieve good flowcharacteristics. Includes 1/2 oz. of solder and 1/2 fl oz.of Stay Clean flux.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-350 STAY BRIGHT SET

26. Needle Tip Flux DispenserEliminate messy flux brushes by using this squeezebottle dispenser. Spot dispensing puts the fluxexactly where required. Keeps flux free of dust andother contaminants. CODE CAPACITY

SO-363 2 oz

27. Pump Flux DispenserDurable plastic bottle. Easy to refill with flux.Dispenses a limited amount of flux or other liquidinto a reservoir. Very useful for brush application. CODE CAPACITY

SO-362 4 oz


SOLDERING

195

™

34. Solder PasteReady to use, pre-mixed alloy and flux in a dispen-sable syringe. Eliminates waste by spot application.Select from color matches with the base material togive a professional appearance.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-138 YELLOW EASY 10K/ 1240°FSO-139 YELLOW EASY 14K/ 1290°FSO-140 SILVER EASY/ 1205°F

38. Borax® PowderMakes paste by the addition of water.When applied, acts as a flux and allows solder toflow. Best used to line the insides of crucibles, as ithelps extend crucible life.

33. Dandix Paste FluxA paste flux for low temperature soldering.Contains no fluoride and prevents discoloration oroxide buildup. Apply with a brush where needed toassist solder flow. CODE DESCRIPTION

SO-352 11/2 oz. (44 ml) JARSO-353 8 oz. (237 ml) JARSO-354 16 oz. (473 ml) JAR

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-102 2 lb JARSO-103 POWDER CONE

39. Boric Acid PowderDissolve in denatured spirit, in a glass container, tomake a liquid flux. Recommended for general soldering tasks. Keep covered as it evaporateseasily. CODE DESCRIPTION

SO-101 11/2 lb JAR

35. Cool PasteFrequently used, non-toxic, non-asbestos, paste forlocalized protection from heat damage during soldering and brazing. Effective up to 2000°F.Easily cleansed by water.

CODE CAPACITYSO-120 4 oz

36. Cold ShieldA non-toxic, non-corrosive, paste that protectsstones, plastics, and precious metals from damage by heat while soldering or brazing. Withstands heatup to 3000°F. Cleans away easily with water.

CODE DESCRIPTIONSO-119 16 oz JARSO-119-01 32 oz JAR

37. Handy® FluxAn economical long lasting paste flux that sustainsprolonged heating. Contains fluoride, potassiumand hydroxides. Widely used by silversmiths forsoldering gold, silver, brass and non-ferrous metals. CODE CAPACITY

SO-123 8 ozSO-124 1 lbSO-125 5 lb

SOLDERING

196

™

White Gold Solder

CODE GRADE FLOWTEMP °F

SO-146 6W EASY 1390SO-150 10W EASY 1365SO-151 10W MEDIUM 1425SO-152 10W HARD 1550SO-154 14W EASY 1380SO-155 14W MEDIUM 1440SO-156 14W HARD 1570SO-158 18W EASY 1465SO-159 18W MEDIUM 1495SO-160 18W HARD 1590

Yellow Gold Solder


SO-166 6Y EASY 1345SO-168 8Y EASY 1350SO-170 10Y EASY 1340SO-171 10Y MEDIUM 1395SO-172 10Y HARD 1475SO-174 14Y EASY 1395SO-175 14Y MEDIUM 1380SO-176 14Y HARD 1471SO-178 18Y EASY 1425SO-179 18Y MEDIUM 1495SO-180 18Y HARD 1535

41. Sheet Repair Solders- Cadmium Free

Solder in sheet form for the identical color match to thecarat of the piece to be soldered. All free flowing toprovide a strong permanent joint. Available in threegrades. Sold one dwt (1.555g).

40. Binding Wire-Iron & CopperPure Copper wire, soft and pliable, for suspending articles of jewelry in plating baths. Do not use forrhodium or electro stripping.Iron Wire for binding various items together, may be used during soldering.

CODE GAUGE INCH TYPEPE-150 18 0.040 1 lb COPPERPE-151 20 0.032 1 lb COPPERPE-152 22 0.025 1 lb COPPERPE-153 24 0.020 1 lb COPPER

White Gold Solder


SO-188 8K WP EASY 1420SO-190 10K WP EASY 1390SO-191 10K WP MEDIUM 1435SO-192 10K WP HARD 1570SO-194 14K WP EASY 1390SO-195 14K WP MEDIUM 1450SO-196 14K WP HARD 1570SO-198 18K WP EASY 1460SO-200 18K WP HARD 1610

Yellow Gold Solder


SO-206 6K YP EASY 1350SO-208 8K YP EASY 1360SO-210 10K YP EASY 1375SO-211 10K YP MEDIUM 1400SO-212 10K YP HARD 1475SO-214 14K YP EASY 1340SO-215 14K YP MEDIUM 1390SO-216 14K YP HARD 1480SO-218 18K YP EASY 1430SO-219 18K YP MEDIUM 1475SO-220 18K YP HARD 1550

42. Plumb Solders- Cadmium Free

High quality solders manufactured to stringent stan-dards for uniformity and color. Guaranteed flow tem-perature for each grade. Available in three grades.Sold one dwt (1.555g).

43. Platinum Solders- Cadmium Free

A perfect solder for platinum to avoid problems of porosity andcolor match. Available in three different grades. Sold one dwt(1.555g).

CODE % PT. MELT.TEMP °F

SO-230 90% EASY 1400SO-231 92.5% MEDIUM 1475SO-232 95% HARD 1550

CODE GAUGE INCH TYPEPE-160 20 0.032 8 oz IRONPE-161 22 0.025 8 oz IRONPE-162 24 0.020 8 oz IRONPE-163 26 0.016 8 oz IRON

44. Silver SoldersManufactured to exacting quality control standards with consistencyof melting and flow point. Available in sheet. Sold in dwt.

CODE GRADE FLOW MELT.POINT °F POINT °F

SO-235 EASY 1325 1240SO-236 MEDIUM 1360 1275SO-237 HARD 1450 1365

STAMPING

198

™

1. Precision Ring StampsSteel stamps, with precision cut, available in two height sizes. Stamps are square body. Size #2 =(1/32”, 0.8mm), Size#3=(1/45”, 0.6mm).These stamps may be used on a stamping machine.

BentIMPRESSION #2 #3

9K PU-209 PU-393-0110K PU-210 PU-39512K PU-212 PU-39414K PU-214 PU-39614KP PU-220 PU-396-0118K PU-218 PU-39721K PU-221 PU-39922K PU-222 PU-40024K PU-224 PU-401999 PU-228 PU-4089999 PU-229 PU-428© PU-230 PU-402Sterling PU-240 PU-403Platinum PU-250 PU-404PLAT PU-249 PU-398STER PU-257 PU-398-01417 PU-317 PU-429585 PU-358 PU-405750 PU-375 PU-406875 PU-387 PU-425916 PU-391 PU-426921 PU-393 PU-426-01925 PU-392 PU-407950 PU-390 PU-427SS PU-225 PU-2619CT PU-251 PU-26210CT PU-252 PU-26314CT PU-253 PU-26418CT PU-254 PU-26522CT PU-255 PU-266SIL PU-256 PU-267

StraightIMPRESSION #2 #3

9K PU-109 PU-01610K PU-110 PU-01712K PU-112 PU-01814K PU-114 PU-01914KP PU-115 PU-019-0118K PU-118 PU-02021K PU-121 PU-02122K PU-122 PU-02224K PU-124 PU-023999 PU-128 PU-0289999 PU-129 PU-024© PU-130 PU-025Sterling PU-140 PU-026Platinum PU-150 PU-032PLAT PU-149 PU-031STER PU-151 PU-031-01417 PU-141 PU-030585 PU-158 PU-033750 PU-175 PU-034875 PU-187 PU-035-01916 PU-191 PU-035-02921 PU-191-01 PU-035-03925 PU-192 PU-035950 PU-193 PU-029SS PU-194 PU-035-059CT PU-195 PU-035-0610CT PU-196 PU-035-0722CT PU-197 PU-035-08SIL PU-198 PU-035-09

Deluxe Ring Stamp Set- Bent

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-509 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9) #3PU-510 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9) #2PU-527 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z) #2PU-530 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z) #3

Deluxe Ring Stamp Set- Straight

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-275 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9) #2PU-276 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9) #3PU-286 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z) #2PU-287 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z) #3

2. Ring Stamping MachineA new cam operated stamping machine that lets you accomplishprecision marking on the inside of all ladies and gents rings. Ringsare positioned precisely in non marring jigs and impressions can becontrolled with a smooth acting hand lever. Additional jig converts forflat surface marking as well. Clear top view technique allows you tomark with ease and confidence.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-001 RING STAMPING MACHINE

18K 0.8mm

#2

14K 0.6mm

#3

18K 0.8mm

#2

14K 0.6mm

#3

STAMPING

199

™

2. Ring Stamping DeviceStandard square body stamps may be used on themachine to eliminate holding of the ring by one handand stamping with the other. Ring may be positionedin soft nylon anvil to eliminate mars on the surface.Flat stamping can also be done by use of a flat anvil.Stamps must be ordered separately.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-015 RING STAMPING DEVICE

RadiusIMPRESSION #2 #3

9K PU-409 PU-53510K PU-410 PU-53612K PU-412 PU-53714K PU-414 PU-53814KP PU-415 PU-53918K PU-418 PU-54020K PU-420 -21K PU-421 PU-54122K PU-422 PU-54224K PU-424 PU-543999 PU-499 PU-5449999 PU-500 PU-545© PU-430 PU-546Sterling PU-440 PU-547Platinum PU-450 PU-548PLAT PU-448 PU-549STER PU-449 PU-550417 PU-451 PU-551585 PU-458 PU-552750 PU-475 PU-553875 PU-455 PU-554916 PU-491 PU-555921 PU-491-01 PU-556925 PU-492 PU-557950 PU-495 PU-558SS PU-496 PU-5599CT PU-497 PU-56010CT PU-498 PU-56122CT PU-501 PU-562SIL PU-502 PU-563

4. Stamps for Marking PlierSteel stamps of the finest quality, made in round shanks, and suitable for use in the marking plier. Impressions are available in radius or flat. Impression height Size #2 =(1/32”, 0.8mm), Size#3=(1/45”, 0.6mm).

3. Marking PlierDurable stainless steel ring marking plier to stamp the inside of rings as well as other flatsurfaces. Plier has adjustable screw to lock different stamps. Individual stamps areavailable separately. Overall length 51/2” long.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPJ-910 PLIER ONLYPJ-911 MARKING PLIER BOX ONLYPJ-912 FLAT AND RADIUS ANVIL FOR PLIERPJ-913 PLIER WITH 3 STAMPS (10K, 14K, 18K)

FlatIMPRESSION #2 #3

9K PU-567 PU-60010K PU-568 PU-60112K PU-569 PU-60214K PU-570 PU-60314KP PU-571 PU-60418K PU-572 PU-60521K PU-573 PU-60622K PU-574 PU-60724K PU-575 PU-608999 PU-576 PU-6099999 PU-577 PU-610© PU-578 PU-611Sterling PU-579 PU-612Platinum PU-580 PU-613PLAT PU-581 PU-614STER PU-582 PU-615417 PU-583 PU-616585 PU-584 PU-617750 PU-585 PU-618875 PU-586 PU-619916 PU-587 PU-620921 PU-588 PU-621925 PU-589 PU-622950 PU-590 PU-623SS PU-591 PU-6249CT PU-592 PU-62510CT PU-593 PU-62622CT PU-594 PU-627SIL PU-595 PU-628

5. Stamping AnvilThis brass anvil secures ring bands in the cavity during stamping.Grooves are designed for different ring size shanks. One side is forladies rings and the other side is for men’s rings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-010 MALEPU-012 FEMALEPU-014 COMBO

Marking Plier Set

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-511 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9).#2PU-512 SET OF 10 PCS (0-9) #3PU-513 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z).#2PU-514 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z) #3

7

11

3.9

7

3.9

11

18K 0.8mm

#2

14K 0.6mm

#3


STAMPING

200

™

6. Ring Stamps- ImportedHigh quality steel square body stamps, used to stamp impression onmetal surfaces. Very clear and precise marking on the inside of rings.

BentIMPRESSION 1MM

9K PU-63210K PU-63312K PU-63414K PU-63518K PU-63722K PU-63924K PU-64099.99 PU-642© PU-643STERLING PU-644PLATINUM PU-645PT PU-646585 PU-649750 PU-650916 PU-652925 PU-654950 PU-655SS PU-656

StraightIMPRESSION 1MM

9K PU-69210K PU-69312K PU-69414K PU-69518K PU-69722K PU-69924K PU-70099.99 PU-702© PU-703STERLING PU-704PLATINUM PU-705PT PU-706585 PU-709750 PU-710916 PU-712925 PU-714950 PU-715SS PU-716

7. Stamp Sets- Imported Steel stamp set for manual marking of alphabet and numbers. Note, in the num-ber set #6 is also used as #9.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-531 SET OF 9 PCS (0-9)-STRAIGHTPU-532 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z)-STRAIGHTPU-533 SET OF 9 PCS (0-9)-BENTPU-534 SET OF 27 PCS (A-Z)-BENT

8. Economy Stamp SetsSteel stamp set for marking impression on metal surfaces.Character height 1/16”. Note, in the number set #6 is also used as #9.Sets are organized on a hardwood stand. Letter set has A-Z and period.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-528 STAMP SET OF 9 PCS(0-9)PU-529 STAMP SET OF 27 PCS(A-Z)

9. Automatic Center PunchMark on all metals without using a hammer. This compact tool delivers pinpoint impressions with a simple depression of the hand. The impressiondepth may be varied by adjusting the knurled screw head. Very useful forlayout work.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPU-524 CENTER PUNCH & SCRIBERPU-525 GERMANPU-526 STARRETT-USA

PU-531

PU-532

PU-533 PU-534

PU-528

PU-529

PU-524

PU-525

PU-526

18K 1mm

Letter Height

For custom orders of stamps and logos please specify the following:• Type of stamp (straight, bent or plier) • Letter height and style • Art work of your logo


6. Adjusta-Vibe 25SSDesigned for vibratory finishing with steel shot media up to 50 lbs.Large bowl on a suspension system with a heavy duty drive providesthe amplitude for tumbling of rough cast parts. Bowl is 14” dia. and hasa side drain to remove parts and media. Designed for flow through (FT)system. Overall height is 17” approx.

SURFACE FINISHING1. Vibratory Tumbler -TV-5A light duty tumbler, with a pre-set amplitude, this machine is best suited forsmall batches of up to 25 ladies average sized rings. Complete with bowland cover, it is just 9” in height. May be used with all types of media, plas-tic, shell or hardwood. Cannot be used with a flow through (FT) system.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-019 TV-5 110V/ 60HzTB-024 TV-5 220V/ 50HzTB-003 B-5 SPARE BOWL

™

3. Vibratory Tumbler- TV-18Large capacity, heavy duty tumbler, that will process up to 90 average sizeladies rings. Recommended for small to mid-level production. Tumble finishwith all types of media, except steel shot. May be run wet or dry. Use theflow through (FT) method to keep parts bright and clean.Overall height 17” approx.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-004 TV-18 110V/ 60HzTB-005 TV-18 220V/ 50HzTB-006 B-18 SPARE BOWL/ DRAIN

4. Vibratory Tumbler TD-40These tumblers have eccentric weights, to adjust the amplitude of thebowl from a gentle wave to an aggressive motion. Bowls are made ofcross linked polyethylene suitable for all general media. Shot bowl mustbe used when changing media to steel shot. Bowls are hinged to swingover for easy discharge of parts on to a separating screen.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-022 TD-40 110V/ 60HzTB-023 TD-40 220V/ 50HzTB-027 B-40 SPARE BOWL

5. Vibratory Tumbler TD-75Powerful robust machine for processing large quantities of parts, eitherde-buring or finishing. Generates an identical surface finish in minimumtime. Holds up to 350 average sized ladies rings. Hinged bowl 21” dia.facilitates easy removal of parts and media. Bowl must be replaced withshot bowl to use steel shot media. Designed for flow through (FT)system. Overall height 28”.

2. Vibratory Tumbler-TV-10A medium duty tumbler, of fixed amplitude, but with a larger bowl capacityof up to 50 average size ladies rings. Use with all types of media, exceptsteel shot. May be run wet or dry. A drain connection allows you to use theflow through (FT) system. Overall height is 16” approx.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-001 TV-10 110V/ 60HzTB-002 TV-10 220V/ 50HzTB-002-01 B-10 SPARE BOWL

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-007 25SS 110V/ 60HzTB-008 25SS 220V/ 50HzTB-009 BS-20 SPARE BOWL

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-016 TD-75 110V/ 60HzTB-017 TD-75 220V/ 50HzTB-015 B-75 SPARE BOWL

203

SURFACE FINISHING


7. Adjusta-Vibe 40SSLarge capacity, for use with steel shot media up to 100 lbs. Engineered towithstand the most aggressive vibratory amplitudes. Well supportedsuspension with a direct drive system. This unit is ideal for mass productionand is recommended for finishing parts from rough castings in minimumtime. Side drain contributes to ease of removal of parts and media. Bowl is16” dia. Designed for flow through (FT) system. Height is 20” approx.

8. Adjusta-Vibe 40Medium sized vibrator finisher with a capacity of 200 average ladies sizedrings. Variable amplitude to do de-burring or polishing. This model has a17” diameter bowl, hinged for forward tilting. Accepts all types of ceramic,plastic, shell or hardwood media, and may be run wet or dry. It is equippedfor use with the flow through (FT) system. Overall height is 24” approx.

9. Adjusta-Vibe 75This version is similar to the above model #40, but has a large 20” diameterbowl that will tumble finish 375 ladies rings. Compatible with all types of media, except steel shot. Designed for use with a flow through(FT) systemthat delivers pieces with a consistent bright finish. Overall height is 28”approx.

10. Flow Thru SystemUpgrade vibratory finishing by integrating this system for automatic flow offluid. Keeps the media and parts cool and lubricated, by a steady drip ofwater and compound, to improve the quality of finish. Constructed of heavygauge steel, the base has a vertical support for the upper container, forgravity feed of the fluid and a lower container for spent solution. Systemincludes two containers, adjustable flow valve, 0-5 hr. timer and anelectrical plug in for the tumbler.Use Model FT-20 for TV-10 & TV-18Use Model FT-25 for TD-75, AV-25SS, AV-40SS, AV-40 & AV-75.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-010 40SS 110V/ 60HzTB-011 40SS 220V/ 50HzTB-012 BS-33 SPARE BOWL

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-025 AV40 110V/ 60HzTB-026 AV40 220V/ 50HzTB-027 B-40 SPARE BOWL

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-013 AV75 110V/ 60HzTB-014 AV75 220V/ 50HzTB-015 B-75 SPARE BOWL

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-020 FT-20 W/TIMER 110V/ 60HzTB-021 FT-25 W/TIMER 220V/ 50Hz

11. Vibratory TumblersDesigned for mass finishing with ceramic, plastic or synthetic media.Achieve consistent finishes with minimum down time. Bowls are largeheavy polyethylene, reinforced for durability, and provided with easilyremovable covers for in process inspection. All models have ball bearingmotors, with thermal overload protection, and valves with a strainer for fitment to an optional flow through (FT) system.

CODE CAPACITY DIMENSION MAX. LOAD POWERTB-202 3 qt FT 10” X 4” 10 lbs 110V/ 60HzTB-203 3 qt 10’ X 4” 10 lbs 110V/ 60HzTB-204 3 qt 10” X 4” 10 lbs 220V/ 50HzTB-200 6 qt FT 111/2” X 12” 18 lbs 220V/ 50HzTB-201 6 qt FT 111/2” X 12” 18 lbs 110V/ 60HzTB-205 6 qt 111/2” X 12” 18 lbs 220V/ 50HzTB-206 6 qt 111/2” X 12” 18 lbs 110V/ 60HzTB-207 43/4 gal FT 17” X 7” 57 lbs 110V/ 60HzTB-208 43/4 gal FT 17” X 7” 57 lbs 220V/ 50HzTB-209 ULTRA VIBER MOTOR

CAPACITY WORK PIECES3 qt 50 RINGS6 qt 100 RINGS43/4 gal 300 RINGS


SURFACE FINISHING12. Magnetic FinishersAn ingenious, new approach to the mass finishing of work pieces that have cuts, slots, recesses and filigree.Achieve excellent results with freely moving micro stainless steel pins and balls, that create numerousimpacts by centrifugal motion. Features fixed or variable speeds, manual or programmable. All models havesee through bowls with a cover for easy loading. Complete instructions included.All programmable finishers have a variable speed control and a forward/reverse switch selector.

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-079 SMALLTB-080 LARGE

13. S/Steel Magnetic Pins & BallsMade of quality material, these micro pins and balls mustbe used with a small amount of burnishing compound andmild detergent in magnetic finishers. For finishing delicatejewelry, use steel balls that rotate gently within the bowl.

14. Magnetic SeparatorsSeparate media from parts with this trigger activated accessory. Fast,simple hold and release action, easy to stir in the bowl and discharge themedia into the plastic container. Media can then be stored and reused.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-400 0.5 X 5mm 250g - PINTB-401 0.3 X 5mm 250g - PINTB-402 1.2mm 200g - BALL

CODE PINS RING BOWL VOLTSCAPACITY CAPACITY DIA. TIMER HZ/HP

TB-064 100g 12 4”/100mm MECHANICAL 110V/ 60Hz 1/32

TB-065 100g 12 4”/100mm MECHANICAL 220V/ 50Hz 1/32

TB-066 200g 30 6”/150mm PROGRAMMABLE 110V/ 60Hz 1/12

TB-067 200g 30 6”/150mm PROGRAMMABLE 220V/ 50Hz 1/12

TB-068 500g 100 9”/230mm PROGRAMMABLE 110V/ 60Hz 1/3TB-069 500g 100 9”/230mm PROGRAMMABLE 220V/ 50Hz 1/3TB-070 1 Kg 225 12”/300mm PROGRAMMABLE 110V/ 60Hz 1/3TB-071 1 Kg 225 12”/300mm PROGRAMMABLE 220V/ 50Hz 1/3

Spares for Magnetic Tumblers

CODE TIMERTB-110 MECHANICALTB-111 PROGRAMMABLE

CODE CIRCUIT BOARDTB-091 115/ 60HzTB-092 230/ 50Hz

CODE BOWL DIA.TB-075 4”/100mmTB-076 6”/150mmTB-077 9”/230mmTB-078 12”/300mm

CODE CARBON BRUSHESTB-098 100mmTB-099 150mmTB-100 230mmTB-101 300mm

MOTOR ARMATURE FORTB-081 TB-102 TB-064TB-082 TB-103 TB-065TB-083 TB-104 TB-066TB-084 TB-105 TB-067TB-085 TB-106 TB-068TB-086 TB-107 TB-069TB-087 TB-108 TB-070TB-088 TB-109 TB-071

205

SURFACE FINISHING


15. Rotary TumblersRotary tumblers are stable well balanced units that are capable of processing larger work pieces withheavier media. Process times are longer than vibratory finishing, but a distinct advantage is that thesurface of work pieces get work hardened. Barrels are multi sided, made of tough polycarbonate, leakproof and will not corrode or rust. Use with all types of media including steel shot. Addition of burnishingcompound and detergent, keeps parts cool and avoids drag during tumbling. Features include variablespeed, a programmable timer, forward/reverse and auto shut off with buzzer.

CODE DESCRIPTION BOWL DIMENSION POWERTB-049 ROTATING TUMBLER 1 kg 51/2” X 4” 220V/ 50HzTB-050 ROTATING TUMBLER 1 kg 51/2” X 4” 110V/ 60HzTB-051 ROTATING TUMBLER 2 kg 71/2” X 51/2” 110V/ 60HzTB-052 ROTATING TUMBLER 2 kg 71/2” X 51/2” 220V/ 50HzTB-053 ROTATING TUMBLER 7 kg 111/2” X 41/2” 110V/ 60HzTB-054 ROTATING TUMBLER 7 kg 111/2” X 41/2” 220V/ 50Hz

™

16. Gems Rotary TumblersProfessional, more powerful, heavy duty tumbler. Belt driven by a continuous fan cooled motor. All steel construction, hexagonal rubber lined barrel with aleak proof cover. All rotating parts have permanently lubricated non-metallic bearings for efficient and quiet operation. Machine is complete with motor over-load protection. All types of media including steel shot may be used. Slight wetting of burnishing media with detergent is recommended.

CODE CAPACITY POWERTB-300 11/4 gal 110V/ 60 HzTB-303 11/4 gal 220V/ 50 Hz

Spares for Rotary TumblerCODE DESCRIPTIONTB-301 BARREL & LINERTB-304 BELTTB-305 DRIVE SHAFTTB-306 IDLER SHAFTTB-307 SPARE BARREL ONLYTB-310 MOTOR

Spares for Rotary Tumbler1 KG 2 KG 7 KG

MOTOR TB-043 TB-044 TB-045BELT FOR BARREL TB-046 TB-047 TB-048MOTOR BELT TB-056 TB-057 TB-058REPLACEMENT BARREL TB-061 TB-059 TB-060CARBON BRUSH TB-062 TB-063 TB-063-01

Selection ChartMODEL TB-049/050 TB-051/052 TB-053/054VARIABLE SPEED YES YES YESPROGRAMMABLE TIMER YES YES YESPROG. FORWARD/REVERSE YES YES YESEASY LOAD/UNLOAD YES YES YESBOWL DIMENSIONS 51/2” X 4” 71/2” X 51/2” 111/2” X 41/2”CAPACITY 1 kg 2 kg 7 kg

Important: General rule of thumb is to fill chamber to 50%of capacity (parts and media)


SURFACE FINISHING

21. ScreensMade of high impact polymer, these screens are approx 14” in diameter,one piece molded and stackable for storage. Various screen sizes areavailable for manual separation of parts from media.

19. Plastic MediaPlastic bonded abrasive pellets are an excellent choice for providing auniform finish on medium hard or soft metal. Improve surface finishgradually from coarse to fine. Brown pyramids are best for the initial stage,followed by green pyramids that leave a smooth matte finish.White pyramids will impart an extra shine, prior to final polishing.

CODE HOLE SIZETB-038 1”TB-039 3/4”TB-040 1/2”TB-041 3/8”TB-042 1/4”TB-037 BUCKET WITH 5

SCREENS

CODE SIZE/SHAPETB-317 1/4” PYRAMIDS-BROWNTB-318 1/4” PYRAMIDS-GREENTB-319 1/4” PYRAMIDS-WHITETB-320 1/2” V CUT CYLINDERTB-321 9/16” CONES X-FINE

18. Ceramic MediaCeramic bonded aluminum oxide is the recommended break-in media forinitial rough finishing on raw casting or hard metals. The heavy or mediumcut is a reflection of the particle size of the abrasive. Triangular media eliminates jamming and is designed to reach into grooves, corners or shal-low contours. Cylinder shapes with their gentle rolling motion may be usedin a secondary operation to smooth the surface. Keep the media moist during tumbling by addition of a burnishing or a light soapy compound.

CODE A X B X C X D SHAPETB-311 3/8” X 3/8” X 3/8” X 3/8” TRIANGLE-GRAYTB-312 3/8” X 3/8” X 3/8” X 9/16” TRIANGLE-GRAYTB-313 1/4” X 5/8” CYLINDER-GRAYTB-314 POLYHEDRON

™

20. Porcelain BallsThis micro abrasive media will cut, clean and leave an extremely smoothsurface that is bright, but not reflective. Easier to maintain than steel shot,the tumbling action of this media will reach into small cavities without getting entrapped. Use with a soapy liquid detergent to generate improvedsurfaces. A mix of ball sizes in a single charge will produce more refinedsurface quality.

CODE SIZETB-322 1mmTB-323 2mmTB-324 3mmTB-325 4mmTB-325-01 6mm

17. Steel Shot & Stainless Steel ShotSteel Shot: Made of carbon steel in various shapes, but uniform in size. Fine shot is the ideal choice of media for burnishing. It is a proven fact that the addi-tion of tumbling powder, moistened with burnishing compound, helps to prevent rust on the steel shot. The tempered steel shot will impart a uniform, scratchfree, work hardened surface on all metals. After use, carbon steel shot must be rinsed clean and stored in a rust preventive solution.

SIZE/SHAPE CARBON S/SHOT S.S/SHOT1/8” ECLIPSE -NOT SHOWN TB-329 TB-3393/16” ECLIPSE-NOT SHOWN TB-330 TB-3401/8” BALLS TB-331 TB-3413/16” BALLS TB-332 TB-3421/8” BALL CONES TB-334 TB-3443/16” BALL CONES TB-335 TB-3451/16” X 9/32” PINS TB-336 TB-3461/8” X 3/8” PINS TB-337 TB-3471/8” DIAGONALS TB-338 TB-348MIXED SHOT TB-350 TB-354

Stainless Steel Shot: Unlike carbon steel, this media needs no rust protection. Heavier in weight and corrosion resistant, these shot may be safely used withacid soap solutions. Selection of the shape is determined by the form of the work pieces. Pins are the ideal choice for finishing intricate cavities and filigree.This media must be cleansed in water, then dried and stored.

CYLINDERTRIANGLE

PINS BALLS

BALL CONES DIAGONALS MIXED SHOT

207

SURFACE FINISHING


22. Steel Shot- BallsHardened polished balls may be used for very light de-buring. Due to theirminute size, a high degree of polish is achieved by a strong peening action.Recommended for use in rotary tumblers with the addition of burnishingcompound. A complement of mixed sizes will generate excellent results onalmost all metals.

CODE SIZETB-403 1mmTB-405 1.4mmTB-404 1.2mmTB-406 1.6mm

™

23. Corn CobFinely ground corn cob is an ideal absorbent for drying articles of jewelry.Additionally, it removes water stains, finger prints, or residue left aftertumbling with dry media.

CODE WEIGHTTB-363 5 lbTB-364 50 lb

25. Walnut ShellGranulated walnut shell is a natural carrier for dry tumbling or barrelfinishing operations. When charged with polishing oxides, either rouge orchrome, a surface of high luster is achieved.

CODE WEIGHTTB-365 5 lbTB-366 50 lb

26. Dry ShineDry Shine I: A ready to use polishing agent made of pulverized walnutshell charged with red rouge. This media leaves a mirror finish on gold andother precious metals. Dry run in a vibrating tumbler at an intense ampli-tude for 10-12 hours.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTB-315 DRY SHINE ITB-316 DRY SHINE III

Dry Shine III: Formulated from pulverized corn cob and blended with a fineparticle size of red rouge, this media will impart a tarnish free, superiorbright luster on gold and other metals. Normally run dry in a vibratorytumbler for 12-14 hours, it gives a high brilliance to metal surfaces.

24. Tumbling Compounds750- Compound: · Use for all metals.· Cleans steel shot and is a rust inhibitor.· Provides mild cutting action with ceramic, plastic or synthetic media.· Mix 2-4 oz. of powder with 1 gallon of water.

CODE COMPOUND CONTENTSTB-326-01 750 5 lbTB-326 750 50 lbTB-327-01 910 5 lbTB-327 910 50 lbTB-328-01 920 5 lbTB-328 920 50 lb

920- Compound: · Use for platinum, white gold and silver burnishing.· Works with steel shot or porcelain media.· Mix 1-2 oz. of powder with 1 gallon of water.

910- Compound:· Use for gold, brass, bronze and copper.· Works with steel shot and porcelain media, to give a bright finish.· Mix 1-3 oz. of powder with 1 gallon of water.

27. Liquid CompoundsDetergent Compound: · For cleaning and fast cutting in tumbling operation.· Use for all metals including white metal.· Works with ceramic, plastic and synthetic media.· Mix 1 fluid oz. to 1 gallon of water.

CODE COMPOUND CONTENTSTB-358 DETERGENT 1 gallonTB-359 DETERGENT 1 qt.TB-360 BURNISHING 1 gallonTB-361 BURNISHING 1 qt.

Burnishing Compound: · Use for vibratory and tumbling operation.· Low level ph, best for use with steel shot .· Cleans all precious metals, brass, bronze and copper.· Mix 1 fluid oz. to 1 gallon of water.


SURFACE FINISHING™

208

29. EZ Sand BlastersThe sand blaster is an air tight steel cabinet within which an air jet forces blasting media, either glassbeads or aluminum oxide, on to the article to remove hardened investment or to generate a smoothsurface. The cabinet is one piece molded and resistant to rust or leakage. Blasting media isautomatically recirculated. An air pressure regulator allows variation in the applied blasting force.The blaster includes a convenient easy viewing glass with the additional benefit of an internal light.A double filter system eliminates the dust particles from contaminating the environment. Operates on60-80 PSI. (Compressor not included).

CODE SPECIFICATIONUL-020 110V/ 60 Hz ONE HANDUL-022 220V/ 50 Hz ONE HANDUL-040 110V/ 60 Hz TWO HANDSUL-043 220V/ 50 Hz TWO HANDS

31. Blasting MediaSurface preparation is of vital importance before polishing, burnishing andplating. Surface roughness may be improved by blasting with media, eitherabrasives or glass beads. Different surface finishes may be generated byvarying the parameters of the micron size of abrasives and air pressure.The degree of matte to satin finish depends on the hardness of the materialbeing finished.

28. Sand BlasterSturdy stainless steel bench model sand blaster with well sealed exterior to eliminate leakage.Illuminated glass viewing area. Pencil style tungsten nozzle blasts a steady stream of media. Nozzlemay be used in a fixed mount or free hand. Large side openings with built-in heavy duty rubber gloves.Media is recyclable and pressure is adjustable, high volume for aggressive blasting and low volume forsatin finishes. Unit has front loading and discharge port for media. Dust particles are removed by anattached filter system for safe, efficient and clean working. Filters are replaceable. Control panel haspower switch, pressure regulator and gauge. Operates on 110V/220V with an air pressure 60-80 PSI. Dimensions 18” L X 14” W X 16” Ht.

CODE DESCRIPTIONUL-044 SAND BLASTERUL-045 SAND BLASTER WITH COMPRESSOR

30. Mini Sand BlasterA handy light weight unit that is ideal for preparing work for final polishing.Use it for removing oxide heat marks and smoothing surfaces of casting.A lighted interior and a clear viewing window helps visibility. Lever controlair gun provides a pin point jet. Includes tubing, air gun, neoprene glove,light bulb, and 5 lb. blasting media. Operates on 60-80 PSI.(Compressor not included).

CODE SPECIFICATIONUL-017 110V/ 60 Hz ONE HANDUL-018 220V/ 50 Hz ONE HAND

Glass Beads - 5 lb

CODE GRADE MICRONUL-048 EX-FINE 20UL-049 FINE 60UL-050 MEDIUM 100UL-051 COARSE 240

Aluminum Oxide - 5 lb

CODE GRADE MICRONUL-053 FINE 80UL-054 MEDIUM 100UL-055 COARSE 180

Ruby - 5 lb

CODE GRADE MICRONUL-060 FINE 60

TAGS

210

1. String TagsA basic necessity for every jewelry business, these all purpose string tags are available in plastic or paper, and are ideal for use in organizing, labeling orpricing. Plastic tags are tear resistant PVC, with rounded edges and strung with attractive gold string. Paper tags are made of heavyweight white quality paperand strung with durable white string. Both types of tags will accept marking with an indelible pen. Box of 1000 approx.

CODE SIZE COLORTA-030 8 X 16mm WHITETA-031 8 X 16mm GOLDTA-032 8 X 16mm SILVERTA-033 8 X 16mm PAPERTA-010 8 X 20mm WHITETA-011 8 X 20mm GOLDTA-012 8 X 20mm SILVERTA-013 8 X 20mm PAPER

™


2. Jewelry TagsA complete range of elegant jewelry tags in different shapes to suit all applications. Made in ultrasonic compatible PVC, tags are available in frosted white,gold and silver, with transparent press on buttons. Write or mark with an indelible pen. Box of 1000 approx.

CODE SHAPE COLORTA-700 SMALL ROUND WHITETA-702 SMALL ROUND GOLDTA-703 SMALL ROUND SILVERTA-705 LARGE ROUND WHITETA-706 LARGE ROUND GOLDTA-707 LARGE ROUND SILVER

CODE SHAPE COLORTA-717 SINGLE END RECT WHITETA-718 SINGLE END RECT GOLDTA-719 SINGLE END RECT SILVERTA-721 SMALL LONG WHITETA-722 SMALL LONG GOLDTA-723 SMALL LONG SILVER


CODE SHAPE COLORTA-709 SINGLE END RND WHITETA-710 SINGLE END RND GOLDTA-711 SINGLE END RND SILVERTA-713 SINGLE END OVAL WHITETA-714 SINGLE END OVAL GOLDTA-715 SINGLE END OVAL SILVER

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZETA-730 EARRING TAG 13 X 17mmTA-731 BRACELET TAG 13 X 17mmTA-732 MEDAL TAG 15 X 18mmTA-733 LARGE MEDAL TAG 17 X 22mmTA-734 EARRING AND BRACELET 17 X 22mm

4. Adjustable PVC TagsThis tag saves time. Simply slip the end thru and it locks around thearticle. Made of soft PVC in three colors, these tags retain their shapeand color during ultrasonic or steam cleaning. Box of 1000 approx.

CODE SIZE COLORTA-746 6 X 10mm WHITETA-747 6 X 10mm GOLDTA-748 6 X 10mm SILVERTA-741 8 X 16mm WHITETA-742 8 X 16mm GOLDTA-743 8 X 16mm SILVERTA-736 10 X 19mm WHITETA-737 10 X 19mm GOLDTA-738 10 X 19mm SILVER

3. Plastic TagsHard PVC, ultrasonic compatible, these tags will not tear or smudge.Special sizes for various articles of jewelry. Identifying marks may bewritten on with a permanent indelible pen. Box of 1000 approx.

TAGS

211

5. Ring TagsAttractive and functional, these ring tags are made in super strong Tyvek material. Solution resistant to withstand repeated ultrasonic or steam cleaning. Tagshave pressure sensitive backing with an adhesive free center for easy application. Choose from a wide selection of five colors and shapes. Comes in packswith an indelible ink marker.

6. Ring Tags for Dot Matrix PrinterDurable, rip proof tags in four colors that will withstand ultrasonic or steam cleaning. Printprofessional quality details using indelible ink ribbon on your dot matrix printer or typewriter.

™

STYLE/ PKG. WHITE GOLD SILVER BLUE YELLOWA. PACK OF 1000 TA-101 TA-102 TA-103 TA-104 TA-105B. PACK OF 500 TA-201 - - TA-204 TA-205C. PACK OF 1000 TA-301 - - TA-304 TA-305D. PACK OF 500 TA-401 - - TA-404 TA-405E. PACK OF 500 TA-411 - - - TA-413

PACKAGE WHITE GOLD SILVER YELLOWPACK OF 1000 TA-501 TA-502 TA-503 TA-505PACK OF 10,000 TA-515 TA-525 TA-535 TA-555

7. String Tags for Dot Matrix PrinterReady to use tear resistant tags, for instant identification. Ultrasonic andsteam cleaner safe. Available in white, gold or silver in case lots.

PACKAGE WHITE GOLD SILVERPACK OF 500 TA-601 TA-602 TA-603PACK OF 5000 TA-615 TA-625 TA-635

8. Repair Envelopes with Lay AwayNeatly printed envelopes let you organize repair jobsefficiently. Three detachable parts preprinted andprogressively numbered will give your company thepotential to gain customer confidence. Printed withLay Away for easy processing. Pkg 1000.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTA-055 5001-6000TA-056 6001-7000TA-057 7001-8000TA-058 8001-9000TA-059 9001-10,000TA-060 REPAIR ENVELOPE HOLDER

CODE DESCRIPTIONTA-050 1-1000TA-051 1001-2000TA-052 2001-3000TA-053 3001-4000TA-054 4001-5000

BC

DE

A

TAGS

212

™

11. PVC Recloseable BagsCompletely clear, thick poly bags in popular sizes, for multiple uses around the store orshop. Simple press to seal secures the contents. Very useful for storing customer parts,samples, findings, and other items. Pkg 100.

CODE SIZETA-090 3” X 2”TA-091 4” X 3”TA-092 5” X 3”TA-093 6” X 4”

14. Turn TableAn attractive, low level, platform top display table thatadds splendor to jewelry creations. Quiet smooth move-ment provides all around viewing. Comes in two colors,silver or gold.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTA-650 5” X 21/2”- SILVERTA-651 5” X 21/2”- GOLDTA-654 7” X 21/2”- SILVERTA-655 7” X 21/2”- GOLDTA-659 12” X 21/2”- SILVERTA-670 12” X 21/2”- GOLD

10. Zip Lock BagsClear, transparent, tough poly bags for instant identification of items in every shop or store. Long lastingreinforced zip for added security and strength for use and reuse. In addition, the interlock seal protects the contents from moisture and grime.

BLOCK PLAIN SIZE QTY/CASETA-066 TA-099 11/2” X 2” 20,000TA-067 TA-098 11/2” X 11/2” 20,000TA-068 TA-097 11/4” X 11/4” 20,000TA-070 TA-079 2” X 2” 20,000TA-071 TA-080 2” X 3” 20,000TA-072 TA-081 3” X 3” 12,000TA-073 TA-082 3” X 4” 10,000

BLOCK PLAIN SIZE QTY/CASETA-074 TA-083 3” X 5” 10,000TA-075 TA-084 4” X 6” 4,000TA-076 TA-085 5” X 6” 4,000TA-077 TA-086 6” X 9” 2,000TA-078 TA-087 8” X 10” 2,000TA-089 TA-088 9” X 12” 2,000

9. Brown Kraft Coin EnvelopesSmall open end envelopes made to the quality standards of dependability and durability. Economical forstoring small parts, coins or jewelry. Easy to write on or affix labels. Box of 500.

CODE STYLE SIZETA-061 #1 31/2” X 21/4”TA-062 #3 41/4” X 21/2”TA-063 #4 41/2” X 3”TA-064 #5 51/2” X 31/8”TA-065 #6 6” X 31/2”

13. Paper CutterA practical stand for dispensing tissue paper rolls. Hasa drop leaf steel blade that allows clean tear away ofany required length without the use of scissors.May be fitted on the table top for convenience.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPA-001 FOR 73/8” ROLL

15. Gift BagsTrendy gift bags, in an exquisite rose design, to gain yourclients admiration. Available in two background colorssilver or gold. Four different sizes in case lots.

SILVER GOLD SIZE QTY/CASEPA-021 PA-022 4” X 6” 5,000PA-023 PA-024 5” X 7” 5,000PA-025 PA-026 6” X 9” 6,000PA-027 PA-028 81/2” X 11” 2,000

12. Anti-Tarnish TissueMade of the finest quality white bleached tissue. Available in rolls for wrapping ofsilverware, jewelry and other gift articles. Provides excellent protection from tarnish.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPA-002 73/8” WIDTH X 1000’

5. Presidium® Gem TesterA gem tester that identifies precious stones using thermal and electricalconductivity. Tests all mounted and unmounted stones up to thesmallest size of 0.02 carat. Detects simulants from diamond.

TESTING

214

™

2. Gold Testing AcidThis solution helps test silver and the carat value of gold. Come in plasticbottles with secure color coded caps. Contents 1/2 oz.

CODE TYPE COLORTS-010 10K YELLOWTS-014 14K GREENTS-018 18K WHITETS-022 22K BLUETS-024 PLATINUM WHITETS-029 SILVER RED

4. Gold Test KitsTraditional kits used worldwide for testing gold, silver and platinum.

3. Needle TesterEach gold tipped needle point is marked with its carat value.Available in five different sets.

1. Test StonesBest quality natural black hard Arkansas gold testing stone. Available withor without durable cedar wood box.

6. Garrett Metal DetectorGTAx: An affordable high performance mid range detector with micro-processor graphics target analyzer. Easy to operate by beginners and pro-fessionals. Has continuous instant display system. Target with pin pointaccuracy to a 20% greater depth than most other detectors. Features differ-ent modes, search aids, and settings.

CODE DESCRIPTION CARATTS-103 3 POINTS 10, 14, 18TS-104 4 POINTS 10, 14, 18, 0.999 (SILVER)TS-105 5 POINTS 8, 10, 12, 14, 18TS-109 9 POINTS 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20TS-110 H.K 14, 18, 21, 22

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-199 GEM TESTER

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-089 40 X 35 X 6mmTS-090 50 X 35 X 6mmTS-091 50 X 40 X 6mmTS-093 6” X 2” X 1/2” NATURALTS-094 6” X 21/2” X 1/2” NATURALTS-095 8” X 3” X 1/2” NATURAL

Scanner: A popular hand held detector to identify even the smallest metalobject. Operates an a low frequency range. Completely safe. Battery oper-ated by standard 9v. or rechargeable battery 7.2V (Ni-Mh).

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-096 3” X 11/2” X 1/2” BOXEDTS-097 6” X 3” X 1/2” NATURALTS-098 8” X 2” X 1/2” BOXEDTS-099 2” X 11/2” X 1/2” BOXEDTS-100 6” X 2” X 1/2” BOXEDTS-101 3” X 11/2” X 1/2” BLACK

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-030 KIT: BOX, STONE, ACID WITH TS-103TS-034 KIT: BOX, STONE, ACID WITH TS-104TS-035 KIT: BOX, STONE, ACID WITH TS-105TS-102 5 COMPARTMENT WOODEN BOXTS-111 8 COMPARTMENT WOODEN BOXTS-085 GOLD TEST GLASS STONE 2” X 2” X 1/4”

CODE DESCRIPTIONTS-127 GTAx-1250TS-128 BODY SCANNER

TS-085


4. with Regulator for Disposable TankThis kit is designed for use with 14 oz. propane and oxygen disposable tanks (not included).Set includes torch handpiece, one #4 tip, 6' of covered hoses for fuel and oxygen, regulators andcomplete instructions. May also be used with 16 oz. disposable Mapp® gas tank.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-110 L.T WITH REGULATORS

TORCHES

216

1. with one TipA basic Little Torch Kit with precision flame. Includes a torch handpiece, one #4 tip, 6' of coveredhoses for fuel and oxygen, standard B (9/16”) hose fittings and complete instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-104 ONE TIP TORCH WITH 6’ HOSE

™

3. with 5 Tips CardedPrecision well balanced and light weight torch handpiece with five curved tips, 6’ & 12' of coveredhoses for fuel and oxygen, fittings and complete instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-106 L.T WITH FIVE CURVED TIPS #(2-6) & 6’ HOSEST-140 L.T WITH FIVE CURVED TIPS #(2-6) & 12’ HOSEST-141 L.T WITH PROPANE KIT TIPS #(3-7) & 12’ HOSE

2. with 5 Tips In a BoxThis small multi purpose torch is engineered to braze, weld, or melt metals. Includes hand held torch with five interchangeable tips, 6' of covered hoses, and complete instructions. Kit has standardB(9/16”) hose fittings.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-105 L.T WITH FIVE CURVED TIPS #(2-6) & 6’ HOSE- (ACTY)ST-142 L.T WITH FIVE CURVED TIPS #(3-7) & 6’ HOSE- (PROPANE)ST-107 L.T WITH BRITISH HOSE CONNECTION WITH TIPS #(2-6)

(FUEL 3/8”-19, BSPF-LH, OXY 3/8”-19, BSPF-RH)ST-108 L.T WITH EUROPEAN HOSE CONNECTION WITH TIPS #(2-6)

(FUEL 3/8”-19, BSPF-LH, OXY 1/4”-19, BSPF-RH)ST-109 L.T WITH AUSTRALIAN HOSE CONNECTION WITH TIPS #(2-6)

(FUEL 5/8”-18LH, BSPF-LH, OXY 5/8”-18RH)


TORCHES

217

5. Oxy/Fuel Kit with RegulatorsFor all brazing, welding and melting applications. Set includes torch, 5 tips,6' of covered hoses for fuel and oxygen, two precision regulatorsand complete instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-111 KIT FOR B TANK- ACETYLENE/OXYGENST-112 KIT FOR PROPANE/OXYGENST-113 KIT FOR MC TANK- ACETYLENE/OXYGEN

™

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-100 ACETYLENE CADDY COMPLETE KIT

6. Acetylene/ Oxygen Caddy KitEquip your shop for any soldering, brazing and melting tasks. This compactunit includes an empty MC acetylene tank and an empty oxygen tank in atough plastic carrier. Regulate the flame with fine controls for pressure andflow. Includes Little Torch handpieces, tips #(2-6), 6' of covered hoses, andregulators with safety reverse flow, check valves.Complete with instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTION CAPACITY HEIGHT/ DIA.ST-417 OXYGEN 20 cu.ft 173/4”/ 51/4”ST-418 ACETYLENE- “MC” 10 cu.ft 141/2”/ 41/8”ST-419 PROPANE 5 lb 163/4”/ 61/8”ST-420 ACETYLENE- “B” 40 cu.ft 221/2”/ 61/4”

8. CylindersThese tanks are standard for most jewelry manufacturers. All tanks aretested, but sold empty due to federal regulations. Tanks may be filled byyour local gas or welding supply company

7. Propane Oxygen Caddy KitIt's a handy, self contained unit. Is a convenient and easy to use system.Includes empty oxygen tank and 5 lb. propane tank, Little Torch handpiece,tips #(3-7), 6' of covered hoses, propane regulator, oxygen regulator, andinstruction manual. Safety reverse flow check valves are included.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-101 PROPANE/OXYGEN CADDY KIT COMPLETE

9. Caddy Carriers (not Shown)

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-423 PLATED STEEL FOR ST-101ST-424 MOLDED PLASTIC FOR ST-100


TORCHES

218

10. Regulators- USAThese high precision regulators are UL listed, 100% tested, made of solid brass for single torch use.Available as single or dual stage, regulators offer a means of providing a dependable control of fuel andoxygen. Units have corrosion resistant brass gauges and shatter proof polycarbonate lenses.

™

12. Regulators for Disposable TankThese regulators may be used on disposable tanksand are designed to provide dependable control forfuel and oxygen delivery. Do not use these regulators on full size tanks.

Single Stage RegulatorCODE GASES CYLINDER OUTLET UL LISTED MAX

USED TYPE PRESSURE INLET PRESSUREST-115 OXYGEN ALL INDUSTRIAL 0-20 PSI 3000 PSIST-116 LP & ACETYLENE ALL LP & LRG ACET. 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-117 ACETYLENE “B” TANK (40 cu ft) 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-118 ACETYLENE “MC” TANK (10 cu ft) 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-119 HYDROGEN INDUSTRIAL 0-15 PSI 3000 PSI

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-130 OXYGENST-131 MAPP® /PROPANE

Single Cylinder & Line (Manifold) RegulatorsST-124 ACETYLENE “MC” TANK (10 cu ft) 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-125 LP & ACETYLENE ALL LP & LRG ACET. 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-126 ACETYLENE “B” TANK (40 cu ft) 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-127 COMPRESSED AIR LINE REGULATOR 0-100 PSI 300 PSIST-128 OXYGEN LINE REGULATOR 0-100 PSI 200 PSIST-129 ACETYLENE/LP GAS LINE REGULATOR 0-15 PSI 100 PSI

Heavy Duty Two Stage RegulatorST-120 OXYGEN INDUSTRIAL 0-30 PSI 3000 PSIST-121 ACETYLENE INDUSTRIAL 0-15 PSI 400 PSIST-122 LP INDUSTRIAL 0-50 PSI 400 PSIST-123 HYDROGEN INDUSTRIAL 0-30 PSI 3000 PSI

11. Check ValvesA device that primarily controls the flow direction offuel or oxygen. In line connection is recommendedfor safety.

ST-135 OXYGENST-136 FUEL

14. Two Hose ManifoldsAllows you to operate one or two torches from a single tank. Separate man-ifolds must be used for fuel and oxygen. Gas flow is controlled by individualneedle valves.

13. Flashback ArrestorsWork safely, do not neglect to use this protective device when working withtorches. Always place a flashback arrestor between a regulator and a torch.This helps prevent the flame from reaching back into the tank and causingan explosion. Flashback arrestors are UL listed.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-145 OXYGENST-146 FUEL/PROPANE

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-132 OXYGENST-133 FUELST-134 SET(OXYGEN & FUEL)

16. Torch Lighter & FlintA safe means to produce a quick spark, to ignite gas torches, without thehazard of an open flame.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-092 LIGHTER & FLINT

15. Torch Mate Electric LighterA convenient table top model widely used by professional jewelers. Batteryoperated electronic circuitry provides instant ignition.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-091 ELECTRIC LIGHTER


TORCHES

219

17. TipsEnjoy the extraordinary benefits of these curved or straight tips, that have #(2-3) sizes, with orifices in syntheticsapphire. Guaranteed needle point flame to do intricate work. Available in tip sizes #(2-7).

CODE LENGTHST-231 3”ST-232 6”

18. Tip Extensions- FlexibleThese fittings attach to your Little Torch to give you an extendedreach to work in difficult areas.

19. Valve AssembliesReplacement valve assemblies are available for the Little Torch.The green is for the oxygen port and the red is for the fuel port.Do not interchange these assemblies.

SIZE CURVED STRAIGHT TWIN FLAME USE WITH GAS PRESSURECODE CODE CODE OXYGEN FUEL

#2 ST-202 ST-212 ST-222 OXY & HYDROGEN ONLY 2 2#3 ST-203 ST-213 ST-223 OXY & ACETYLENE OR HYDROGEN 4 4#4 ST-204 ST-214 ST-224 OXY & MAPP® OR PROPANE 4 4#5 ST-205 ST-215 ST-225 OXY & PROPYLENE 6 6#6 ST-206 ST-216 ST-226 OXY & PROPANE 6 6#7 ST-207 ST-217 NA OXY & OTHER GASES 8 8

™

21. Heating TipsThese are special purpose multiple orifice tips designed to form a larger heat-ing zone. May be used for melting up to 3 oz. of gold or silver. Maximum tem-perature 5400°F for propane and 6000°F for acetylene.

Important Note for Gas Safety• Consult your gas supplier before setting up the tank and torch system.• Ensure that the installation conforms to state and local regulations.• Secure fuel tanks to reduce risk of damage from falling or explosion.• Take professional help for all gas fittings and maintenance.• Purge fuel and oxygen lines and shut off main tanks daily after use.• Always use eye protection and work in a well ventilated area.

CODE FUEL GAS PRESSURE(PSI) LENGTHFUEL OXYGEN

ST-245 ACETYLENE, 14 10 3”ST-246 HYDROGEN, MAPP® 14 10 6”

ST-247PROPANE 5,000 BTU 14 10 6”NATURAL GAS 2,400 BTU 7 5

22. Hose ConnectionSolid, one piece brass connections with nozzle to fitthe respective hose size. Separate threadconnections for fuel and oxygen.Hose inside dia. 1/8”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-257 FOR OXYGENST-258 FOR FUEL

CODE FUEL LENGTHST-266 GAS 6’-REDST-267 OXYGEN 6’-GREENST-268 GAS 12’-REDST-269 OXYGEN 12’-GREEN

20. HosesA wide range of hose types all with coupled B (9/16”) fittings. Color codedgreen or red for easy identification. Complete with installationinstructions.

ST-510

ST-511

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-510 OXYGEN VALVE GREEN-7345ST-511 FUEL VALVE RED 7346

ST-247

ST-245


TORCHES

220

™

AcetyleneCODE DESCRIPTION #ST-406 0.066” FLAME OPENING 00ST-405 0.095” FLAME OPENING 0ST-401 0.147” FLAME OPENING 1ST-402 3/16” FLAME OPENING 2ST-403 1/4” FLAME OPENING 3ST-404 3/8” FLAME OPENING 4

PropaneCODE DESCRIPTION TYPE #ST-410 64,000 BTU GIANT 61ST-414 42,000 BTU LARGE 41ST-413 22,200 BTU SMALL 21ST-412 18,000 BTU FINE 11ST-411 5,600 BTU X-FINE 01

23. Acetylene Air KitA mid sized kit for all jewelry soldering,brazing, annealing and small melting jobs.No oxygen needed. Kit includes torchhandpiece, super fine tip, 6’ of coveredhose and regulator with gauge. Produces1500°C flame temperature. Tank is notincluded, but is available separately.

24. Propane Air KitA small portable kit for silversmiths andcraftsmen. This kit uses a 14 oz. disposablepropane cylinder (not included in kit).Single knob on/off adjustment and controlprovides an effective way for soft solderingand annealing. Includes torch handpiece,extra fine tip, 6’ of covered hose and presetregulator. Produces 1300°C flame temperature.

25. Air Fuel Torch Tips- USAReliable, precision threaded, interchangeable tips for various applications. Different orifices for fine soldering or melting.Tips are 100% flame tested and UL listed.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-399 ACETYLENE KITST-261 ACETYLENE/SINGLE HOSE10’ (B-B FITTING)

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-398 PROPANE KITST-262 PROPANE/SINGLE “T” GRADE HOSE10’ (B-B FITTING)

27. Magnetic Torch StandA metal weighted base with holes to storetips #(2-7) and a magnetic mount tosecurely hold your Little Torch. Torch andtips are not included.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-103 TIP ORGANIZER

28. Bench Torch HolderTwo types of torch holders, one clamps and the otherscrews on to the work bench.

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-401 CLAMP TYPEHO-402 SCREW TYPE

26. Silver Smith Torch BodyThis Silver Smith torch body is for air/fuel use. Crafted in all metalconstruction with long wearing precision brass parts that are nickel platedfor heat resistance and durability.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-400 TORCH BODY

29. Safety Goggles for PlatinumLight plastic wrap-around frames safety colored lensesprotect eyes when melting metal, soldering or brazing.

CODE POWERLS-401 7XLS-401-01 10X


TORCHES

221

30. HOKE-JEWEL Torch & Adapter KitsA professional jewelers torch for all soldering, brazing, welding and melting tasks. Forged solid brass body with seamless tubing, allnickel plated for long lasting service. Conveniently positioned finger tip control of valves for precision mixing of gases. Model withpilot lamp allows continuous flow of gas for instant ignition.Spare Adapter Tips: Tips are of special design to give a non-oxidizing flame for cleaner soldering and brazing. Excellent for intricatework on chains, rings, pendants and delicate jewelry. Tips are not recommended for use with acetylene.

CODE DESCRIPTION PILOT TIPSST-302 OXYGEN & ACETYLENE NO 4ST-303 OXYGEN & ARTIFICIAL GAS YES 4ST-304 OXYGEN & BUTANE OR PROPANE NO 4ST-305 OXYGEN & NATURAL GAS NO 3ST-306 SET OF SIX ADAPTER TIPS

™

31. Harris® Melting TorchAn ideal melting torch for large amounts of gold, silver and other alloys, but only smallquantities of platinum. Heavy duty, all brass body, has a check valve safety feature toprevent reverse flow or mixing of gases. Leak proof valves for safety and durability.Supplied with one large single orifice melting tip, 100% flame tested and inspected.All torches are UL listed.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-520 HARRIS MELTING TORCHST-521 REPLACEMENT TIP NO 30

33. Leak Detector SolutionAfter every assembly, check connections for leaks. A simple testwill help ensure your safety. Just apply solution with the providedapplicator. Solution will bubble in 5 seconds if there is a leak.Oxygen compatible.

35. Combustible Gas AlarmSmall compact electronic sensor that needs to be placed nearthe source of a potential gas leak. Detects combustible gases;natural, LP, propane and butane. Audible alarm similar to smokebuzzer. Size 41/2” X 31/4” X15/8”.

32. Butane TorchesSolid state, trigger ignition melter uses clean burning fuel foron-the-spot work. Adjustable flame temperature up to 2500°F.Ideal for heating wax working tools and smoothing wax models.Unit may be refilled.

CODE CAPACITYST-089 26 g FUELST-090 14 g FUELST-093 BUTANE REFILL 9 oz

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-255 8 oz. BOX OF 12ST-256 8 oz

34. GasaverEliminates gas wastage during torch start up/shut down andbetween flame applications. Ideal for brazing and weldingproduction applications. UL listed.

CODE POWERST-259 110V

CODE MODELST-515 WDW101ST-516 WDW104

ST-090

ST-089

ST-093


TORCHES

222

™

36. Smith Melting TorchPowerful, heavy duty torch is designed to reach flame temperatures of 5400°F quickly. Prevents platinum becoming brittle when casting. Torch body is madeof nickel plated solid brass, with stainless steel ball valves for positive sealing and precision control. Tip is of heavy copper with a single orifice for platinummelting. Multi flame rose bud tips are designed from heavy wall copper. Excellent for melting gold and silver. Includes one tip head and 12’ of covered dualhose. It is highly recommended to use flashback arrestors for melting operations. These arrestors mount directly into the threaded ends of the torch body.Torch handle MW5 is suitable for all flame tips.

Spare Tips

CODE DESCRIPTION APPLICATION GASES PRESSUREMELTING CAPACITY OXY/FUEL

ST-500 MULTI-FLAME ROSE BUD CASTING GOLD OR SILVER 8 oz OXY/ ACETYLENE 10/10MT603

ST-501 LG, MULTI-FLAME ROSE BUD CASTING GOLD OR SILVER 12 oz OXY/ ACETYLENE 10/10MT605

ST-502 SINGLE-FLAME TIP CASTING PLATINUM 3 oz OXY/ HYDROGEN 11/11MW210 GOLD OR SILVER 5OZ OXY/ ACETYLENE 11/11

ST-503 SINGLE-FLAME TIP CASTING PLATINUM 3 oz OXY/ PROPANE 11/11MW411 RECESSED ORIFICE GOLD OR SILVER 5 oz OXY/ PROPANE 11/11

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-504 TORCH HANDLE-MW5 (LIFE TIME WARRANTY)ST-505 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR FOR OXYGEN/ FUEL GAS

Dual Hose-121/2’ length, 3/16” Inside diameter

CODE FUEL FITTINGST-262 “T” GRADE LP HOSE B-BST-263 ACETYLENE/ OXYGEN B-BST-264 ACETYLENE/ OXYGEN A-BST-265 PROPANE/ OXYGEN B-B

37. HydroGemA state-of-the-art system. The HydroGem is a very safe machine, as there is no stored gas.These machines use electricity to break down distilled water to create a clean fuel source.HydroGem comes complete with one torch and tip set, flexible hose, atomizer and neces-sary gauges. The needle tip torch flame may be used for soldering, brazing, welding ormelting. Flame temperatures from 1500-3300°C. Working delivery pressure is low and thebuilt-in flashback arrestor is designed to help stop any accidental burning of the gas backdown the tube to the machine. Manufactured from the finest materials to stringent standardsfor long lasting service. Operational instructions are included.Meets all current CE requirements.

CODE DESCRIPTIONST-525 HYDROGEM COMPLETE SET

ST-500 ST-501 ST-502 ST-503

ST-504

ST-505

™

TWEEZERS

224

TW-803 #3 SWISS S.STW-103 #3 ECONO S.S



TW-809 #3 SWISS TI.

1. General Purpose TweezersStainless steel, non magnetic, satin finish tweezers for handling all miniature parts.They have tapered shanks, beveled edges and matched points that have been honed.

2. Economy Diamond TweezersMade of the finest materials. Very functional for sorting, inspecting, and handling of diamonds.Features locking and non-locking, various types of points, fine to large, in attractive finishes ofmatt or black.

CODE STYLE DESCRIPTION


CODE TYPE FINISH LOCK

TW-401 FINE MATT NOTW-402 MEDIUM MATT NOTW-403 LARGE MATT NOTW-404 EX-LONG MATT NO

TW-421 FINE BLACK NOTW-422 MEDIUM BLACK NOTW-423 LARGE BLACK NO

TW-400 MEDIUM MATT YESTW-420 MEDIUM BLACK YES

TW-406 GROOVED MATT NO

TW-405 SHOVEL MATT NO

TWEEZERS

225

6. Boley Style TweezersPremium quality tweezers. Made of stainless steel. Useful for handling very fine parts. AA and MMare for general use. GG - pointed indented shank. RR -wide shank.

3. Pearl Holding TweezersMade of carbon steel, nickel plated, with special shaped cupends coated with teflon for protection while handling preciouspearls.

4. Ceramic TweezersHigh quality, non-magnetic, anti-static, light weight aluminumbody tweezers. Indispensable when soldering or working withplatinum jewelry.

5. Head & Shank TweezersMade of stainless steel with a serrated base and slide lock. Idealfor holding shanks and settings in position when soldering.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-960 TEFLON TIPS

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-820 CERAMIC TWEEZERSTW-821 CERAMIC TIP

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-970 DELUXE-S.STW-472 ECONO-S.S

TW-814 MM SWISS STAINLESSTW-114 MM ECONO STAINLESSTW-815 MM SWISS NICKEL PLATEDTW-113 MM ECONO NICKEL PLATED

TW-116 RR ECONO STAINLESSTW-115 RR ECONO NICKEL PLATED

CODE STYLE DESCRIPTION

TW-810 AA SWISS STAINLESSTW-110 AA ECONO STAINLESSTW-811 AA SWISS NICKEL PLATEDTW-111 AA ECONO NICKEL PLATED

TW-118 GG ECONO STAINLESSTW-117 GG ECONO NICKEL PLATED

™

™

8. Cyber-therm TweezersUnique tungsten steel alloy withstands temperature up to 3000°C for 5-10minutes. Handles protected by insulating sleeves of heat resistant rubber.

11. Ring Holding TweezersSecures rings from the inside to enable soldering of the shankends. Also useful for holding two rings to solder.

12. Spring Grip TweezersSpring grip brass tweezers are useful for sand blasting, penplating and inspection. Made of solid brass with rubber coating.Points are bent to secure work.

TWEEZERS

226

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-201 STRAIGHT 145mm

13. Cross Lock TweezersSelf locking tweezers that are ideal for use in the Third Hand forsoldering. Different types of jaws to suit special applications.

CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-475 POINTED -43/4”TW-476 POINTED -61/2”TW-477 BLUNT -61/2”TW-478 FREE STANDING -61/4”

CODE LENGTHTW-470 53/8”


CODE DESCRIPTIONTW-473 STRAIGHTTW-474 BENT

9. Solder Free TweezersSwiss made, anti-magnetic, acid resistant tweezers that can be dipped influx. Solder will not adhere to the ends.


For Diamond Tweezers

Page 84

7. Diamond TweezersAbsolutely the best and the finest made tweezers specificallyfor the professional jeweler. Perfectly aligned hardened tips, inall point sizes.

10. Soldering TweezersCross locking stainless steel tweezers with serrated tips and fiber handles,to protect hands from heat when soldering. Overall length 63/4”.

™

4. Double-Ended Pin Vise with Four ColletsPin vise with steel collets of different size mounted at both ends.

2. Sliding Pin ViseSlide lock pin vise is easy to operate with one hand.

8. Steel Hand ViseSpring action serrated jaws work by turning a wing screw.

10. Graver Holders with ChucksDurable graver holder with fine finished hardwood handlesdesigned for comfort. Capacity 0-3mm.

228

9. Wing Nut Hand ViseSerrated, grooved, spring action jaws, with a wing nut andhollow handle.

1. Swivel Head Pin ViseReversible collet in one pin vise with a screw chuck.

7. Wood handle Pin ViseEconomical steel pin vise chuck with hardwood fluted handle.

3. Double-Ended Pin ViseHexagon head vise with reversible steel collets in each end.

VISES

5. Square Chuck Pin ViseVise with two steel chucks and a spare chuck held in hollowbrass handle.

11. Hand Vise PlierHardened steel, serrated jaw vise with a quick lock system byhand grip. Jaw size 1” X 5/8” Max. Opening 5/8”.

CODE LENGTHPV-415 51/2”

CODE LENGTH JAW OPENSPV-410 70mm 0-2.00mmPV-411 80mm 0-2.00mmPV-412 90mm 0-2.50mmPV-413 100mm 0-2.90mmPV-414 110mm 0-3.00mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONHO-201 ROUNDHO-202 MUSHROOMHO-203 PEARHO-204 TAPERED SPINDLE

CODE LENGTH JAW WIDTHPV-407 115mm 16mmPV-408 115mm 8mm

CODE LENGTH JAW WIDTHPV-401 100mm 36mm

CODE DESCRIPTIONPV-402 0-1/8” CAPACITY -31/2” LONG

CODE DESCRIPTIONPV-406 VISE OPENING- 0-1.5MM

CODE CAPACITY LENGTHPV-405 0 - 0.125” 31/2”

CODE CAPACITY LENGTHPV-403 0 - 1.19mm 102mm

CODE CAPACITY LENGTHPV-404 0-2.5mm 110mm

6. Lowell Pattern Hand ViseHollow handle and grooved corrugated jaws that open and closeby turning the handle. Holds long wire pieces. Width of jaws 1/2”.

CODE LENGTHPV-409 43/4” (120mm)

HO-201

HO-202

HO-203

HO-204

WATCH TOOLS

230

1. Case Press with Nylon / Aluminum DiesA lightweight, inexpensive case press made in a onepiece cast metal design. Easy location of watch casesin a set of mar resistant nylon dies for all differentwatch sizes. Complete die sets, hollow and flat, fiteasily by a simple snap on/off operation.Alignment is accurate and the operator has clearvisibility of the case being closed.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-011 CASE PRESS WITH NYLON DIESWA-011-01 CASE PRESS WITH ALUM. DIES

2. Waterproof Case Wrench-Jaxa TypeA world famous wrench, of exceptional value, thatmeets the highest standards of quality. Comescomplete with a full set of pins for positive locationof any shape of watch case back. Wrench andspare pins are neatly packed in a hardwood box.

3. L-G “OpenAll” Case WrenchThis sturdy cast frame press clamps in your benchvise. Close fitting precision screw for fineadjustment, with an additional torque bar thatprovides the extra pressure to remove the moredifficult cases. The case opener may also be usedwith an adjustable case wrench. The baseaccommodates a set of six inserts sizes 18.5,20.2, 22.5, 26.5, 28.3, and 29.5mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-001 CASE WRENCHWA-002 CASE WRENCH WITH BOXWA-005 WOOD BOX

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-008 CASE WRENCH W/BASEWA-009 CASE WRENCHWA-009-01 REPLACEMENT RING 18.5mmWA-009-02 REPLACEMENT RING 20.2mmWA-009-03 REPLACEMENT RING 22.5mmWA-009-04 REPLACEMENT RING 26.5mmWA-009-05 REPLACEMENT RING 28.3mmWA-009-06 REPLACEMENT RING 29.5mmWA-009-10 BASE ONLY

™

6. Movement Holder Bench TypeAn attractive metal holder for every watch repairerthat easily clamps to the edge of your work bench.Specially shaped non-mar sliding jaws movesmoothly on guides by means of a fine pitch screwknob. Suitable for all sizes of movements.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-015 BENCH TYPE HOLDER

5. Movement Holder with Four PinsUnique metal holder with a delicate screw grip andadjustable jaws. Four round shaped non mar nylonpins located in spaced jaw holes to adjust all typesof movements.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-017 MOVEMENT HOLDER

4. L-G Master Case OpenerTool that enables opening and closing all sizes andshapes of waterproof watches. Includes four setsof pins for notches, holes, pins or polygons.Comfortable knurled handle with fine adjustmentto fit case backs for easy unscrewing without maror damage.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-006 MASTER CASE OPENERWA-006-01 12 PCS PIN SET

7. Screw Link Bracelet OpenerTable top screw tool to unmount bracelets withscrew links. This tool comes with a set of six screw-driver blades for different bracelets.A very practical tool for watchmakers. CODE DESCRIPTION

WA-026 BRACELET OPENER

WATCH TOOLS

231

™

9. Spring Bar ToolsThis tool is ideal for changing spring bars of watches. A round pointand forked tip at either end suits most of the routine operations.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-007 ECONO SPRING BAR TOOLWA-007-01 STANDARD POINT BAR TOOLWA-007-02 FINE POINT BAR TOOLWA-007-05 STANDARD POINT TIPWA-007-06 FINE POINT TIP

8. Bracelet HolderAn essential fixture for difficult to hold watch bracelets while removing or fitting pins and screws. This stable base block hasslots of varying widths to handle different thickness of watch strapsor bracelets. Additionally, there are holes in the base to allow thepins to pop out without damage. Comes with two punches.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-028 BRACELET HOLDER

10. Link Pin RemoverA tool that has a two fold use: pin removal or insertion. Thiscompact tool has extra spacers to adjust to all bracelet sizes.Made of non-mar material it will protect precious metals fromscratch marks. The pusher pin is hardened and moves by a finefeed screw.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-025 LINK PIN REMOVER

12. Rolex-Style OpenerA special case opener for oyster shaped cases of Rolex watches.This tool includes a wrench type handle with a set of dies.Six metal die sizes 18.5, 20.2, 22.5, 26.5, 28.3 and 29.5mm.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-018 OPENER - ECONOWA-029 OPENER - BERGEON

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-004 CRYSTAL FITTING TOOL

14. Watch Opener and Pin RemoverWell constructed watch opening tool. Also removes pins from watch-bracelets. Holds the watch securely. Tool ends are hardened for long life.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-024 WATCH OPENER & PIN REMOVER

15. Lever Type Case PressEasy lever operated hand press, to close watches with snap backs.Comes with five nylon dies and two additional spindles for screw-on dies.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-011-02 CASE PRESS

11. Link Pin Remover for BraceletConvenient tool for removing pins from different types ofbracelet link bands. High impact nylon pads will not scratchor mar the metal. Pin is made of hardened tool steel.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-012 LINK PIN REMOVER

13. Crystal Fitting ToolPlier style tool that comes with three mobile dies. Parallel plier jaws have circular rubber padded hinged discs.

WA-007

WA-007-01

WA-007-02

WATCH TOOLS

232

™

21. Crystal Remover and InserterA safe and easy way to remove unbreakable watch crystals withoutdismantling the watch. The jaws open from 12 to 37mm and aredesigned for both ladies and men’s watches. Supplied completewith baseplate.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-014 CRYSTAL REMOVER/ BASE

18. Hand RemoverTwo different extraction tools for easy removal of delicate watch orinstrument hands. Simple push down on plunger will extract hands.The center post acts as a guide and retains the hand.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-019 PRESTO TYPEWA-021 PLUNGER TYPE

22. Hand Jig with DiesA bench styled jig that may be held in a vise. Gentle pressureapplied by a central fine pitch screw to properly close case backs.Jig includes a set of nylon dies so that no mars may occur.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-020 HAND JIG WITH DIES

20. Universal Case HolderA handy adjustable metal bar type case opener that has quadrantlocks to fit in case cover slots. Comfortable cushion hand gripsprovide ample torque to open the most stubborn case backs.

23. Vise for Waterproof WatchesAn ingenious hand held vise that has an instant locking system.Plastic protected working surface to avoid scratch marks or mar.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-023 VISE FOR WATCHES

19. Moebius OilsSpecially formulated high purity oils that retain fluidity over a widetemperature range. Time tested and proven to be the ideal lubricantsfor all watch movements and delicate micro mechanisms.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-030 SYNTHETIC OILWA-031 QUARTZ OILWA-032 NATURAL OIL

17. Crab OpenerA compact and convenient wrench, this tool has a knurled screw toadjust the pins to suit different watch case backs. Pins aretempered and fine finished to grip the notches for easy removaland replacement of screw case covers.

CODE SIZEWA-003 25/8” X 11/8”

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-016 CASE HOLDER/ KEY

16. Snap-Back Case Knife- SwissA Swiss made, curved shaped tool to open all snap type watchcase backs. Gentle leverage removes even the most difficult cases.

CODE DESCRIPTIONWA-022 CASE KNIFE

WA-019

WA-021

WAXES

234

™

2. Ferris®-Pellet Injection WaxesWaxes in pallets manufactured from high grade raw materials and formulated for exceptional and consistent quality. These fine injection waxes are suitablefor special applications according to their properties. All wax types have built-in relese agents that help for easy extraction.

TurquoiseA general purpose, tough, medium hard wax suitablefor thin or thick sections. Self releasing from the mold.Injection Temp. 155°F/68°CCODE CW-001 50 lb

RedA special feature of this medium hard wax is itsfluidity that contributes towards excellent memo-ry and readability. Injection Temp. 160°F/71°C.CODE CW-002 50 lb

BlueA tough, hard wax that is ideally suited for molds withdifficult draws. Easy clean extraction for intricate patterns. Injection Temp. 155°F/68°C.CODE CW-003 50 lb

NYC-BlueSimilar characteristics as the turquoise, but thebrighter hue allows for more clear definition.Tough with regular hardness. Injection Temp.155°F/68°C.CODE CW-004 50 lb

AquaAn all purpose medium hard tough wax that is well suit-ed for small to large molds. Inherent properties aregood for fine details. Injection Temp. 160°F/71°C.CODE CW-005 50 lb

Magna PinkA fast melting fluid specialty wax that combineshardness and toughness. Minimal shrinkagereproduces fine detail work. Injection Temp.155°F/68°C.CODE CW-006 50 lb

LavenderA low temperature injection wax of outstanding durability and strength. Good flow characteristics givecrisp details. Formulated for extended shelf life.Minimal shrinkage with flexibility.Injection Temp. 160°F/71°C.

CODE CW-008 50 lb

Light GreenGood fluidity and excellent reproduction. InjectionTemp. 155°F/68°C.

CODE CW-009 50 lb

Dark BlueA frequently used plastic wax in darker shadesfor easy readability. Renders a good smooth surface with minimal shrinkage. May be steamde-waxed. Ideal for detail work.

Medium plasticity. Injection Temp. 155°F/68°C.

CODE CW-010 50 lb

PurpleHigher Plasticity. Injection Temp.160°F/71°C.

CODE CW-011 50 lb

1. Castaldo® Supercera® Injection WaxSpecifically formulated waxes made from non-toxic natural ingredients. Positively clean burnout is assured without any ash residue. Built-in release agent allows ease of extraction fromthe mold. Select from various types to suit your application. Available in block form packaging- 50 lb.

CODE COLOR FEATURES INJECT. TEMPCW-016 AQUA VERY FLEXIBLE 140°F/60°CCW-017 ORANGE FLEXIBLE 155°F/68°CCW-018 RED GENERAL PURPOSE 165°F/74°CCW-019 GOLD HARD 170°F/76°CCW-020 GREEN MINIMAL SHRINKAGE 150°F/65°C

3. Ferris® Platinum Injection Wax 4. Plast-O-Wax

WAXES

235

™

File-A-Wax® BlockSize 31/2” X 31/2” X 11/8” -1/2 lbSize 35/8” X 6” X 11/2” -1 lb

COLOR 1 LBBLUE CW-338PURPLE CW-339GREEN CW-340

CODE COLORCW-381 BLUE/PURPLE/GREEN- 1 EA

COLOR 1/2 LBBLUE CW-335PURPLE CW-336GREEN CW-337

File-A-Wax® AssortmentVarious shapes and blue, purple, green colors in allthree hardnesses.

File-A-Wax BarSize 13/16” X 13/16” X 33/4”- 3 pieces of one color.

5. Ferris® File-A-WaxThis wax is most suited to produce a variety of finely detailed shapes. Very compatible for creating designs, as it can be sawn, carved and shaped either byhand or machine. A clean burn out from the mold is guaranteed, however it cannot be injected or steam de-waxed. Identifiable colors indicate thecharacteristics. Available as basic kit, in bar, block or slices.

CHARACTERISTICSMost flexible with regular hardnessMedium hard, with limited flexibilityHard, with no flexibility, good for fine detail work.

File-A-Wax® Slices-ASLSize 17/16” h X 35/8” w and assorted thickness 1/8” to 1/4”.Pack contains 18 pieces. 6 pieces each 0.280”, 0.200”and 0.135” thick.

File-A-Wax® Slices-BSLSize 17/16” h X 35/8” w in assorted thickness 3/16” to 1”.Pack contains 16 pcs. 1 pc. of 1”, 3 pcs. of 0.700”and 4 pcs. each 0.280”, 0.190”, 0.140” thick.

CODE QTYCW-410 14 PCS -PROFESSIONALCW-411 11 PCS -JUNIOR

File-A-Wax Basic KitSize 13/16” X 13/16” X 33/4”- 3 pieces.

CODE COLORCW-383 BLUECW-384 PURPLECW-382 GREEN

COLOR 1/2 LB 1 LBBLUE CW-329 CW-332PURPLE CW-330 CW-333GREEN CW-331 CW-334

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

WAXES

236

6. Ferris® File-A-Wax Designer ShapeDesigner shapes offer a selection of basic pieces in individual shapes. Ideally suited for largecustom design work. Increases productivity while reducing both the carving time and waste. It is thepreferred choice when working on special creations as it may be worked both by hand or machine.All shapes are available in three grades of hardness. Packaging 1 lb.

A. Round: CW-222, 223, 224 2 ea. all other round sizes are 1 ea.SIZE (D X L) SIZE (D X L) SIZE (D X L) SIZE (D X L) SIZE (D X L)

COLOR 15/16” X 111/4” 13/4” X 121/8” 21/4” X 71/2” 25/8” X 51/2” 31/16” X 41/16”BLUE CW-222 CW-225 CW-228 CW-231 CW-234PURPLE CW-223 CW-226 CW-229 CW-232 CW-235GREEN CW-224 CW-227 CW-230 CW-233 CW-236

7. Ferris® Wax Ring TubesThese preformed tubes and bars provide an intelligent approach whendesigning rings, cuff links, small jewelry and other art pieces. Theyrespond quickly to creative inspirations. Ready to use, in three gradesof hardness, that may be either hand or machine worked. All ring tubesand bars are 6” long.

™

Flat Sided Tube

C. Square- BlockSIZE

COLOR 39/16” SQ X 23/8” HBLUE CW-237PURPLE CW-238GREEN CW-239

B. Square- AssortedSIZE

COLOR 39/16” SQ (22 PCS)BLUE CW-240PURPLE CW-241GREEN CW-242

D. OvalSIZE(D X d X L) SIZE(D X d X L)

COLOR 31/8” X 25/8” X 45/8” 35/8” X 23/4 ” X 35/8BLUE CW-243 CW-246PURPLE CW-244 CW-247GREEN CW-245 CW-248

Pack contains 22 pcs. 5 pcs. each 7/8”, 5/8”, 3/8”, 1/4”and 2 pcs. of 3/16” thick.

Tube withCenter Hole

Tube withHole / Ecc

Round Bar

FlatHole / Ecc

T-150T-100

T-250 T-200

B-1062

T-1062

T-1062E

B-875

T-875

A

B

C

D

CHARACTERISTICSMost flexible with regular hardnessMedium hard, with limited flexibilityHard, with no flexibility, good for fine detail work

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

CODECW-250CW-251CW-252CW-253CW-254CW-255CW-256CW-257CW-258CW-324CW-325CW-326

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

SIZE11/8” X 1”5/8” hole/eccT-10015/16” X 13/16”5/8” hole/eccT-20011/8” X 11/8”5/8” hole/eccT-2501” X 1”5/8” holeT-150

Round TubeCODECW-306CW-307CW-308CW-309CW-310CW-311CW-312CW-313CW-314

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

SIZE7/8” dia.5/8” holeT-87511/16” dia.5/8” hole/eccT-1062E11/16” dia.5/8” holeT-1062

Round BarCODECW-300CW-301CW-302CW-303CW-304CW-305

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

SIZE7/8” dia.

B-87511/16” dia.

B-1062

WAXES

237

12. Flexible Wax SheetThese high grade sheets are used by designers for a wide variety of appli-cations, drawing, layout, or tracings. Of even thickness and pliable at roomtemperature, these sheets can be cut and formed as desired. Wax sheetseasily burn out from molds. Green- Firm. Pink- Soft.Size 4” square 32 sheets in a pack.

Wax Sheet AssortmentA collection of wax sheets in all different gauge sizes. Size 4” sq. 32sheets. Pack contains 4 sheets of 16 & 18G, and 6 sheets of 20, 22, 24,26G each.

13. Mold-A-Wax®

A durable wax form that works like clay and blends with other waxes atroom temperature. Take advantage of this special feature to free formsculptures, leaves and flowers. Black- Medium pliability. Red- Soft andmore pliable.Pkg. 1 lb.

™

GAUGE IN MM GREEN PINK14 0.064” 1.6 CW-363 CW-37016 0.051” 1.3 CW-364 CW-37118 0.040” 1.0 CW-365 CW-37220 0.032” 0.8 CW-366 CW-37322 0.025” 0.6 CW-367 CW-37424 0.020” 0.5 CW-368 CW-37526 0.015” 0.4 CW-369 CW-376

CODE COLORCW-377 PINKCW-378 GREEN

CODE COLORCW-408 BLACKCW-409 RED

11. Sprue Wax RodsThese rods are refined to eliminate impurities and guaranteed toburn out quickly without expansion or residue. Perfect for use ina sprue building system. Available in different diameters andlengths to suit every demanding application.Red- Flexible and in regular hardness.Green- More pliable and medium hard.

DIA. X L GREEN RED1/4” X 6” CW-024 CW-0273/8” X 6” CW-025 CW-0283/8” X 24” CW-026 CW-029

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-414 REGULAR SHEET 3” X 6” X 1/8”

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-415 STICK 1/4” D X 4” L 1 ozCW-416 BEADS 1 lb

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-418 STICKS 1/4” D X 4” L 1 oz BLUE REGULARCW-419 STICKS 1/4” D X 4” L 1 oz GREEN REGULARCW-420 CHUNKS 1 lb BLUE REGULARCW-421 CHUNKS 1 lb GREEN REGULAR

8. Red Utility Wax SheetAn all purpose wax that may be used for filling small imperfections andapplying sprue to sprue bases. Melts at 173°F/78°C and has plastic qualityat room temperature. Pkg 1/2 lb.

9. Yellow Sticky WaxA fast sticky wax for joining different waxes together. Melting temperature at250-275°F/122-135°C.

10. Inlay WaxA wax for filling voids, building, and repairing wax patterns. Can be carvedwithout chipping or breaking. Melting temperature 163°F/73°C.

CODE COLORCW-440 DISCLOSING WAX 20 oz

14. Disclosing WaxA creamy type soft wax for repair of superficial imperfections in wax patterns. This wax helps detect high spots or cavities. Easy to apply withfinger or a spatula. Softens at 98°F/37°C, and flows at 173°F/78°C.

WAXES

238

17. Kerr® Pearl Injection WaxOnce liquefied at 155°F/68°C, a low injection pressure of 3-10 PSI minimizes pattern shrinkage. Features a uniform thickness, satin smooth surface, andpractically no distortion. Extracts from mold easily and burns out cleanly without any residual ash. Three colors for easy pattern reading.

™

NYC- Pink

Excellent flow and flexibility. Reproduces detaildesigns and filigree with ease of extraction from mold.Injection Temp. 155°F/68°C.CODE CW-170 50 lb

Super Pink

A free flowing rapid cooling wax that is easy to extractfrom molds. Deep hue color contributes to increasedreadability. Injection Temp. 150°F/65°C.CODE CW-173 50 lb

Accu Ruby Red

Preferable for the injection of medium sized molds.Less flexible, but has good readability with minimalshrinkage. Injection Temp. 150°F/65°C.CODE CW-171 50 lb

Aqua Green

General purpose wax for injection in medium to largemolds. Flow and flexibility adapted for detail designwork. Injection Temp. 150°F/65°C.CODE CW-174 50 lb

Tuffy Green

A very tough and flexible wax specifically suited tolarge molds. Easy to work without fear of damage ordistortion. Injection Temp.165°F/73°C.CODE CW-172 50 lb

Flexplast

A deep blue, extremely flexible, free flowing wax thatreproduces sharp detail designs. Tough but easy toextract from the mold. Injection Temp. 155°F/68°C.CODE CW-175 50 lb

16. Kerr®-Injection Waxes-FlakesInjection waxes, in flakes, having exceptional flow and flexibility for molds of intricate details. Characteristics include a built-in release agent for clean extrac-tion from the mold. Six grades to select from, depending on individual requirements.

Sapphire Pearls

CODE CW-176 50 lb

Blue Zircon Pearls

CODE CW-177 50 lb

Pink TourmalinePearls

CODE CW-178 50 lb

15. Wax Wire- SpoolPliable wax wire in gauge sizes, strong enough to be twisted, bent orformed to any shape without cracking or breaking. Suitable for applicationssuch as clasps, prongs, retention or sprues. Pkg. 1/4 lb

GAUGE INCH MM ROUND HALF ROUND6 0.162” 4.1 CW-341 -8 0.129” 3.3 CW-342 -10 0.102” 2.6 CW-343 CW-35512 0.081” 2.1 CW-344 CW-35614 0.064” 1.6 CW-345 CW-35716 0.051” 1.3 CW-346 -18 0.040” 1.0 CW-347 -20 0.032” 0.8 CW-348 -

Wax Wire AssortmentWax wire in 4” lengths. Round- 10, 14 & 18G Half Round- 6, 8, 12 & 14GHalf Pear- 6G.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-360 ASSORTED

WAXES

239

™

19. Matt Miter Box SetA fixture for sawing wax bars, tubes, and rods toprecise lengths. Set consists of aluminum miterbox, steel hand saw, and stop lock.

CODE MATT#CW-074 2772CW-073 2771CW-072 2770

CODE MATT#CW-076 2750

CODE MATT#CW-071 2767CW-070 2766CW-069 2765

CODE MATT#CW-129 2899CW-128 2898CW-126 2897

CODE MATT#CW-062 2753CW-061 2752CW-060 2751

18. Matt Wax Bars & SlicesMatt carving waxes are formulated for professionalcarvers. Waxes are available in three grades withvarying degrees of flexiblity. Waxes are compoundedto avoid contamination, flaws or porosity. Select frombars, blocks or slices.

1/2 LB MATT# 1 LB MATT#CW-065 2757 CW-068 2762CW-064 2756 CW-067 2761CW-063 2755 CW-066 2760

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-101 2920 MATT MITER BOX SET

SET A MATT# SET B MATT#CW-077 2773 CW-080 2776CW-078 2774 CW-081 2777CW-079 2775 CW-082 2778

Matt Smooth Wax TabletsThese innovations provides jewelry designers and model makerswith large, flat, very smooth surfaces for designing jewelry directlyon to carving wax. Tablet size is 6” X 25/8”. Set A 6PCS: 3 tablets 4.5mm, 1 tablet 6mm, 1 tablet 8mm & 1tablet 10.5mm.Set B 7PCS: 4 tablets 4.5mm & 3 tablets 6mm.

Matt Bar KitContains three 1/6 lb bars; one each of blue, purpleand green. Size 17/8” X 11/8” X 31/8”. Pkg. 1/2 lb.

Matt Wax Slices -ThickSize 17/16” x 31/8” assorted thickness from 1/8” to 1”.Pkg. 1 lb.

Matt Wax BarContains three 1/6 lb bars of one color.Size 17/16” X 11/8” X 31/8”. Pkg. 1/2 lb.

Matt Wax Slices -ThinSize 17/16” x 31/8” assorted thickness from 1/8” to 1/2”.Pkg. 1/2 lb.

Matt Wax BlockSize 17/16” X 31/8” X 33/8” 1/2 lb.Size 17/16” X 31/8” X 61/2” 1 lb.

Matt Bracelet Wax BlankCreate your own designs in a variety of shapes.Round, oval or square 6” long.

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

CHARACTERISTICS MELTING TEMPFlexible and easily bent to shapes 200°F / 93°CMedium hard, good for carving 225°F / 104°CRigid, useful for milling and machining 230°F / 110°C

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

Matt Wax Routing BurA carbide bur for routing designs directly in mattwax tablets. To be used on the matt trimmer.Size 2.3mm diameter and 15mm cutting edge.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-085 2885 CARBIDE BUR

WAXES

240

21. Matt Wax Gun KitA unique precision controlled method to transform pellets into extrusions ofdifferent profiles. Different design methods are possible; free form on man-drels, on water, and weaving. Kit contains, gun, two brass tips, wrench,three colors of wax and an instruction book.

Blue Pellets: For designing on a mandrel or without a support.Green Pellets: For creating graceful models in water.Red Pellets: For producing flexible threads for weaving.Kit contains: Gun, two brass tips, wrench, three colors of wax,

and 113 page book.

23. Matt Ring Tube SizerEnlarge the finger size of wax models evenly and accurately. Slide this toolthrough the hole in the wax ring tube and rotate clockwise. The embeddedsteel blade will scrape the inner wall to enlarge the hole. Size 5-12.

™

20. Matt Wax Ring TubesPre-formed special profile wax tubes, in various sizes, get you started quickly on creationswith intricate designs. Available in solid round, tube, or flat side tube, these can be easilycut to exact lengths using the Matt miter box. One per package.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-122 2890-E EURO SCALECW-123 2890 US SCALE

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-144 955 GUN KIT 110VCW-145 955/220 GUN KIT 220VCW-138 CA951/3 MATT EXTRA TIP-SMALLCW-139 CA951/4 MATT EXTRA TIP-LARGE

22. Matt Wax Pellets for Matt GunThese wax pellets load directly into the Matt gun. Blue: for mandrel work.Green: for use on water.Red: for weaving.

COLOR MATT# PACK OF 20 MATT# PACK OF 130BLUE 951/1 CW-136 951/6 CW-141GREEN 951/2 CW-137 951/7 CW-142RED 951/5 CW-140 951/8 CW-143

Matt® Wax Ring Tube KitCODE DESCRIPTIONCW-075 2720 ASSORTED WAX TUBE

TWO IN EACH COLOR2 ROUND/4 FLAT SIDE-12PCS.

Flat Sided with HoleCODE MATT#CW-030 2690CW-031 2691CW-032 2692CW-033 2693CW-034 2694CW-035 2695CW-036 2696CW-037 2697CW-038 2698

Solid Round BarCODE MATT#CW-042 2702CW-043 2703CW-044 2704CW-045 2705CW-046 2706CW-047 2707CW-048 2708CW-049 2709CW-050 2710

Round with HoleCODE MATT#CW-051 2711CW-052 2712CW-053 2713CW-054 2714CW-055 2715CW-056 2716CW-057 2717CW-058 2718CW-059 2719

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREENBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

CHARACTERISTICS MELTING TEMPFlexible and easily bent to shapes. 200°F / 93°CMedium hard, good for carving. 225°F / 104°CRigid, useful for milling and machining. 230°F / 110°C

SIZE1 X 11/8”5/8” hole

11/8” X 11/8”5/8” hole

11/4” X 11/4”5/8” hole

SIZE7/8” dia.

11/16” dia.

15/16” dia.

SIZE7/8” dia.5/8” hole

11/16” dia.5/8” hole

15/16” dia.5/8” hole

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

SIZE11/16” DIA.5/8” hole/ecc

Off Center HoleCODE MATT#CW-039 2699CW-040 2700CW-041 2701

WAXES

241

27. Matt Designer Templates for JewelryMade in unbreakable light green plastic, these templates eliminate the timeconsuming process of drawing. Different cut out shapes for ladies or gentspatterns have all sizes clearly calibrated. Suitable for brilliant, oval, pearand marquise shapes, in both metric and carat equivalents.

24. Matt Creative Setting KitJewelry designer Adolfo Mattielo in his book “How to create settings in Metal Wire andWax” illustrates a step by step guideline with drawings explaining the process. The 8” x 11”plastic laminated book has 32 pages with 250 detailed illustrations. Additionally, thetemplates provided enhance your stone setting and positioning ability.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-115 2852 CREATIVE SETTING KIT (INCLUDES BOOK AND TWO TEMPLATES)BK-422 2851 BOOK- HOW TO CREATE SETTINGS CW-117 2853 SPARE TEMPLATE FOR ROUND SETTINGCW-118 2554 SPARE TEMPLATE FOR OVAL, PEAR AND MARQUISE SETTINGS

26. Matt “ Wax Modeling ”- VideoA professional VHS Video, demonstrating the correct techniques whenworking with modeling wax. Explicit details guide you each step of the wayto perfection. Time-16 min.

28. Matt Ring TemplatesEasy to use when designing the outlines of ring sizes for ladiesor gents. Made in unbreakable plastic, it includes 18 of the mostpopular to unusual designs. Includes instructions.

™

29. Matt Bracelet TemplatesEnables layout with accuracy and symmetry. Made in durableplastic with precise milled shapes, it is easy to trace round, ovalor square bracelets in all sizes. Includes instructions.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-151 1422 VHS VIDEO

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-152 #1-5102- STONESCW-153 #2-5103- SIGNET RINGCW-154 #3-5104- BALLERINA RINGSCW-155 #4-5105- FANCY RINGCW-156 #5-5106- RING SIDE VIEW

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-119 2855 RING TEMPLATE

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-125 2896 BRACELET TEMPLATE

25. Techniques of Jewelry DesignA full color 152 page book presents a comprehensive resource for designers and modelmakers. Each chapter explains projects with clear illustrations, color rendering and gemstone setting by professional jewelers.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-160 5100 BOOK AND SET OF FIVE TEMPLATESBK-427 1522 BOOK- TECHNIQUES OF JEWELRYCW-163 5110 SET OF FIVE TEMPLATES ONLY

CW-152

CW-153

CW-154

CW-155

CW-156

WAXES

242

32. Matt ShaperMade of aluminum, with a steel support table, this accessory fits directly onto your handpiece.The table provides support for large or small workpiecesand is adjustable for cuts at all angles. A removeable fence regulates thedepth of cut ensuring a smooth safe operation. Kit contains accessory withrotary files, template wrench, and instruction booklet.

31. Matt® TrimmerEnables you to precisely file shapes, flat or curved at various angles.Fits to your Foredom handpiece #30 with an adjustable work platform. Thisfeature is designed to simplify the operation while improving performance.Ideal for creating channels. Kit includes rotary files, ring templates, colorwaxes and an instruction manual.

30. Matt® Mini Lathe with GaugeA hand held versatile lathe. Assembles directly to your Foredom handpiece#30 for all types of turning and milling. You can easily produce bands,bezels, or settings with the tools provided. A stop gauge lets you achieveexact measurements on thickness and diameters. Kit includes lathe, collets,cutting tools, wax rods, wrench and 32 page booklet.

™

33. Matt® Wax RodsMatt wax rods for use in the Matt Mini lathe. All rods have 1/4” centeringholes for holding collet. Four pieces 11/2” long per color.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-124 2895 MATT SHAPERCW-099 2886 ROTARY FILE

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-121 2880 MATT TRIMMER-KIT 35. Mandrel Tapered/Stepped

Smooth polished mandrels, tapered and stepped are mounted on a sturdy steel base. Mandrel rotates for easy creation of wax wire designs.Suitable for ring sizes 4-13.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-100 TAPERED MANDRELCS-204 STEPPED MANDREL

34. Matt Gold CollectorMade of high impact plastic, with a removable plexiglass shield, to provide aconvenient enclosure for working of precious metals. Collects particles ofgold and other precious metals for easy retrieval. Also protects eyes, skinand clothing while drilling, grinding and brushing.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-147 3200 MATT GOLD COLLECTOR

Ø 15/16” MATT# Ø 13/32” MATT# Ø 7/8” MATT#CW-104 2810 CW-107 2815 CW-110 2820CW-106 2812 CW-109 2817 CW-112 2822CW-105 2811 CW-108 2816 CW-111 2821

Spare Tools for Matt Mini LatheCODE DESCRIPTIONCW-098 2804 GAUGE ONLYCW-103 2801 S.S. BLADES SET OF 3CW-113 2830 HOLDING COLLETCW-114 2835 MILLING TABLE ONLYCW-149 CA2845 TOOL SQUARE END CW-083 2802 CENTERING TOOL

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-102 2803 MATT MINI LATHE KIT

COLORBLUE

PURPLEGREEN

CS-204

CW-100

WAXES

243

36. Precision Speedy Wax ToolA high quality wax tool for wax modeling. This compact unit has a rheostat control for various temperature settings. The pen type handpiece is designed to dissipate heat. It also contains aslide switch for convenience. The tool tip is easily interchanged. Ideal for carving, shaping andquick touch ups.

37. Wax WorkerA versatile tool with excellent wax control for pattern making, repairing and spruing. Variabletemperature settings suitable for different wax types. Ergonomic handpiece has instant heat up.Replaceable tips, with a single set screw. May also be used for carving, smoothing and texturing.

38. Precision WaxerHeavy duty industrial waxer for wax modeling, carving, shaping or sizing. Accurate temperaturecontrol with nine different settings. Slim, lightweight handpiece with changeable tips for the mostchallenging work. Features include pilot light, on/off switch, handpiece and three assorted tips.

Spare Tips for Precision Waxer

™

CODE SPECIFICATIONSCI-012 110V/ 60HzCI-013 220V/ 50Hz

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-001 110V USA W/ONE TIPCI-002 220V USA W/ONE TIPCI-002-01 EXTRA HANDPIECECI-002-02 EXTRA TIP ONLY

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-004 100V USACI-003 220V USACI-003-01 EXTRA HANDPIECE

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-005 YELLOW WIDE GROOVECI-006 BLUE NARROW BENDCI-007 ORANGE FLAT

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-008 GREEN NEEDLECI-009 BLACK SPRUE BURNINGCI-010 RED WIDECI-011 CORD & HANDLE

40. Speedy Wax PenHandy, cordless pocket tool for extra convenience. Findsuse in nearly every wax modeling task, carving, shapingand quick touch ups. General wire form tip for all waxapplications. 1.5V, AA alkaline batteries (included). Twodifferent temperature pens high or low. Also available is athree piece accessory tip set.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-024 HIGH TEMP. WAX PENCI-026 ONE TIP REGULATORCI-025 LOW TEMP. WAX PENCI-027 WAX PEN TIP- SET OF 3

39. Kerr® Ultra WaxerThis premium quality electronic waxer includes a control unit and the ultra-spatula, oneheating tip, holder for the ultra-spatula and extra heating tips with a clear protectivecover and complete operating instructions. Features : Four programmable temperaturepresets. Quick heat cycle for rapid heating of tips. Temperature range 100°F/60°C to700°F/370°C. Selectable °F or °C temp. display. CE Marked.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-260 BUILT-IN /110V SM PKTCI-261 BUILT-IN /220V SM PKTCI-272 ULTRA SPATULA CODE

HANDLE

CODE DESCRIPTIONCI-262 A. SM PKTCI-263 B LG PKTCI-264 C. BEAVERTAILCI-265 D. SM #7CI-266 E. LG #7CI-267 F. NEEDLECI-268 G. 1/2 HOLLENBACKCI-269 H. SM DENTURECI-270 I. LG DENTURECI-271 J. DENTURE SPOON

A B C D E F G H I J

WAXES

244

41. Wax Carvers Tools SetThe most complete set of carvers for the professional wax modeler. Seven well balanced, polished andtempered steel tools for creative carving and design versatility. All tools are 6” long and organized on ahardwood stand which has a sharpening stone. Carvers are also available individually.

™

Spare CarversCODE DESCRIPTIONCS-111 CARVER #1CS-112 CARVER #2CS-113 CARVER #3CS-114 CARVER #4CS-115 CARVER #5CS-116 CARVER #6CS-117 CARVER #7CS-118 SPATULA

CODE DESCRIPTIONCS-156 SET #1-7 W/ STAND

43. Kerr® Jewelers Wax KitA wax assortment which includes round, half round, rectangular and squarering tubes. In addition, it also includes build up wax, sprue wax and stickywax. This makes it a perfect set for wax modelers.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-441 WAX KIT

46. Smoothy Flameless-Wax FinisherPencil point torch of heated air. Ideal for blending uneven surfaces withoutactually touching the wax. Uses butane fuel. UL registered. When the tip isremoved it may be used as a mini torch for light soldering and repair work.Temp. 2300°F/1260°C.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCW-442 MINI TORCH

45. Deluxe Wax MandrelA versatile tool to make wax patterns for rings, bracelets and findings.Includes a set of full sleeve sizes 4-13 that rotate 360° and are easily mounted or removed.

CODE DESCRIPTIONCS-205 COMPLETE SET

44. Alcohol LampGlass bowl lamp with a wick and a safety cap. Bowl holds 4 oz. of fuel.Faceted sides of the bowl allow it to be inclined to an angular position.

CODE DESCRIPTIONLM-130 ADJUSTABLE WICKLM-131 LARGE WICKLM-132 REPLACEABLE WICK

#1

#2

#3

#4

#5

#6

#7

42. Wax Heating TrayThe wax tray keeps three different waxes melted in separate compartments, two small and onelarge. Features include a hinged cover, thermostat dial control and pilot lamp. Temperature isadjustable to a maximum of 280°F. Useful for the model maker while assembling trees.

CODE SPECIFICATIONSCW-014 110V/ 60HzCW-015 220V/ 50Hz

WAXES

245

™

47. Wax BursThese are special burs for carving wax models. Widely spaced flutes provide smooth cutting and will not clog like standard burs.Available individually or in a set of 6 shapes. Shank size 3/32”.

CODE DESCRIPTIONBR-484 016-HELIXBR-486 018-ROUNDBR-485 023-HELIXBR-487 023-ROUNDBR-488 030-ROUNDBR-489 050-ROUNDBR-490 6 PCS- (2 HELIX, 4 ROUND)

50. Double-End Vulcanite FileDouble end wax files have tooth forms especially designed for use on wax,plastics and other soft materials. One file has both coarse and fine cuts.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFL-001 8” WAX FILE- DELUXEFL-002 8” WAX FILE- ECONOMY

54. Wax KleenAn easy to rub on organic solution that giveswax patterns a very smooth surface beforecasting. Experience high quality finish on castproducts.

CODE CONTENTSCW-168 8 ozCW-169 4 oz

49. Kerr® MicrofilmAn oily, but water soluble die lubricant, that aids release of wax patternsfrom molds without distortion.

CODE CONTENTSCR-910 8 ozCR-911 32 oz

48. Kerr® DebubblizerA surface tension reducing agent that enables investment to flow uniformlyand fill all portions of the wax pattern.


51. Kerr® VacufilmReduces surface tension specifically for investing under vacuum.


52. Kerr® SolitineA clean up and finishing solvent. Ideal to even out and smooth the surfacesof wax patterns.

CODE CONTENTSCR-940 8 oz

53. Wax-o-FilmTo improve investment adhesion, wax patternsmay be dipped or coated with this solution toavoid distortion and air bubbles in casting.

CODE CONTENTSCW-165 1 gallon

Comparitive WeightsCoin Silver

0.978 times as heavy as Fine Silver0.995 times as heavy as Sterling

Gold 10k1.113 times as heavy as Sterling Silver

0.885 times as heavy as 14k Yellow Gold0.743 times as heavy as 18k Yellow Gold


0.839 times as heavy as 18k Yellow Gold1.130 times as heavy as 10k Yellow Gold


1.192 times as heavy as 14k Yellow Gold0.725 times as heavy as Platinum

1. Jewelry MakingFor Schools, Tradesmen, Craftsmen

(Revised Edition)by Murray Bovin; Revised by Peter M. Bovin

A comprehensive, well-illustrated, easy-to-follow reference guide for the begin-

ner and advanced craftsman. Coverspractical and contemporary methods of jew-

elry making such as casting, stone setting,jewelry construction and decorative processes.

BK-401 (Spiral bound – 288 pages)

6. The Complete Metalsmithby Tim McCreightA handy bench reference that clearly explains shap-ing, forging, raising, mechanisms, casting and reticu-

lation. This easy-to-use book describes every-thing from the use of tools to metals and their

properties.BK-406 (Spiral bound – 150 pages)

2. Jewelry: Concepts and Technologyby Oppi Untracht

The most thorough reference book available ontraditional and innovative jewelry-making

techniques. Features contemporary worksfrom over 300 jewelers. 900 photos, 377

illustrations, step-by-step instructions, com-prehensive glossary and a detailed index. A

must-have book.BK-402 (Hardcover – 840 pages)

7. Professional Goldsmithing A Contemporary Guide to Traditional JewelryTechniques by Alan Revere

An indispensable reference guide to the art ofhandcrafting fine jewelry for both beginnersand professionals. Combines over 400 color

photos and 140 illustrations with charts, tablesand step-by-step projects. Learn how to make

rings, bracelets, chains, clasps, earrings and neck-laces. BK-407 (Hardcover – 226 pages)

3. The Art of Jewelry MakingClassic & Original Designs

by Alan RevereLearn to craft a wide assortment of original

designer jewelry using projects frommany contemporary artisans. Contains

detailed instructions, an introduction totools, and techniques such as engraving,

forging, soldering, enameling and more.BK-403 (Hardcover – 144 pages)

8. The Design and Creation of Jewelryby Robert Von NeumannA complete reference guide showing traditional andcontemporary methods and materials of jewelry

making. Learn basic and specialized metalwork-ing, shaping and decorative techniques.

Covers cutting, stamping, pickling, coloring, pol-ishing and design transfer methods.

BK-408 (Softcover – 321 pages)

4. Jewelry: Contemporary Design andTechnique by Chuck Evans

Solid introduction to creating handmade jewelryand other metal objects. Clear demonstra-

tions of over 65 metalworking tech-niques. 365 photos and illustrations.

Learn standard techniques, as well as spe-cialized tasks including anodizing aluminum

and titanium.BK-404 (Hardcover – 267 pages)

9. Jewelry – Two Books in Oneby Madeline ColesA unique instructional book with die-cut pagesdevoted to 23 outstanding projects. The top of eachpage illustrates each project and the bottom of

each page discusses the appropriate tech-niques required to complete your work.

Explanations of 20 techniques including cutting,sawing, drilling, filing, polishing, soldering, wire

twisting, mitering, stone setting and more.BK-409 (Hardcover–128 pages)

5. Practical Jewelry Makingby Loosli/Merz/SchaffnerA comprehensive book providing practical, instruc-

tional knowledge for proficiency in the jewelrytrade. Extensive coverage of basic opera-

tions including filing, sawing, solderingand drilling. Complex forming, assem-

bling, setting and finishing operations arealso covered.

BK-405 (Hardcover – 164 pages)

10. Jeweler’s Resourceby Bruce G. KnuthA practical tool for the bench jeweler, student andretail jeweler. Easy-to-follow text and illustrations.

Contains an extensive list of gems and gem prop-erties; diagrams of gem-cutting styles; legalstandards for diamond, gold and silver mar-

keting; formulas and chemical preparations; andmeasurement conversion and comparison tables.BK-410 (Spiralbound – 112 pages)

246

BOOKS™

11. The Jeweler’s Bench Referenceby Harold O’ConnorA handy pocket-size reference guide thatexplains all types of jewelry making tech-niques. Vital information on fabricating, sol-dering, stone-setting, plating and casting.BK-411 (Spiral bound – 68 pages)

16. Jewelry: Fundamentals ofMetalsmithingby Tim McCreightClear and insightful instruction on jew-elry making methods for the begin-ner or intermediate metalsmith.Features various techniquesincluding fabricating, surface treat-ments, joining, finishing, stone setting,chain making, mechanisms and casting.Color photos of finished pieces are used todemonstrate each technique.BK-416 (Hardcover – 143 pages)

12. Practical Jewelry Repairby James HicklingAn excellent reference book about the methodsand techniques of the professional jewelry repair-er and restorer. Demonstrates a wide range ofrepair work using modest tools; the various process-es and materials required; and stock holding of pre-cious metals, solders and gemstones. Covers andillustrates basic techniques of soldering, casting,wire-drawing, polishing, sawing and filing.BK-412 (Hardcover – 193 pages)

17. Ring Repairby Alan RevereDocuments the repair, alteration andrestoration of rings in gold, silver andplatinum. This book is full of tradesecrets and tips and is indispensi-ble to anyone who works with rings. Acombination of text and photographypresents every step of each project in aclear, concise manner. Includes 140 color pho-tos and 90 sketches.BK-417 (Soft cover – 128 pages)

13. The Art of Engravingby James B. MeekA complete authoritative introduction to the art ofgun engraving. Contains step-by-step instructions,technical information, designs and layouts tocomplete each project. Over 1,400 photos, draw-ings and designs.BK-413 (Hardcover – 196 pages)

18. Silversmithingby Rupert Fine gold & William SeitzAn excellent instructional manual thatenables you to translate your jewel-ry designs into metal by raising,sinking, forging, stretching, fabricat-ing, or casting. Contains more than 700photos and drawings.BK-418 (Hardcover – 460 pages)

14. Silversmithing and Art MetalFor Schools, Tradesmen, Craftsmen (RevisedEdition)by Murray Bovin; Revised by Peter M. BovinAn excellent project-oriented book for silver-smiths. Contains the latest metal techniquesincluding forming, constructing and decorating.Easy-to-follow instructions with over 300 illustra-tions.BK-414 (Soft cover – 176 pages)

19. Centrifugal or Lost Wax JewelryCasting(Revised Edition) by Murray Bovin; Revisedby Peter M. BovinThis how-to book, detailing the ele-ments of centrifugal casting (lostwax method), is a must forbeginners and professionals.Thorough explanations on waxes,model making, investing, burnout andcasting. This revised edition covers thelatest techniques and equipment. Usefulinformation on white metal casting and goldrefining. Includes photos of work in progress.BK-419 (Spiral bound – 143 pages)

15. Practical Casting: A Studio Referenceby Tim McCreightA handy reference for jewelers, metalsmiths andsculptors. Covers many different techniquesincluding model-making, spruing, investing, aswell as vacuum, centrifugal and sand casting.BK-415 (Spiral bound – 152 pages)

20. Jewelry Wax Modelingby Adolfo MattielloLearn how to effectively use carving waxto express your ideas and create har-monious designs. Jewelry modelingtechniques are presented with pro-gressive step-by-step instructions anddrawings of each model. Contains practi-cal information on tools and stone setting,as well as creating your own templates.Provides answers to frequently asked questions.BK-420 (Hardcover – 161 pages)

247

BOOKS™

21. Basic Wax Modelingby Hiroshi TsuyukiThis book illustrates how practical wax modeling is

for designing jewelry. Presents 11 basic projectsdesigned to teach the use of tools and types

of waxes in the design and creation of waxmodels. Step-by-step photos, descrip-

tions, sketches and notes demonstrate theprocesses of each project. Offers a number of

sketches suggesting design possibilities.BK-421 (Hardcover – 164 pages)

26. Practical Wax ModelingAdvanced Techniques for Wax Modelersby Hiroshi Tsuyuki and Yoko OhbaThe companion text to “Basic Wax Modeling” withdetailed instructions and photos of each technique.

Covers soft and hard wax modeling techniques,combinations of waxes, mitsuro and its uses, a

variety of textures and methods of finishing cast-ings. Helpful for experienced wax workers and asan addition to “Basic Wax Modeling.”BK-426 (Hardcover – 154 pages)

22. How to Create Settingsin Metal Wire and Wax

by Adolfo MattielloContains over 250 diagrams for creating set-

tings in metal, wire and wax. Well-illus-trated, detailed directions guide you

through the procedures of various set-tings including regular wire settings, slim-line

wire settings, wax settings, special wax settingsand joining settings to form a cluster.

BK-422 (Softcover – 33 pages)

27. Techniques of JewelryIllustration and Color Renderingby Adolfo MattielloBeautifully illustrated guide to jewelry rendering.

Some of the best jewelry designers in the fieldexplain and demonstrate the illustrationprocess.

BK-427 (Hardcover – 152 pages)

23. Classical Loop-in-Loop Chains& Their Derivativesby Jean Reist Stark & Josephine Reist Smith

Clearly presented procedures for making a vari-ety of chains based on classic loop-in-loop

techniques. Details 34 projects with black& white photos and drawings to guide

you through each step. Tools and equip-ment for each project are specified and

appropriate clasps for each chain type are sug-gested. This is the definitive book on the subject.BK-423 (Hardcover–190 pages)

28. Diamond Setting: The Professional Approachby Robert R. WoodingA complete course in stone-setting, basic enoughfor an apprentice, yet in-depth enough to benefit the

experienced setter. Explores various setting tech-niques and the preparation, use and care of

tools. Detailed explanations of pinpoint-and prong-setting (round and fancy-cut diamonds), bezel set-ting, channel setting and bead setting.BK-428 (Hardcover – 178 pages)

24. Gemstones of the Worldby Walter SchumannA comprehensive reference guide for gemstones

containing color photos of more than 1,400 spec-imens. Includes technical data on gemstone

properties, formation and structure ofgems and cutting. Recommended for

beginners and experts.BK-424 (Hardcover – 272 pages)

25. Gemstone Buying Guideby Renée NewmanFascinating, easy-to-read guide for choosing and

buying colored gems. Practical pointers forjudging gems by their color, transparency, flaws

and brilliance. Includes topics on gem treat-ments, cleaning and care, as well asprice comparisons, quality evaluations

and fake stones. A valuable resource forconsumers and professionals. Over 150 color

photos.BK-425 (Softcover – 148 pages)

29. Gem Identification Made Easyby Antoinette L. Matlins & A. C. BonannoEasy-to-read book that explains how to use pocket,portable and laboratory instruments to identify dia-monds and colored gems. Learn how to recognize

real gems from imitations. Provides the latestinformation on treatments to improve a gem’s

appearance.BK-429 (Hardcover – 270 pages)

30. The Basics of Bead Stringingby Genevieve BourgetA complete illustrated approch for beginners andadvance designers. Specific procedures, to begindesigning and producing their own jewelry.

BK-400 (Soft cover – 62 pages)

BOOKS

248

™